background image

 
 

 
 
 

 
 

Crucifix 

 
 

K2 

Book 6

 

 
 
 
 
 

 

Geoff Wolak 

 
 

www.geoffwolak-writing.com

 

 

 

background image

This book/work is copyrighted in the United Kingdom and other 
countries. This book is a work of fiction and the author accepts no 
responsibility for any false conclusions or impressions drawn from it. 
 
No part of this book/eMedia/eBook may be reproduced, stored in a 
retrieval system, transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, 
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior 
permission of the author and publisher(s).  
 
This book/eMedia/eBook is sold subject to the condition that it shall 
not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, re-sold, hired out or 
otherwise circulated without the author’s and publisher’s prior consent 
in any form or in any binding or cover other than that in which it is 
normally sold and without a similar condition including this condition 
being imposed on the subsequent purchaser(s). 
 
© Copyright Geoff Wolak, 2007. Great Britain. All rights reserved 
 
 
This work has not been professionally produced through a publisher or 
agent, it is self-published. If you find any typos - apologies, no 
professional copy-editor has checked or enhanced it.  All 
agent/publisher enquiries welcome. 
 
 
Format 
These books are printed in lulu.com format 6x9 ‘novel’ . 
 
 
Contact 
Email: 

gwresearchb@aol.com

 

 
 

background image

This book is dedicated to my young niece Hannah, who asked, and 
who is banned from reading it for at least ten years after 2007. 
 
 
 
Thanks to 
 
Alan Drew, Carol Thomas, Vince the taxi driver, Simon Race (for all 
the vodka red-bulls, which I paid for!), the Koh-I-Noor Indian 
Restaurant (Newport) for all the curries, Spice Merchant (Cardiff Bay) 
for all the curries, Stephen Wolak. 
 
Big thank you to John Tompkins (Sin Eater book, lulu.com) and dear 
lady wife, Maja. 
 
 
Thanks to Pete at Black Dog Square Design for the cover designs. 

background image

About the series of books 
 
 
K2 is a series of 6 books. If you have picked up book two, three, four 
or more - without reading book one - then please put it back down; the 
story will not make much sense without reading the books in series. 
They all follow-on closely and previous plots are not re-capped. Later 
books build on earlier events/characters. 
 
This is a work of fiction, but based on real, current and historic 
scenarios. All characters are fictitious. 
 
No garden moles were harmed during the writing/research of these 
books. The author does not advocate firearms as a suitable control of 
garden pests! 
 
There are many ‘facts’ deliberately hidden in the book, made light of.  
‘Many a true word spoken in jest.’ 
 
 
 
 
Author’s note 
 
‘It’s largely based in fact. It is written as action-fantasy-fiction, 
since real life spying is way too boring for a novel.’ 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Inheritance

 

Assault 
Revenge 
Nazi Gold 
Endurance
 
Crucifix

 

 

 

background image

Glossary of abbreviations 
 
P-26/P-27 - Swiss secret sleeper armies 
UNA - Swiss Military Intelligence 
MI6 - British Intelligence, aka, SIS - Secret Intelligence Service, for 
overseas operations (non-domestic), aka, ‘Circus’. 
MI5 - British Intelligence (domestic) 
CIA - Central Intelligence Agency, USA, overseas intelligence service 
SAS - Special Air Service, British Special Forces (similar to US 
Green Berets/Delta Force) 
SBS - Special Boat Squadron, British, similar to US Navy Seals 
DOD - Department of Defense - USA 
MOD - Ministry of Defence - UK 
NSA - National Security Agency, USA, aka ‘No such agency’.                
Reported to intercept ‘all’ the world’s text messages and emails. 
SOE - Special Operations Executive, British WWII covert operations 
OSS - USA, like SOE, WWII, overseas 
DGSE - French Secret Service/counter terrorism - domestic and 
foreign 
IRA - Irish Republican Army, terrorist movement 
ETA - Spanish/Basque separatist/terrorist movement 
Red Brigade - Italian communist/terrorist/crime gang 
KGB - Soviet Intelligence, prior to 1990s. 
NAAFI - Navy Army Air Force Institute - shops on British military 
bases. 
SIB - British Military Police 
BKA - Federal German Police, similar to FBI 
FSB - Russian Intelligence, formerly KGB 
Special Branch - British Police - anti-terrorism/organized crime 
Wehrmacht - general term, German armed services WWII 
COBRA - Cabinet Office Briefing Room ‘A’, used by British Prime 
Minister for meetings with security staff. 
FARC – Columbian guerrillas/communist 
 

background image

British military slang  
 
 
Oppo - opposite number/close working buddy 
Pongo -  soldier - derisive 
Ponce/poncey - upper class/educated/effeminate - derisive 
Regiment - he was ‘Regiment’- he was SAS 
Rock Apes - RAF Regiment - defensive unit of airfields 
Rupert - officer/upper-class - derisive 
Beast - punish soldier 
Stripy - Air Force Officer, derisive term for ranking stripes 
Billets - accommodation/food 
Civvy - civilian 
Badged - qualified entry to SAS, receipt of cap badge 
Best bib and tucker - best suit/outfit/military dinner suit 
QT - on the QT, on the quiet 
Stag – on guard duty 

background image

  

How to win friends and influence people 

 

1 

 
‘Johno, what you doing visiting your old man in hospital?’ 
Beesely light-heartedly enquired, sitting up in bed. ‘Bored 
were you? Need someone to take the piss out of?’ 
  ‘Nope, needed a chat, off the radar. C’mon, we’re 
going swimming.’ 
 
Covering his torso in a t-shirt, Johno carried a reluctant 
Beesely on his back and down the pool steps, one hand on 
the silver railing. 
 

In the warm water Beesely let himself float, aided by a 

bright yellow lifejacket. ‘So, what’s this all about?’ he 
quietly asked. 
  Johno dragged his father to the far side of the pool, 
where water gurgled noisily. He held his gaze on Beesely 
for several seconds. ‘I know why Helen came here.’ 
  Beesely frowned his lack of understanding with that 
statement. ‘I would have thought it obvious why she came, 
and not for your charms, that’s for sure!’ 
 

Johno smirked. ‘That was the first clue.’ 

 ‘Clue?’ 
  ‘To why she really came. Who gave her a nudge, and 
why.’ 
  Beesely was shocked. ‘Are you suggesting she’s been 
compromised?’ 
  Johno checked over his shoulder at two guards stood 
now at the far end of the brightly lit pool. ‘Would you 
have seen any scenario … where a woman like her jumps 
into bed with me?’ 
  ‘A bit far fetched, yes, but I didn’t want to pry – I 
figured you knew what you were doing. So, what have 
learnt? Is she a threat to K2?’ 

background image

  Johno steadied himself with a stationary breaststroke. 
‘No, not a threat to K2, she needs us to help her.’ 
  Beesely copied Johno’s breaststroke, manoeuvring 
closer. ‘Help her do what … exactly?’ 
  Johno’s features hardened. ‘Take revenge for the 
British people. For Portsmouth.’ 
  Beesely stared hard. ‘Not Luchenkov? Someone 
pulling his strings?’ Johno nodded. ‘Who?’ Beesely 
nudged. 
  ‘If you don’t know you can’t react the wrong way if 
you meet them.’ 
 ‘Government 

level?’ 

 

‘Nope, private body, not much of a political agenda. If 

they did … then I could respect what they do.’ 
  Beesely stared at the water’s surface for several 
seconds, taking a reflective breath. ‘You’ll strike at them 
with K2?’ 
 

‘Big time,’ Johno carefully mouthed. 

 

‘And … Helen?’ 

  ‘Sent here to try and nudge us towards doing that job. 
Plausible deniability – as they say.’ 
  ‘Does she know you’re onto her?’ Johno shook his 
head. ‘Otto onto her?’  

Again Johno shook his head. ‘And he can’t know yet. 

Like you, he needs to … react in the right way, he’s not 
much of an actor.’ 
 

‘Unlike you!’ Beesely said with a proud smile. 

 

‘Best there is,’ Johno said with a grin. 

  ‘Do you … care for Helen?’ Beesely delicately 
broached. 
  ‘Sure, adds a lot of quality to my life. Proud to walk 
around with her on my arm.’ 
 

‘Did Mike really … you know?’ 

 

‘Yeah, bit of a paradox there. UK got hit, caused her to 

get kicked out, scared him off, just as she was … 

background image

requested, if not ordered, to come here, to see if she could 
use K2 to attack this group.’ 
 

‘When you came back from Malta –’ 

  ‘No, Mossad didn’t tip me off - I don’t think they 
know. If they do know, and didn’t tell us … then, well a 
bit naughty. No, I went for a swim and a priest approached 
me, spilt the beans. Lucky break.’ 
 

‘And could this … priest have been lying, working for-

’ 
  ‘No, he told me Molarini had been prepped ready for 
the chair.’ 
 

‘Ah. Sacrificial lamb?’ 

  Johno nodded. ‘Still, we need to proceed as if I’m a 
thick git.’ 
 

Beesely cocked an eyebrow. ‘Shouldn’t be so hard for 

you.’ Johno smiled widely, Beesely softly asking, ‘And 
is… God tied into this?’ 
 ‘Yeah, 

but 

they ain’t pulling the strings. So we’ll need 

a new operation title, something along the lines of … 
Quadruple Bluff.’ 
 

‘Should be interesting. You covered all the bases?’ 

  ‘No, I like to see the ground in front of me before I 
firm up my ideas.’ 
  Beesely had drifted away, grabbed now by Johno and 
brought back. ‘You’ll risk K2 to attack this group?’ he 
cautiously enquired. 
  Johno lifted his eyebrows, offering an enigmatic grin. 
‘There’s a paradox there that I’ll explain at some point.’ 
He features hardened as he took a moment. ‘But after what 
they did to the UK - hell yes, all out, them or us when the 
time comes.’ 
 

‘That’s why the dispersal - some of it survives.’ 

  Johno agreed with a nod. ‘The priest told me a lot, 
hinting at stuff he didn’t really understand, but stuff we 
know about. It all clicked into place. And … before this is 
over you’ll thank old boy Gunter.’ 

background image

10 

 

‘What?’ Beesely puzzled, astonished. 

 

‘Keep it in mind for later. You’ll see.’ 

 

* * * 

 
An hour later Johno sat staring at the dungeon wall, beer 
can in hand, the smell of chlorine in his hair. Thomas 
walked by, noting the look on Johno’s face before 
stepping out. When he returned, twenty minutes later, 
Johno was still staring at the wall. 
 

‘Johno, I can smell burning!’ Thomas joked. 

 

Johno turned his head. ‘Hmmm?’ 

  ‘What are you thinking about?’ Thomas asked, 
plonking down opposite. 
  ‘Big problem, inside an even bigger one.’ He sighed. 
‘You OK?’ 
  ‘Yes. Later, Helen is teaching me golf,’ the lad 
excitedly got out. 
 

‘Good.’ Johno went back to the wall. 

 

‘Can you tell me what the problem is? Is it secret?’ 

 

Johno turned his head. ‘Hmmm? Secret. Well … a bit.’ 

 

‘Then tell me without names and things.’ 

  Johno offered the lad a warm smile. ‘I need to tackle 
someone like Shue again, but much smarter. They’re not 
stronger than us, not with guns and weapons, but smarter - 
lots of money.’ 
 

‘The Vatican?’ Thomas whispered. 

  Johno shook his head. ‘They’re involved, but not the 
main problem.’ 
 

‘You can go and talk to them while we surround them, 

like before?’ the lad enthusiastically offered. 
  ‘Already considered that, but they’re large, maybe 
three hundred of them, all over – many countries. They’re 
not in one place.’ 
  Thomas sat studiously thinking. ‘Maybe Helen knows 
what to do?’ 

background image

11 

  Johno wagged a warning finger at the boy, offering 
him a stern look. ‘I don’t want to worry her with it, so 
don’t say anything! OK?’ Thomas nodded. ‘We want her 
to be happy here, yeah? Not too many problems.’ Again 
Thomas nodded, this time with enthusiasm. John sighed. 
‘So, short arse, how do you deal with a lot of people at the 
same time?’ 
 

‘Do we have enough men to fight them all?’ 

  Johno shook his head. ‘Each time we kill someone 
there are at least six good agents covering all the angles. 
We’d need … a thousand agents.’ 
 

‘What about the American men you’re going to visit?’ 

  Johno glanced at the wall. ‘They may not … you 
know, want to do what I want to do.’ 
  ‘Can we give people money to help us?’ Thomas 
asked. ‘Mercantile?’ 
 

Johno smiled. ‘Mercenary. Could do, but we can’t trust 

people like that. Later on they’ll talk, say what they did. 
No, on a job like this you can only use top agents – people 
you can trust.’ 
  Thomas let his shoulders drop. ‘What is the second 
problem? You said two.’ 
 

‘Treasure, my boy, treasure,’ Johno loudly stated. ‘You 

read the book on the Templars I gave you?’ Thomas 
confirmed with a nod. ‘Some of that treasure is what the 
Vatican wants, some of it the Israelis want back, ‘cause it 
was theirs to start with. Some of it probably belongs to the 
Arabs, and it all got moved from France. So they all have 
a claim to it.’ 
  ‘Why is that a problem for us? Do we have the 
treasure?’ 
 

‘No, but some of these people think Gunter might have 

had it, or knew where it was. So they’re being … you 
know, a pain in the arse.’ 
  ‘Let them fight each other for it,’ Thomas suggested. 
‘We sell it to the strongest one.’ 

background image

12 

  Johno rolled his eyes. ‘You’ve been watching too 
many movies. They ain’t about to fight each other…’ His 
words trailed off, his gaze directed back to the wall. ‘But 
… but there may be a way to piss them all off.’ He raised 
his phone. ‘Duncan, newspaper guy.’ They waited. 
 

‘Johno?’ came a sleepy voice a few seconds later. 

 

‘Yeah. Listen up, want you to stir up some shit.’ 

 ‘On 

what?’ 

 ‘Templar 

treasure.’ 

 ‘You 

what?’ 

  ‘Templar treasure. You know what that is?’ Johno 
curtly pressed. 
 

‘Yes. But what’s that got to do with anything?’ 

 

‘I’m sitting on it.’ 

 ‘Jesus 

…!’ 

 

‘Quite. So this is what I want you to do. Start a small, 

but serious debate – well away from your good self – 
about who really should get it back if it’s found. They 
were French, mostly, the modern day Templars in 
Scotland would have a say, the Israelis would want 
Solomon’s baubles back, the Arabs would want their lot 
that got nicked from mosques, and they all claim the 
fucking Ark as theirs. I want this story in each relevant 
country nudged along, whatever it costs. Drag the Saudis 
in, even fucking Nova Scotia.’ 
 

‘Nova Scotia, what they fuck they got a claim on?’ 

  ‘Some silly sods think the Templars sailed from Paris 
to Canada in thirteen hundred or something.’ 
 ‘Yeah, 

right.’ 

 

‘Exactly. So forget that bit, hit the rest.’  

 

‘I’m with you. So, what’s in there altogether?’ 

 

‘Dunno, ain’t dug it up yet.’ 

 

‘I though you said –’ 

 

‘They all think it’s under the castle, may well be, who 

knows.’ 
 

‘Be a shit load of publicity for you if it is!’ 

background image

13 

 

‘That’s the problem.’ He hung up. 

 

 

 
Mr Grey emerged from his dive into a narrow mineshaft, 
checking his wrist computer. K2 climbers and cavers lifted 
him out of the murky water, sitting him on a stone ledge. 
With his mask off he breathed deeply in an out. 
 

‘Cold?’ a K2 guard asked. 

 

‘No, not too bad.’ 

 ‘Anything?’ 
  ‘I dismantled a stone wall, definitely artificial, old as 
well. Took up all my time, and silted the water. Needs a 
day to settle. Some trinkets I got with the metal detector, 
lot of old nails.’ 
 

‘OK, warm drink, update the map.’ 

 
Clean, dry, and now warm, Grey stepped into the newly 
decorated restaurant, taking in the décor, a decorator 
fixing a bland watercolour to a wall. Finding Johno sat 
with the Israeli representative, the same man he had met in 
Malta, Grey stepped over and sat. 
 

‘Anything?’ Johno asked, mildly interested. 

  Grey placed down a handful of small items. ‘Your 
experts will have to say.’ He shook the Israeli’s hand. 
‘Hello again.’ 
  ‘Call me Casper, please.’ He set about examining the 
items found so far as Grey sat. ‘This coin is … perhaps 
fifteen hundreds, quite common.’ 
 

‘So there was a mine back then?’ Johno asked. 

  ‘Not necessarily, it could have been hidden much 
later,’ Casper suggested as he picked through the items. 
‘This is pagan!’ 
 

‘Does that help?’ Johno asked, hiding a smile. 

  Casper offered him an intolerant glance, just as the 
Vatican’s representative arrived, a full Cardinal in his 

background image

14 

flowing red and purple robes. Johno watched Casper’s 
reaction with amusement. 
 

Casper stood. Then, as an afterthought, offered a hand. 

‘How do you do?’ They shook. 
  ‘I’m Cardinal Diaz, archaeologist to the Pope,’ the 
man said in an American accent. He faced Johno, who 
now slowly stood. ‘And you, sir, need no introduction.’ 
 

They shook, a head tip from the Cardinal. 

 

‘Want a cuppa?’ Johno asked. 

 

‘Ah, that’s English slang … tea, yes?’ 

 

‘How do you take it?’ Johno asked, straight faced, but 

with a hint of mischief in his eyes. 
 

‘Black, with mint leaves, please.’ 

  ‘Spent any time in the Arab Quarter of Jerusalem?’ 
Johno asked as he stepped away. 
  The Cardinal cocked an eyebrow. ‘Some. Ten, twenty 
years. Who’s counting?’ 
  Casper offered a long sentence in perfect Arabic, 
getting back an equally perfectly pronounced reply from 
the Cardinal. Johno ordered the Cardinal’s drink, getting a 
‘Shokran’ from the cleric. 
 

‘Afwan,’ Johno offered without looking around. 

  ‘Ah, I was warned in advance … never to 
underestimate you.’ 
  ‘This should be fun then,’ Johno said with a smirk, 
gesturing the cleric to a seat, everyone now settling 
themselves. ‘You staying local?’ 
 

‘Zurich - a short, beautiful drive.’ 

  ‘Don’t forget curry night,’ Johno suggested; an 
invitation. 
 

‘Curry night? Sounds interesting.’ 

  ‘Next one is two days time, school canteen, dishes 
from all over the world.’ 
  ‘Ah, excellent. I worked in the Far East for many 
years, developed quite a taste.’ 

background image

15 

 

‘Let the staff here know about any favourites, we’ll get 

some sent in.’ 
  ‘That’s … very accommodating of you,’ the cleric 
offered, carefully studying Johno as his tea was placed 
down. He noticed the mint leaves floating in his tea. ‘You 
had some in stock?’ 
 

‘Anticipated your arrival,’ Johno lied. 

  The Cardinal was caught momentarily off guard, 
before offering a polite, diplomatic smile. Pointing at the 
items found by Grey he said, ‘That’s all, so far?’ 
  Johno gave a slow, lazy nod. ‘Our head diver’s a lazy 
git.’ 
 

Grey turned his head and gave Johno a look. 

 

The Cardinal said, ‘Ah, I would surmise that this rather 

fit looking gentlemen is your … head diver?’ 
  Grey faced Diaz, a threatening look. ‘Amongst other 
things.’ 
 ‘Ah, 

some 

secret agent type? Excellent, adds a spice to 

life.’  
 

Johno eyed Diaz with a slight frown. ‘You’re not, you 

know, quite such a boring old wanker as I figured.’ 
  Diaz beamed. ‘I did three years in the US Marines 
before I found God. Was a base jumper in my youth, long 
before the craze took off – if you pardon the pun.’ 
  Johno laughed. ‘We should have some fun then. You 
play golf?’ 
  ‘Hell, yes.’ Whispering he added, ‘Most of us do, you 
know.’ 
 

Johno face Casper. ‘You?’ 

 ‘No. 

No 

golf, 

or base jumping. Chess is my game.’ 

  ‘Excellent,’ Diaz enthused. ‘I think we shall have 
plenty of time to kill.’ 
 

Johno faced the kitchen staff. ‘Oy, find a decent chess 

set, leave it out here.’ He faced Diaz. ‘I think Helen plays 
well. And if either of you is really bored, I’d appreciate 

background image

16 

one of you teaching my lad, he’s the best in his class 
already.’ 
  Diaz and Casper made eye contact, cold, diplomatic 
head tips exchanged. 
  ‘So,’ Diaz began. ‘I was told if I was to get anywhere 
with you, Johno, that I should be blunt and to the point. In 
fact, I was probably chosen for this assignment due to the 
fact that I am regarded as … a bit loud and un-diplomatic.’ 
 

‘Fire away,’ Johno offered. 

 

‘Well, let’s start simple. If you found the treasure here, 

tomorrow, what would you do with it?’ 
 Casper 

stiffened. 

  Johno noticed, but held his gaze on Diaz. ‘Let me ask 
you… a question first. Off the record, who do you think 
has the best claim to it?’ 
  ‘A difficult question.’ Diaz gave it some thought, 
trying to read Johno. ‘Well, they were French, the treasure 
housed in France, but – at the end of the day – they were 
part of Holy Roman Empire, a branch of our church, 
working under a direct remit from the Popes of that 
period.’ 
  ‘True,’ Johno conceded with a head tip. ‘But, if they 
possessed treasure that was … taken – some might say 
stolen – from under the Temple Mount, might not the 
Israelis have a claim?’ 
  Diaz smiled widely, glancing at Casper. ‘Not a 
decision that I have to – fortunately – make.’ 
 

Johno firmly stated, ‘Wrong.’ 

 

Diaz’s eyes narrowed. ‘Excuse me?’ 

  Johno’s features turned to stone. ‘If I find it, the 
interested parties will have to convince me which part is 
theirs before they get it back. You, they sent, so you stay – 
no replacements, no backup. If you don’t convince me, 
you don’t even get a fucking look in.’ He stood. ‘And 
welcome to Schloss Diane, the Bavarian Napoleon is 
great.’ 

background image

17 

  Grey followed him out the door, a glance back and 
smile at Diaz. 
 

The Cardinal faced Casper. ‘Is he joking?’ 

  ‘He has already threatened to destroy any relics he 
finds, if he believes they will lead to … religious unrest 
around the world.’  
 ‘Destroy 

them?’ 

  Casper nodded. ‘The day you think you know what is 
going through his mind, leave, because you will 
completely wrong in your conclusion.’ 
 

* * * 

 
On the stairs Johno stopped Grey, using Grey’s mobile to 
call The Lodge.  
 ‘Mr 

Grey?’ 

  ‘No, it’s Johno. Listen up, I want Elle Rosen and his 
superiors in Washington tomorrow or the next day.’ 
 

‘You are coming here, sir?’ 

 

‘Nope. Just do as I ask.’ He hung up. 

  ‘What’s all that about?’ Grey asked, pocketing his 
phone. 
  Johno stared out of the window, letting out a heavy 
sigh whilst fixing on guards slowly ambling across the 
grass below. ‘If things don’t work out, and your superiors 
asked you to put a bullet in me, would you?’  
  Grey glanced out the window, taking a moment. ‘If 
they did, and I didn’t, I’d get the bullet.’ 
  Johno reflected on that statement, a glance up at the 
grey sky. ‘Then it’s nice to be in the position I’m in - no 
one can ask me to kill you if this all gets messy.’ 
 ‘Not 

… 

strictly accurate.’ Johno turned his head. Grey 

continued, ‘If you accept Lodge rules and decisions, they 
could order you to kill me.’ 
  ‘I’d never do it. If they want me to play fetch, it’s on 
my terms. Besides, I’d give you a running head start.’ 

background image

18 

 

‘Ha! With your knee I’d give you the head start!’ 

 

 
Beesely sat with Helen and Otto, quietly progressing 
through the mountain of paperwork that recent events had 
generated.  
  Johno ambled in. ‘That’s what I like to see, someone 
else doing the paperwork for a change.’ 
 

Beesely eased back into his wheelchair. ‘And just how 

much paperwork have you done since you’ve been here?’ 
The three grilled him with glares as he slouched down. 
 

‘I kind of see myself … as a male lion –’ 

 

‘A what?’ Helen asked. 

 

‘A male lion.’ 

 ‘A 

lion 

is male,’ she corrected him. 

 

Beesely turned to her. ‘Have you not seen the video?’ 

 

‘What video?’ she asked. 

  ‘Otto, dig it out, please,’ Beesely suggested. ‘It’s the 
video of Johno’s interview to work here, when we first 
came over. Our Swiss friend here didn’t warn them about 
Johno, they didn’t know what to expect.’ 
 

‘Ah, so … did he pass?’ she lightly asked. 

 

‘No,’ Otto and Beesely said together. 

  Beesely added, ‘But the video has passed into legend 
around here. You must be the only one who hasn’t seen 
it.’ 
  ‘Anyway,’ Johno began, ‘to business. Grab the 
managers, will you, got a question.’ 
 ‘Problem?’ 

Beesely 

asked. 

 

‘Is this K2?’ Johno retorted. 

  Beesely and Otto made eye contact, Otto tapping the 
phone and ordering the managers. 
  When assembled Johno addressed the group. ‘I want 
an assessment made, kind of immediately, as to how many 
agents and guards we have, plus freelancers, that could be 

background image

19 

employed at maximum – should we need them – that can 
fight or kill. I want a number.’ 
 

‘Is this going to worry me?’ Beesely grumbled. 

 

‘Not yet,’ Johno carefully mouthed with a grin. 

  ‘I would guess three hundred and fifty guards,’ Otto 
began, ‘a hundred and fifty agents, access to another fifty 
freelancers.’  
 

‘So, five-fifty?’ Johno mused, the managers seeming to 

agree. ‘But on a normal operation, of most kinds, we 
would use a group of three to six agents covering each 
other, watching roads, etc. Yeah?’ The group agreed. 
‘Which means - how many teams could be produced?’ 
Johno asked. 
  ‘Around one hundred,’ Claus suggested after a 
moments thought. ‘At best, two hundred.’ 
 

Johno nodded to himself. ‘I’d like that figure checked, 

and then I’d like to know how many more we could drag 
in if need be, you know, in an emergency.’ 
  ‘Are you going somewhere with this?’ Beesely 
pressed. 
 

‘Just planning ahead, being … diligent. Oh, Claus, can 

you ready the Gulfstream in the morning. Me and Thomas 
off to Rome to pick someone up and then to Malta for the 
day to meet someone.’ 
  ‘And these … people?’ Otto asked wiith a curious 
look. 
 

‘Can’t say just yet, you know, bugs and all.’ He stood. 

  ‘Johno,’ Helen called. ‘Is it … wise to keep us all in 
the dark?’ 
  ‘If it was important I’d tell you. Minor trip, soon be 
back.’ He left. 
 

‘He’s getting secretive,’ Beesely grumbled. 

 ‘We 

were bugged, and infiltrated,’ Claus pointed out. 

‘And if he is meeting someone in Rome, maybe best we 
don’t know yet.’ 

background image

20 

  ‘Makes sense,’ Beesely conceded. He faced the 
managers ‘OK, thank you for your … short attendance, 
let’s get those figures for face fungus, eh?’ 
 

Otto stood. ‘If you will excuse me for five minutes.’ 

 
In the courtyard Otto caught up to Johno, walking 
alongside. ‘If there is a security problem here, I would like 
to know about it.’  
 

‘So would I,’ Johno quipped. 

 

‘What?’ Otto puzzled. 

 

‘I’m going to test security, so I’ll be acting a bit odd.’ 

 

‘This trip to Rome –’ 

  ‘Send some agents to see who’s waiting for me, but 
don’t go through the managers.’ 
 

‘You suspect someone?’ 

  ‘I already know of at least one … person reporting 
out.’ 
 

‘What?’ Otto gasped in a whisper. 

 

Johno half turned his head and nodded as they walked, 

now on the tarmac. 
  ‘We must get rid of this person!’ Otto forcefully 
whispered. 
  Johno stopped. ‘I have a better idea. We feed them 
false information, see who they’re connected to, then go 
after them all.’ 
 

That seemed to appease Otto. He reluctantly nodded. 

  ‘Don’t discuss this with anyone, in case it slips out or 
you react to them in the wrong way and tip them off.’ 
 

‘You think the Vatican still has an interest?’ 

 

‘Without a doubt.’ 

  Otto sighed and walked back in, his shoulders 
hunched. 
 

background image

21 

It’s my first day in the job 

 

 
The Gulfstream broke through the clouds, a burst of 
brilliant sunshine and a view of the Alps to the south. 
  Johno lifted the armrest phone. ‘Pilot, head to Lisbon 
to re-fuel, then Azores and Washington, States.’ 
 ‘Washington, 

sir?’ 

  ‘Yeah. Contact operations and have a flight plan 
sorted. Thanks.’ 
 

‘Sir, that is an odd route. It would be normal to fly the 

northern circle -’ 
  ‘I don’t want to pass through UK airspace or UK 
Atlantic air traffic control. Got it?’ 
  ‘Yes, sir. And we can reach the Azores without re-
fuelling, sir.’ 
 

The plane changed course as it climbed. 

  ‘Not Malta?’ Thomas asked, intently studying the 
brilliant white cloud tops below them. 
 

‘Nope, it was trick, see who’d be waiting there for us.’ 

 

 

* * * 

 
‘Eminence,’ came an out-of-breath gasp, the cleric at the 
end of a jog through a very long corridor. 
  Cardinal Rumon clasped his hand together in front of 
himself and waited. 
  ‘Herr Johno from K2 is flying here, to pick someone 
up and then take this person to Malta to meet someone 
else!’ 
  Rumon let his hands drop, glaring down at the 
messenger. ‘Get our best people to the airport, find out 
who it is, the same for Malta airport. Go, quick.’ 
  He stepped to the window and peered down over St. 
Paul’s Square, his concern etched into his face. 

background image

22 

 

* * * 

 
Three cars burst out of the Vatican South Gate and onto 
the Via di Porta Cavalegger, heading east before turning 
south towards the municipal airport, another group 
heading west towards Da Vinci Airport on the coast. 
Unknown to them, K2 gents were filming with high 
quality video all cars exiting today, the same vehicles 
clocked a second time at the airport, their drivers and 
passengers recorded as they exited their vehicles. 
  Rumon just made a mistake. At Malta airport he had 
also shown his hand. 
 

* * * 

 
At noon Beesely was sat opposite Helen, innocuously 
taking about the changing structures of MI6 over the 
years. 
  A manager stepped in, offering a puzzled look. 
‘Ma’am, Herr Director, Johno has changed course mid 
flight, heading now for Washington.’ 
  ‘He … knows what he’s doing,’ Beesely suggested, 
but sounded neither firm – nor confident. ‘Thank you.’ 
 

The manager stepped out as Otto stepped in. 

 

‘You’ve heard?’ Beesely asked him. 

 

‘Yes,’ Otto stated as he sat. ‘And … something else. I 

took the liberty of sending men to Rome Airport and 
Malta. They have photographed a large number of … 
strange individuals greeting arriving aircraft.’ 
 Beesely 

laughed. 

 

Helen said, ‘He was testing the water.’ 

  ‘And now,’ Otto added, ‘we have the faces and the 
vehicles of the … interested parties.’ 

background image

23 

 

‘So,’ Helen said with a sigh, easing back into her chair. 

‘I guess the presence of our Vatican friend upstairs hasn’t 
put them at ease yet.’ 
  ‘Obviously not,’ Beesely commented. ‘But I’d love to 
see the look on their faces later.’ 
 

* * * 

 
Cardinal Rumon laughed loudly. Finally he said, ‘I like 
this man, Johno. He has fed our insider some bait and we 
took it. After more than a thousand years in office we 
should know better.’ 
 

‘He suspects our agent?’ 

  ‘Oh yes. But maybe he suspects a group. This flight 
plan would have been accessible by dozens of people. 
We’ll see.’ He walked off, still grinning. 
 

* * * 

 
Whilst waiting for a take-off slot on the Azores Johno 
checked his watch, doing the maths before asking to be 
put through to Stanton. 
 

‘Johno, you’re calling at a respectable hour!’ 

 

‘That depends on where you are.’ 

 

‘Where are you then?’ 

  ‘Be with you in about four hours, so put the kettle on, 
Boss.’ 
 

‘Mossad is here. And concerned,’ Stanton queried. 

 ‘Need 

word.’ 

 

‘Them or us?’ 

 

‘Both, but you first.’ 
‘I’ve got appointments –’ Stanton began. 
‘Not after you hear this you won’t.’ 

  ‘Oh hell.’ A loud breath could be heard. ‘More 
trouble?’ 

background image

24 

  ‘Take everything that has happened since we joined 
K2, add it up and it still wouldn’t total what’s about to 
happen.’ 
  Stanton did not respond immediately. ‘I’d really love 
to think you’re exaggerating, but with you guys it’s always 
worse than you say.’ He sighed. ‘Jesus. You need a full 
meeting?’ 
 

‘Nope, just you. Can’t risk this getting out.’ 

  ‘What the hell are you saying … we’ve been 
compromised?’ 
  ‘Reckon so, old buddy,’ Johno said in an accent. ‘But 
not to worry, we’ve go two high level moles back in K2 as 
we speak.’ 
 

‘Jesus,’ Stanton repeated. 

  ‘If it’s not too much trouble, I want independent FBI 
security, not your lot. Already got someone in mind as 
well.’ 
 

‘Is that necessary?’ Stanton asked, clearly concerned. 

 ‘Yes.’ 
  ‘Well, they couldn’t come inside, obviously, nor 
should they know anything about us.’ 
 

‘You wangle it, any which way you like.’ 

 

‘How about Secret Service?’ 

 

‘No. FBI, Boss, if you don’t mind,’ Johno pressed. 

  ‘Let me see what I can do. Hell, you just joined and 
your turning everything on its head already.’ 
  ‘You’ll see why. Oh, and don’t tell anyone I’m 
coming. See ya soon.’ He hung up. 
  ‘Will we be able to see the White House?’ Thomas 
keenly enquired.  
 

Johno nodded. ‘Oh, yeah. Might go inside and all.’ He 

re-dialled. ‘Special Agent Bambitou, FBI, New York 
office.’ They waited. 
 

‘Hello?’ came a deep, rich voice. 

 ‘Hey 

Bambi!’ 

 

‘Who the hell is this?’ 

background image

25 

 

‘The people from Switzerland.’ 

 

‘Oh … right. What’s up?’ 

  ‘I’ll be in Washington in three or four hours, FBI is 
laying on some security, CIA’s been compromised again. 
Just wondering if you’d be a love and protect me while 
I’m there?’ 
 

‘I got some time off, I’m in Atlanta.’ 

 

‘That near Washington?’ 

  ‘Hour’s flight. Anyway, why the hell would I want to 
help protect you?’ 
  ‘Because I’m just about to expose some shitbags, the 
kind you don’t like. If they kill me, they win – world takes 
a step backwards.’ 
 

A sigh could be heard. ‘When and where, Limey?’ 

  Johno laughed. ‘Get your big black arse and your size 
thirteen boots to DC, I’ll call you when I’m there. And 
don’t worry about flights and hotel bills - we’ll sort it for 
you.’ He hung up smiling. 
 

‘Who has a black arse?’ Thomas asked. 

  ‘We’re going to meet some big American basketball 
players.’ 
 ‘Great!’ 

Thomas 

enthused. 

 

 

 
At Ronald Regan International Airport, Virginia, several 
FBI vans stood waiting in an isolated corner. 
  Johno stepped down into a clear sky, but a bitingly 
cold wind. ‘Should have gone to bloody Malta!’ he 
muttered. 
 

The FBI walked forwards, dark blue shiny jackets with 

large FBI letters in yellow. 
 

‘Very subtle,’ Johno told the lead man. 

  ‘Sorry, sir, but we only got notified twenty minutes 
ago. Welcome to the States. You’re Swiss, right?’ 
 ‘Nope, 

British.’ 

background image

26 

 

‘British?’ the man puzzled. 

 

‘The less questions the better, me old son.’ 

  The lead agent looked beyond Johno and to the plane. 
‘Your bags, sir?’ 
  ‘Just this,’ Johno stated, tapping his small bag. ‘So 
lead on, G-Man.’ 
 

‘Are you FBI?’ Thomas asked, wide-eyed. 
‘Yes we are,’ came back in tandem as Johno and 

Thomas suddenly became flanked by six agents, a van 
door opening for them. ‘Where to, sir?’ 
  ‘Pick a hotel at random, centre of Washington. 
Something expensive.’ 
  The lead agent eased down opposite Johno in the van, 
eyeing him carefully as the door slammed shut. ‘Are we 
going to get any clues as to what this is about?’ 
 

‘Need to know basis,’ Johno offered the man. ‘Execute 

some random course changes.’ 
  ‘Is there a specific danger to you, sir?’ the agent 
pressed as the convoy headed off. 
  Johno eased forwards. ‘If this visit has been 
compromised, then this van is about to be punctured by a 
shit load of bullets!’ 
  The agent straightened. ‘We weren’t warned of the 
threat level!’ he complained. Lifting his radio he said, 
‘Head into the centre, random course changes, threat level 
Alpha.’ 
  The front seat passenger turned his head. ‘We ain’t 
fucking kitted for this!’ 
  ‘I know!’ the lead agent barked. He faced Johno, 
clearly angered. ‘If we get hit … then some fucker’s going 
to pay!’ 
  ‘How about,’ Johno teased, ‘the fuckers who attack 
us!’ 
 

‘You know who?’ 

 Johno 

nodded. 

 

‘And?’ the agent pressed. 

background image

27 

  Johno eased back, glancing out of the window. 
‘Classified, way up there. Sorry.’ 
  ‘Fucking marvellous.’ The agent sat back, also now 
glancing through the windows. Raising his radio he said, 
‘Hilton Hotel.’ 
 

‘Which one?’ crackled back. 

 ‘Massachusetts 

Avenue.’ 

  Thomas peered out the windows, keenly attentive as 
Johno lifted his phone. 
  ‘Book us a room, Hilton, Massachusetts Avenue, two 
or three adjoining rooms for my FBI escort, stock them all 
with the best bar snacks and drinks and some nice gifts for 
the FBI guys. Ta, love.’ 
  The lead agent studied the satellite phone. ‘Your 
secretary?’ 
 ‘Note 

quite.’ 

 

‘And we can’t take gifts on duty.’ 

 

‘Got a family?’ 

 

‘Wife and three kids. Who … I’d like to see tonight!’ 

  ‘We’ll arrange for you to win a trip for five to Euro-
Disney, all expenses paid.’ 
  The agent’s eyebrows lifted. ‘My youngest is fifteen 
going on twenty-five. And he can’t stand the sight of me!’ 
  Johno smiled. ‘Then we’ll arrange a week in a Swiss 
Health Spa next summer, for all of your guys.’ 
  Johno’s phone chirped. He pressed the green button 
without lifting it. ‘Yeah?’ 
 

‘It’s Beesely. CIA just called, they know you’re there.’ 

 

‘Problem?’ Johno asked, still focused on the agent. 

  ‘George Holmes just extended an invitation to visit 
Langley and the White House, so now the President 
knows.’ The agent stared back.  

‘Fob ‘em off, tell ‘em it’s a quick personal trip, yeah?’ 

 

‘I’ll see what I can do.’  
Johno hit the red button. 

 

‘Just who are you, sir?’ 

background image

28 

 ‘Can’t 

say.’ 

  ‘Be easier to protect you if we knew the threat,’ the 
agent pointedly remarked. 
  Johno’s features hardened. ‘Sometimes, it’s better to 
die with your secret, than let it out. If the wider world 
knew what was going on there’d be political unrest and 
financial problems. Like your own CIA, my group 
removes threats without it getting on the front page. 
Sometimes, you just got to do what’s right. Which can 
mean taking it to the grave instead of risking it getting on 
CNN.’ 
  ‘But then, don’t the bad guys win?’ the agent quietly 
posed. 
 ‘Not 

if 

you keep me alive, they don’t.’  

  The agent sat back, carefully studying his charge. ‘Is 
the funny moustache a disguise?’ 
 

* * * 

 
Johno stared out of his hotel room window as Thomas 
explored the palatial bathroom. 
  ‘Please, sir. Those windows are not bullet proof,’ a 
coloured agent pointed out. He drew the curtains. 
  ‘Scaredy-cat,’ Johno joked, getting an odd look back. 
He bounced on the bed as the lead agent entered with 
Bambitou. 
 

‘You requested this agent?’ the senior FBI agent asked, 

a quizzical and unhappy expression. Bambitou stood in 
jeans and jumper, wrapped up against the cold.  
 

Johno eyed Bambitou’s boots from where he sat on the 

end of the bed. ‘What size are they?’ 
 ‘Thirteen,’ 

Bambitou 

answered. 

 

  ‘Good guess then.’ He stood, extending a hand. They 
shook. ‘Jesus, big hands,’ Johno noted. ‘You’re an 
excellent bullet stop.’ Bambitou lifted his eyebrows. 
‘There’s a room booked for you, all paid, airplane tickets 

background image

29 

on their way,’ Johno explained. ‘Order anything you 
want.’ He faced the senior agent. ‘Can you give us ten? 
Check the other rooms, yeah?’ 
  The agent glanced at Bambitou and withdrew, closing 
the door, Johno leading his guest towards a seat as 
Thomas appeared. 
 

‘Wow!’ Thomas let out. ‘He’s really big!’ He ran over. 

‘What basketball team do you play for?’ 
 

‘I’m an FBI agent, son.’ They sat. 

  Thomas closed in on Bambitou. ‘But you play 
basketball?’ 
  Bambitou glanced at Johno, then back to Thomas. ‘In 
college.’ 
 

‘Can I have your autograph and a photo?’ 

 

Bambitou frowned at Thomas. 

  ‘Thomas, later,’ Joho instructed. ‘Order some room 
service.’ 
 

Thomas found the menus and sat reading them. 

 

‘Your kid?’ Bambitou enquired. 

 ‘Yes.’ 
 ‘Sounds 

European?’ 

 

‘He is, he’s Swiss,’ Johno said as he watched Thomas. 

‘His mother worked in our kitchens, got killed in a nerve 
gas attack.’ 
 

‘That didn’t make the papers, certainly not here.’ 

 

Johno had not taken his gaze of the studious boy. ‘Our 

fault he got orphaned, so I adopted him.’ 
 

‘Good of you,’ Bambitou said after a moment. ‘Where 

are the other guys I met? Fit guy and the dwarf?’ 
  Johno faced his guest, his features hardening. ‘Fit guy 
is fine, dwarf … got himself killed in the line of duty, 
trying to save others.’ 
 

Bambitou shrugged. ‘Sorry.’ After a moment he asked, 

‘What you need me for?’ 
   ‘Bullet stop, like I said.’ 

background image

30 

  Bambitou offered Johno a pair of tired eyes. ‘And the 
shooters?’ 
 

‘Same bunch, or similar. Rogue element.’ 

 

‘They’re not official?’  

 

Johno shook his head. ‘No. And your lot cleaned house 

after the last episode.’ 
 ‘Not 

enough?’ 

 

Johno gave his guest a reluctant tip of his head. ‘I think 

you’re probably not compromised, and that’s what I need - 
an honest man.’ 
 

‘To help protect you?’ 

 

Johno nodded. ‘Random itinerary for a few days, route 

changes, and keeping an eye on that lot outside – just in 
case.’ 
  Bambitou sighed. ‘Then I’ll start by checking them 
out. Thoroughly.’ 
 

Johno offered his guest an amused grin. ‘Earning your 

keep already.’ 
 

Bambitou squinted at Johno. ‘Is the funny moustache a 

disguise?’ 
  Johno faced Thomas as the boy fell off his chair 
laughing. 
 

 
After a thirty-minute helicopter ride south of the capital 
Johno and Thomas landed on an innocuous looking golf 
course; a large hotel complex in the distance, a two-storey 
clubhouse close by, a sprinkling of security guards dotted 
around. 
  Stepping down from the helicopter they were greeted 
by a man in a suit with stern features, a quick handshake 
for Johno, before being led into the clubhouse. An airport-
style metal detector was the first line of security, some 
odd-looking wands the second, followed by a quick frisk. 

background image

31 

  Through several doors they followed their initial host 
at a brisk pace, the walls adorned with golfers in pose, 
many celebrities or former Presidents. Finally they were 
there, the inner sanctum; a simple room with a stone 
fireplace and a large table which Johno recognised from 
prior video conferences. Stanton sat at the head of the 
table, two guards behind, but out of earshot from normal 
conversation. 
  ‘So, this is where it all happens?’ Johno asked as he 
walked around, checking the photographs on the wall. 
‘Where did Beesely sit?’ 
  Stanton eased up. ‘When in attendance, which was 
never often, anywhere the annoying bum liked.’ 
  They shook.  Stanton gestured Johno to the nearest 
chair, Thomas checking each photograph carefully, mostly 
on tip-toes. 
 

Johno sat, running a hand over the table’s cool surface. 

‘What is it about big tables?’ 
 

‘Traditional meeting places, tables. And for eating off, 

of course. I suppose, during the Middle Ages, they ate and 
then they discussed business - dual role.’ Stanton cut the 
end off a cigar. 
 

Surprised, Johno asked, ‘We can smoke in here?’ 

 

‘No smoking bans here … yet!’ 

 

Johno lit up, refusing a cigar from Stanton. 

 

‘So, Johno, some problems? Problems big enough for a 

personal visit?’ 
  Johno took a moment. ‘First, a question. Any link 
between Henry and the Vatican?’ 
  Stanton lit his cigar, taking many seconds. Finally he 
made eye contact. ‘Links, without a doubt. Unwanted 
links, hard to pin down.’ 
 ‘Why?’ 
  ‘First, Henry was an Ambassador to Italy. So, if the 
question is, did he know people in the Italian Government, 
then yes – of course. Did he know people in the Vatican – 

background image

32 

certainly. Was he running operations that we were not 
aware of … then I’d say no. Unless, of course, you are 
about to prove me wrong.’ 
  Stanton waited, Johno just staring back as he smoked. 
He continued, ‘What you need to understand about the 
Vatican is that since the Second World War they’ve 
helped us – the CIA – run operations on a large scale 
around the world, against communism. Their priests could 
go where we couldn’t, so were a great ally. Still are, to a 
small degree, in Central America.’ 
  ‘And did … Henry run these kind of operations with 
the Vatican?’ 
  ‘No, not his area. Although he would have played his 
part in Gladio.’ 
 

‘I read up on that recently.’ 

 

‘And?’ Stanton posed. 

  ‘For the most part counter productive. Force didn’t 
destroy communism, their desire for a bigger television set 
did.’ 
 

Stanton smiled. ‘A very simple explanation that would 

explain a hundred thousand word thesis on the subject. So, 
any specific concerns about Henry?’ 
  Johno glanced at the ceiling. ‘I got a tip-of recently, 
from a Vatican insider.’ 
 

Stanton’s eyes widened. ‘About Henry?’ 

 

‘And a lot of other stuff. War’s back on.’ 

 ‘Which 

… 

war … are we talking about here?’ 

 

Johno faced his host. ‘The same one.’ 

  Stanton frowned his lack of understanding. ‘Which 
one?’ 
  Johno sighed. ‘They’re all connected. The nerve agent 
attack on us, Henry, Kirkpatrick, Luchenkov, the dirty 
bomb attacks on London, the Vatican, Shue and even old 
boy Gunter.’ 
 

‘Christ, how is all that lot connected?’ 

background image

33 

  Johno reached across and tapped his cigarette over 
Stanton’s ashtray. ‘Same spider in the middle, pulling the 
strings every step of the way.’ 
 

Stanton straightened, surprised. ‘What the hell are you 

getting at?’ 
 

You tell me … how they connect, lord and master of 

all he surveys.’ 
 

‘Up to now I didn’t think they did.’ 

  Johno stood and walked in a small circle. Facing 
Stanton again he began, arms held wide, ‘Imagine a table, 
just like this, with some people sat around it. Imagine a 
hundred powerful and rich men, a dozen at the top table. 
Sat with them is Henry, next to Luchenkov. Sat next to 
them … a cardinal or two.’ 
  Stanton stared. ‘Luchenkov, Henry and the Vatican? 
On the same fucking table?’ 
 

‘Part of the same group, or linked to it. Certainly under 

its influence.’ 
  ‘Henry would never attack the UK!’ Stanton barked. 
‘Nor would the Vatican!’ 
  ‘Guess you’re not as smart as you like to think you 
are,’ Johno stated, his eyes cold. ‘Guess K2 has reached 
maturity of late.’ He sat back down, slouching as best he 
could in the rigid seats and taking a drag. 
 

‘You have proof?’ Stanton gasped. 

  Johno nodded. ‘Getting rid of the British Prime 
Minister was the right thing to do, but for the wrong 
reason.’ 
 ‘How’s 

he connected?’ 

  Johno blew out. ‘He started this whole thing off. And 
rightly so, I suppose.’ 
 ‘How 

so?’ 

  Johno turned away, staring at the fireplace. ‘You lot 
went to Def Con Three over the attacks on the British 
Navy, the harm to NATO. If you had a target to strike 
back at, would you?’ He faced Stanton and waited. 

background image

34 

 ‘Of 

course.’ 

  ‘Are you sure? Would you cut you left hand off it 
misbehaved?’ 
 

‘You’re not making much sense, Johno!’ 

 

‘If the people responsible were allies, would you strike 

at them?’ 
  Stanton eased back. ‘That depends. We would, 
obviously, wish to cut-out the rotten elements without 
harming an ally, and quietly.’ 
  ‘Which is just what I was considering doing,’ Johno 
said with a menacing smile. ‘But … but I’d have to kill 
three hundred and fifty people to do so.’ 
 

‘Three hundred and fifty? You have a list?’ 

  ‘No, not much of start on it either,’ Johno reluctantly 
admitted. 
 

‘Start making some sense, huh?’ Stanton implored. 

  ‘Let’s work backwards. Ship full of explosives goes 
bang. Ship sails from the Far East, stopping off in a … 
French port, where the explosives are packed -’ 
 ‘French!’ 
 Johno 

nodded. 

 

‘Jesus! The fall-out from that could rip Europe apart!’ 

 

‘And NATO in Europe. So, French explosives, paid for 

by a French millionaire with the assistance of his buddies 
in the French Secret Service.’ 
  Stanton stood, aghast at the suggestion. He turned full 
circle, thinking hard. Facing Johno he said, ‘How the hell 
did we miss this?’ 
 

‘A cautious tight group who don’t like Yanks, or Brits. 

Or Jews.’ 
 

‘What else?’ Stanton whispered. 

 

‘The reason for the boat. Well, simple really – the dirty 

bombs didn’t achieve the desired effect.’ 
 ‘Desired 

effect?’ 

 

‘To scare the British Prime Minister.’ 

 

‘Scare him? Away from what?’ 

background image

35 

  ‘You know, they were never intended to be made into 
dirty-bombs, just driven into London and found - a 
message for the P.M. Don’t mess with us! But he didn’t 
heed the message, thanks in part to K2, so a firmer 
message was needed – a real kick up the pants, and 
something that would dislodge him as well.’ 
  ‘The British Prime Minister … was threatened by a 
foreign power?’ 
  ‘Not by a foreign power,’ Johno explained, ‘but by a 
group of private individuals … who have grown petty 
damned strong. And you’re still disappointing me by not 
knowing who.’ 
  Stanton sighed. ‘I’m disappointing myself as well. 
Henry got the better of us.’ 
 

‘Groups within groups,’ Johno quoted. 

 

Stanton coughed a quick laugh. ‘So, who are they?’ 

 

They … are a wide web. And that’s their strength and 

our weakness. Are you sitting comfortably? Then I’ll 
begin. 
 

‘After the Second World War Switzerland had made a 

lot of dosh from dealing with the Germans, not to mention 
the Nazi treasures hidden in deep dark vaults. You lot 
went after them for a while, stopping when the Cold War 
heated up – people like Gunter and Shue spying on the 
Russians, so they were left alone. Their money went to 
fund some of Europe’s largest corporations today. There 
is, apparently, a hidden room somewhere with files as to 
how those corporations got started.’ 
  Stanton gave a look of mock concern. ‘Jesus. That 
could upset a few.’  

Johno carefully nodded, making firm eye contact. 

Continuing he said, ‘Back when the European Union 
started people could immediately see the potential for 
corruption, which is far greater in countries like Italy, 
Greece and Germany than it is in the UK. The Brits are 
too stupid to defraud anyone. 

background image

36 

 

‘So people started to issue EU contracts to their mates, 

making good money. That grew into an institutionally 
corrupt group, well connected to Ministers in Europe. 
Maggie Thatcher had a go at them, got some money back, 
but didn’t rock the boat too much. There’s also some 
suggestion that some of those well-placed IRA bombs had 
a helping hand. 
  ‘Anyway, this group started by taking millions from 
the EU budget, but now probably takes a couple hundred 
million a year, part of that laundered directly through the 
Vatican.’ 
  Stanton slowly nodded, looking disappointed. ‘We 
know the Vatican launders money for the Mafia, and 
others. But they’re still valuable allies.’ 
 

‘They’ve stepped up a gear,’ Johno pointed out. ‘Their 

church takings around the world have fallen, and they 
need the money to keep the lights on – and their vicars 
kept in kiddy porn.’ 
 

‘Does this … group have a name?’ 

 

‘Their known as the Basel Group.’ 

  ‘Basel? They’re freemasons. Christ, half the former 
heads of Europe are members! Presidents, ministers, 
industrialists and financiers, not to mention royal families. 
Most of their top table would be instantly recognised.’ 
  Johno nodded his agreement. ‘And they’d be very 
unhappy if the UK Government made good on its promise 
of widespread forensic accountants looking up their 
skirts.’ 
  ‘That’s what triggered this? A British threat to expose 
them?’ 
  Johno confirmed with a saddened nod. ‘And now that 
they think they’ve got away with it – what comes next?’ 
  Stanton took a long breath. ‘And just what the hell is 
K2 planning on doing? You expose this lot and Europe is 
rocked to its core!’ 

background image

37 

  ‘Really? You noticed that aspect as well, did you?’ 
Johno sarcastically offered. 
  Stanton puffed his cigar for several seconds. ‘So? 
What’ll you do?’ 
 

‘Only thing we can do … kill them all.’ 

  Stanton stood again. ‘Kill them all!’ he barked. Are 
you mad? Most of them are celebrities, crown princes or 
former presidents! Don’t you think you’ll be noticed?’ 
  Staring into the fireplace Johno stated, ‘For what they 
did … it’s a price I’m prepared to pay.’ 
  ‘K2 will be destroyed, you’ll all end up in jail, or 
dead!’ 
 

‘Goes with the territory, Mister Stanton,’ Johno coldly 

stated. 
 

Stanton sat. ‘Just how the hell could you expect to get 

away with it?’ 
 ‘No 

need.’ 

 ‘No 

need?’ 

  ‘If my plan works then the bad guys are all linked to 
each other by their deaths. We’ll make sure the financial 
irregularities hit the papers - the media will do the rest. 
They’ll all blame each other with their silence.’ 
 

‘The effect on the EU will be horrendous!’ 

  Johno made strong eye contact. ‘And what effect will 
letting them grow have? How long till they threaten you?’ 
  Stanton considered that question carefully, taking 
several puffs of his cigar. 
  ‘Besides,’ Johno added. ‘The Governments of Europe 
will soon see the corruption, going to great lengths to hide 
it. It’s their necks as well.’ 
 

‘I need time to think about this, discuss it –’ 

 

‘No. No time, no discussion.’ Stanton was taken aback. 

‘You either help me, my way, or we part company.’ 
  Stanton said nothing for several seconds. ‘And what 
way would that be?’ 

background image

38 

  ‘I need you take down fifty people … off the list, 
including those far and wide on the chosen day. I also 
need you to nudge Mossad into helping. And no 
discussion of this with your buddies here, can’t take the 
risk. If we attack and lose, they’ll expose K2 and shut us 
down in a minute. If they know we’re coming - same deal. 
Only way to be sure – is to kill them all on the same day.’ 
  Stanton slowly nodded. ‘That makes sense, although I 
can’t believe we’re even discussing this.’ 
  Johno eased up, facing Stanton squarely. ‘Think about 
it then, let me know … because we’re doing it with you, or 
without you. If it destroys K2 and kills us all, so be it. But 
if you decide against helping, don’t discuss it here till it’s 
done. Then don’t ever contact us again.’ 
 

‘Now who’s being threatening?’ 

  ‘The stupid foot soldier about to give his life for what 
he believes in.’ He led Thomas out, Stanton watching him 
go. 
 

‘By God he’s a Beesely.’ 

 

background image

39 

Coming of age 

 

 
Stanton sighed so loud his wife put down her book, 
marking the page. 
 

She gestured towards a chair. ‘Beesely?’ 

 

‘No, his son.’ 

 ‘Johno?’ 
  Stanton gave his wife a tired nod, looking drained. 
‘He’s a chip of the old block as the Brits’ say, although I 
can’t do the accent.’ 
  ‘He’s here? That’s why the change of plans?’ she 
gently enquired. 
  Again Stanton nodded. ‘This is going to be bad, very 
bad, which is why I’m discussing this with you – and not 
the group.’ 
  Her brow furrowed as she eased forwards. ‘Is that … 
wise?’ 
  ‘Doubt it, but Johno suggests they may have been 
compromised.’ 
 

‘Again? Dear me! Who … this time, is linked in?’ 

 

‘The Basel Group, Euro-freemasons.’ 

 

They never caused anyone any problems. They don’t 

allow Americans in, but they’ve never been an issue. What 
have they done?’ 
  ‘They were behind the attack on the British city of 
Portsmouth.’ 
  She straightened. ‘Why on earth would they get 
involved with such a thing?’ 
  ‘Seems they piggy-backed Luchenkov’s desires to 
inflict harm, to warn off the UK Government from 
investigating their finances.’ 
  She took a moment. ‘I can see that would be a 
problem, it could put a lot of powerful and prominent 

background image

40 

Europeans in the dock. Would shake-up the European 
Union as well.’ 
 

‘They obviously took the threat from the Brit’s serious, 

a threat to send in forensic accountants by all accounts. If 
they back-dated that investigation it would put a thousand 
prominent figures in prison, including former Prime 
Ministers and Ministers.’ 
  She eased back, still holding her book. ‘So, how will 
you solve the paradox?’ 
 

Stanton lifted his eyes and tipped his head. ‘I’m not in 

the driving seat, Johno is.’ 
 

‘What will he do?’ she puzzled. 

 

‘Go all out after them, destroying K2 and Europe in the 

process.’ 
  She considered it, placing down her book. ‘Have you 
attempted to … refine his approach? Or even stop it.’ 
 

‘He said an interesting thing tonight. Given the success 

they’ve found, Basel that is, in getting away with 
threatening the UK… what comes next?’ 
  Now it was Mrs Stanton’s turn to sigh. ‘He’s got a 
point. They’ve grown strong, and won this fight. How 
long before they have their own political agenda for 
Europe? Since they never wanted to talk with you, we’d 
have to assume that their … future agenda will not be 
palatable to us.’ 
  Stanton nodded to himself. ‘They’ve moved quickly 
from mafia-style construction contracts to large-scale 
terrorist attacks. If they adopt a French attitude to us…’ 
 

‘How will K2 deal with them?’ she enquired. 

  ‘Quite clever, and practical. Kill them all on the same 
day.’ 
 

Her eyes widened. ‘How many people?’ 

 

Stanton lifted his head. ‘Three hundred plus!’ 

 

‘My God. The publicity!’ 

 

‘That’ll help, actually - all these people will get linked 

by the time and method of their deaths. After that, 

background image

41 

everyone will assume some mafia style bloodletting, 
corruption at the core, European Governments going to 
great length to play it down. As soon as the story hits, the 
families of those dead will go to great lengths to 
disassociate their loved ones from the group, or they get 
tarred with that brush as well.’ 
  ‘Seems like he’s given it a great deal of thought,’ she 
conceded. 
  ‘As I said, practical in its audacity,’ he reluctantly 
admitted. 
 

‘And the chances of success?’ 

  ‘With that many factors in play, not good. But the 
more they kill, the better their chances of the Europeans 
burying it. Twenty would hit the papers, a hundred would 
cause questions before outrage.’ 
 

‘And our part?’ she delicately broached. 

  ‘He wants us to take down fifty from the list of three 
hundred.’ 
 

‘That’s still a lot.’ 

  He shrugged. ‘If we brought in freelancers from all 
over - just for one job each then out – maybe it could be 
done. One shooter per subject, none of which is expecting 
trouble – we’d hope – or too well protected.’ 
 

‘Sounds like you’re considering it?’ 

 

The puppy ran in, followed by his granddaughter, both 

warmly greeted before the girl chased the puppy into a 
conservatory. 
 

Stanton added, ‘If we don’t help … we lose K2, Johno 

was quite blunt about that – help or else. And faced with 
the prospect of losing control of Europe - from the inside 
out - not that much of a choice.’ 
 

 

* * * 

 

background image

42 

A knock on the door and the hotels’ manager was led in. 
He quickly closed in on Johno. ‘Sir, we’ve had a lot of 
complaints.’ 
 

‘Really? Snoring was I?’ 

  The manager stumbled. ‘Snoring? No, sir. The 
security! There’s now a SWAT team here.’ 
  ‘Really? I must be more popular than I realised. Tell 
you what, turf out everyone on this floor, give them ten 
thousand dollars compensation, bill it to me … along with 
all the rooms.’ 
 

The manager straightened and blinked. ‘Sir?’ 

 

‘You heard. I’ll have a million in cash brought straight 

around. Will that … you know … fix your whinging?’ 
  ‘I, sir, have not been … whinging, as you say. The 
guests –’ 
  ‘Are going somewhere else,’ Johno finished off, 
leaving his firm gaze on the manager. The man stepped 
briskly out. 
  ‘You enjoyed that,’ Bambitou suggested, Johno’s 
smirk suggesting he was spot on in his assessment. 
  Another knock was followed by Elle Rosen and Mosh 
appearing. 
 

Johno jumped up. ‘Elle, come on in.’ 

  Thomas said hello very politely, enquiring about the 
paintings. 
  ‘They were very well received,’ Mosh offered with 
thanks. He shook Johno’s hand, an odd look for Bambitou. 
  Johno faced Bambitou. ‘Sorry, mate, but can you step 
out for a moment.’ 
 

Bambitou eased up his six foot four frame. ‘Sure, need 

a leg stretch.’ He offered the visitors quick nods before 
closing the door. 
 

Johno kicked out two chairs and sat. ‘Want anything?’ 

 

‘No, we’re fine,’ Mosh said. ‘So, how is Beesely?’ 

 

‘Much better since the stroke, left side not co-operating 

thou.’ 

background image

43 

 ‘And 

know 

you seem to have taken a much greater role 

within K2,’ Mosh stated. 
  ‘Beesely passed ownership to me. Dumb idea, but 
that’s life, eh.’ 
  ‘Your entry to the Lodge would not have been taken 
lightly,’ Mosh pointed out. 
  ‘There’s no accounting for taste,’ Johno said with a 
smile. ‘Besides, they probably did it to rope me in.’ 
 

Mosh made brief eye contact with Elle. ‘And now a … 

firm request from Mr Stanton that we listen to what you 
have to request. He seems to be … concerned.’ 
  ‘So he should be,’ Johno said, the smirk gone. ‘You 
guys familiar with The Basel Freemason Group?’ 
  ‘Some,’ Mosh answered. ‘They are a well-established 
European freemason group, centred around Germany and 
Italy. They don’t like Americans, or British.’ 
 

‘Or Jews!’ Johno pointed out. 

  ‘Or Jews,’ Mosh quietly admitted after a moments 
reflection. 
 

‘Got anyone inside?’ Johno bluntly asked. 

 

‘On the periphery of the French branch,’ Elle informed 

him. 
  Johno nodded slowly to himself. ‘Had any problems 
with them?’ 
 

‘No,’ Mosh adamantly replied. ‘Why your interest?’ 

 

Johno glanced out of the window. ‘You guys are not as 

smart as I’d hoped you were.’ 
 

‘Johno?’ Elle quietly nudged a few seconds later. 

  Johno turned back, studying them both for a moment. 
‘They were behind the nerve gas attack on us.’ The 
visitors glanced at each other. ‘They were also in bed with 
Henry O’Sullivan, possibly the real buyers of the signature 
DNA virus.’ Again the visitors made eye contact, worried 
looks exchanged. ‘And the final piece of the puzzle - that 
you don’t seem to have - they influenced Luchenkov, 
facilitating the attack on the UK.’ 

background image

44 

 

Mosh stared back, stunned. ‘Why?’ he gasped. 

  ‘The UK Government threatened to send in forensic 
accountants, to go back through all EU projects since day 
one.’ 
  Mosh slowly nodded to himself, looking concerned. 
‘All EU countries have always known, but turned a blind 
eye to it.’ 
  ‘Lodge are worried,’ Johno began. ‘Someone else 
setting the future direction of Europe; un-elected, corrupt, 
anti-American, anti-British.’ He watched them both 
carefully as they considered his words. 
 

‘We had no idea they had gone so far,’ Mosh admitted. 

‘But we have heard rumours.’ 
  ‘They risk destroying Europe … and their own gravy 
train,’ Johno suggested. ‘If the UK Government releases 
what it knows to the press…?’ 
  ‘It would be chaos,’ Elle noted. ‘But why has the UK 
Government remained silent?’ Johno grinned widely. 
‘Ah,’ Elle let out. ‘They have you and Beesely!’ 
  Johno pointed out, ‘If we deal with it, and get caught, 
Europe doesn’t break apart. If the PM sends in the Navy it 
does. Odd really: Brits’ get attacked, now keen not to lose 
Europe. Sometimes, doing the right thing really stinks, 
eh?’ 
 

‘What will you do?’ Mosh asked in a concerned tone. 

  ‘Kill them all,’ Johno carefully mouthed. ‘All three 
hundred and fifty two members.’ 
 

The visitors straightened. 

  ‘How the hell do you expect to get away with it?’ 
Mosh demanded. 
  ‘We don’t,’ came back without any thought. ‘If we 
lose… we lose. But we’ll take down most of them as we 
go.’ 
 

Mosh glanced at Elle, his chest heaving a deep breath. 

‘All out war.’ 
 

‘Johno, you’ll lose everything,’ Elle cautioned. 

background image

45 

  ‘After what they did … besides, how long till they 
come for me? We’ve locked horns for months, lost fifty 
dead and hundreds wounded. We’re getting worn down 
and they haven’t thrown their best punch yet. Soon be a 
reckoning. Rather it be on my timescale than theirs.’ 
  ‘There doesn’t seem to be much alternative,’ Mosh 
quietly admitted. 
 

‘None that I can see,’ Johno indicated. ‘And I’ve given 

it a hell of a lot of thought. My poor old brain has been on 
overtime.’ 
 

‘What do you want of us?’ Mosh finally asked. 

  ‘First, couple thousand rounds of ammo, 9mm, glass, 
Perspex and sugar-crystal bullets, light load. Then, a 
thousand brand new unregistered pistols with silencers, 
still in their boxes. Dot care what it costs, and I want it 
delivered to the UK, not Zug. We have a mole or two there 
reporting back to Basel.’ 
 

‘You have been compromised? Again?’ Elle asked. 

  ‘It’s Europe - these fucker’s back garden,’ Johno 
admitted with a shrug. 
  ‘You did not need to drag us here to discus weapons,’ 
Mosh pointedly commented. ‘What else?’ 
 

Johno faced Mosh squarely. ‘If you’re up to it, I’d like 

you to kill thirty people off the list around the Med.’  

Mosh stared back. ‘You are assuming a lot … of our 

friendship.’ 

Johno continued, without reacting to the last statement. 

‘They’ll be a bunch on holiday around the Med - Greece, 
Southern Italy, a Nile Cruise, Malta.’ He waited. ‘We’ve 
already helped you … financially. There’ll be further 
assistance in what Beesely mentioned the other day, the 
holocaust claims against the Swiss banks.’ He eased 
forwards. ‘Mosh, we’ve already pushed the Swiss as much 
as we dare.’ 

background image

46 

  Finally, Mosh took a breath and said, ‘The publicity 
around Europe would be horrendous, the effect on the 
public...’ 
 Johno 

grinned. 

 

‘What?’ Mosh asked. 

 

‘If these fuckers are all killed in the same way, just as 

the newspapers report massive financial irregularities…’ 
 

‘Some will not wish to be associated,’ Elle cut in with. 

‘Many will hide the fact.’ 
  ‘Including,’ Johno said with raised eyebrows for 
emphasis, ‘some Governments. As soon as they know 
what’s happening they’ll panic and try and cover it up.’ 
 

‘Wouldn’t you?’ Mosh put in. ‘The papers will crucify 

the Governments. The Italian Government will fall. 
Again.’ 
 

Johno shrugged. ‘We’ll pay what’s needed –’ 

  Mosh raised a flat hand, cutting off Johno. ‘When do 
you act?’ 
  ‘Five days or so.’ Johno shrugged. ‘Depends on them, 
they may move first.’ 
 

‘Do you think they know you are coming?’ Elle asked, 

a concerned frown. 
  ‘Nope. They may suspect we’ll turn on them, that I’ll 
fix soon, just to keep them quiet. Stanton hasn’t informed 
the Lodge, and I don’t want you fuckers advertising the 
fact. Not even Otto knows what I’ve got planned yet, no 
one at K2 does – so I’m reasonably sure they don’t know 
yet. If they did, they’d expose K2 for sure to the papers, 
put pressure on the Swiss Government to get rid of us.’ 
 

‘Why haven’t they done that yet?’ Elle asked. 

  Johno shrugged. ‘They have moles inside, plus I 
reckon they have their own plans for K2. We, did, 
apparently, do their bidding by removing Shue. And 
Gunter for that matter.  

‘Besides, right now they want a quiet Europe, 

especially after the attacks on the UK. They must think the 

background image

47 

Yanks got Luchenkov, so probably sweating a bit right 
now. Stock markets are fucked up, which hurts them as 
much as anyone. But there is one way to be sure they 
don’t know I’m coming.’ 
 

‘What’s that?’ Elle asked. 

  ‘I’m still breathing,’ Johno said with a grin. ‘Besides, 
they haven’t quite worked out yet why we get so much 
help for the Yanks. These fuckers don’t seem to know 
much about the Lodge, certainly not Beesely’s relationship 
with them. Think that caught them off guard a bit.’ 
  Mosh nodded in agreement. ‘Where do you want the 
weapons sent?’ 
 

‘Swindon, our rescue force. No sooner than three days, 

no later than five. Contact will be Kev.’ 
 

‘We’ll give you a decision on the other matter in a day 

or two.’ Mosh stood, followed up by Johno. 
 

Johno took Mosh’s hand and made strong eye contact. 

‘If you and Stanton don’t help, we’ll probably fail. So this 
may be goodbye.’ 
  Mosh reluctantly nodded, lowering his head as he led 
Elle out. 
  Thomas walked over. ‘You spoke nice and soft and 
pleasant to them, not like to the Pope. I am proud of you.’ 
 

Johno laughed, messing up the boy’s hair. 

 
From the hotel lobby Johno made a call on a public phone.  
‘Kev, that you?’ 
 

‘Shit, Johno, middle the bastard night!’ 

 ‘Where 

are 

you?’ 

  ‘In the new place, first fucking day and ya wakes me. 
Gotta be bad luck or something.’ 
  ‘Listen up. Day after tomorrow, Swindon, meet me. 
Between now and then I need you to round up as many ex-
troopers are you can if they’re up to some wet work.’ 
 

‘Jesus, what’s up?’ 

background image

48 

 

‘Got some spies in K2 keeping a tab on me, need to be 

careful. Need some outsiders.’ 
 

‘What’s the job?’ 

  ‘Found a bunch of people in bed with Luchenkov, his 
mafia contacts around Europe. We’re going after them.’ 
 

‘These friends of Luchenkov’s –’ 

  ‘They supplied the wherewithal for the attacks on the 
UK and us, logistics and handholding. He had a lot of help 
from some mafia cockroaches.’ 
 

‘We going for them?’ 

  ‘Big time, probably won’t survive it, they’re well 
connected as fuck – some stuff I can’t say on the phone.’ 
  ‘Christ,’ Kev sighed. ‘Count me in, Boss. I’ll make 
some calls in the morning.’ 
 

‘How’s the new estate?’ 

  ‘Lovely, for the whole day I had it, fucker!’ He hung 
up. 
 

 

 
Guido Pepi cut the end of a cigar and eased back as his 
assistant approached. Sitting with his back to a gentle log 
fire he lit up, the large desk in front of him bare but for a 
single file, a buff coloured folder. 
  ‘Sir.’ The assistant waited reverently, the room lights 
off, the only illumination coming from the flickering 
yellow flames. 
  Pepi looked up, running a hand through his long and 
thick silver hair. 
 

‘Sir. Johno is in America, Beesely and Otto are in Zug 

with Dame Helen.’ 
  Pepi blew out a sizeable pawl of grey smoke. Calmly 
and confidently he asked, ‘Any more … tricks from our 
friend?’ 
 ‘No, 

sir.’ 

background image

49 

  ‘Anything happening at K2?’ Pepi asked in a deep, 
rich voice. 
  ‘Nothing significant, sir. No mention of the group, no 
investigations.’ 
 

‘And the British?’ Pepi asked. 

  ‘A new leader will be announced today, sir, and no 
investigation from their authorities. The trail ends with 
Luchenkov.’ 
 

‘And he knows nothing of interest. Any news as to his 

whereabouts?’ 
  ‘At K2 they believe he was picked up by the 
Americans.’ 
 

Pepi chuckled. ‘Maybe they took him to Guantanamo!’ 

He eased up and walked to the window, looking down at 
the house lights in the distance, a clear night and full moon 
bathing the Tivoli countryside in a soft grey light. 
 

Without looking around he added, ‘We will wait a few 

weeks, let things settle. We need our people close to the 
British to see how their investigation goes.’ 
  He turned. ‘Then we shall have to deal with the K2 
leadership.’ 
 

* * * 

 
A knock at the bedroom door and Maurice Edwardo, head 
of the Marseille mafia, was shown in. Johno, Thomas and 
Bambitou sat eating pizza, Edwardo waved over, now 
warmly wrapped in a heavy coat. 
  ‘Sorry about the cuisine,’ Johno offered. ‘Not up to 
French standards.’ 
  ‘I have eaten,’ came back in a thick French accent. 
Edwardo stood just five feet eight tall, a portly figure. He 
dragged the last remaining empty chair over and sat. ‘A 
long way to come for a talk, Herr Johno,’ he grumbled. 
 

‘It’ll be worth it,’ Johno assured him. ‘Edwardo, this is 

Special Agent Bambitou of the FBI.’ 

background image

50 

 

Edwardo was immediately uneasy. 

  ‘Don’t worry, you’re not in any trouble,’ Johno 
quickly put in, enjoying his guests discomfort. 
  ‘And just who is this … gentlemen?’ Bambitou 
enquired, a professional interest in the new arrival. 
  Johno faced him, a slight grin. ‘The kind of fella that 
would get you sacked if you sat in a room with him eating 
pizza.’ 
 

‘Oh.’ Bambitou stood. ‘I need a shower anyway.’ 

  ‘Give us twenty minutes,’ Johno suggested as 
Bambitou headed to the door. 
  With the door shut Edwardo asked, ‘What is so 
important that we must meet here? I take a risk at the 
airport!’ 
  ‘We got you good false passports,’ Johno scoffed. 
‘Stop complaining.’ 
 

‘So, what is it?’ Edwardo pressed. 

  Johno wiped his hands with a tissue. ‘If you had to, 
how many people could you kill in a single day – people 
in the South of France?’ 
 ‘How 

many?’ 

 Johno 

nodded. 

 

Edwardo made a face. ‘Maybe … twenty.’ 

 

‘Could you make that … maybe thirty?’ 

  Edwardo gave a large, Gallic shrug, making another 
face. ‘Maybe. But it will not be easy.’ 
  Johno offered him neutral features. ‘Twenty million 
dollars.’ 
 

‘These people, they cannot be killed by K2?’ Edwardo 

pointedly enquired. 
 

‘K2 is very busy, we had many men killed and injured 

recently.’ 
  Edwardo considered it. ‘These people, they are very 
important?’ 
  Johno nodded. ‘Some famous, some politicians, one a 
former Prime Minister.’ 

background image

51 

  The guests’ eyebrows shot up. ‘It will not be so easy, 
the police will look very hard afterwards,’ Edwardo 
complained. ‘The gunmen, they will want to go away for 
many years.’ 
  ‘Forty million dollars, my final offer. But make no 
mistake, when you leave here – no discussion of this with 
anyone, not even your family or number two. When I 
contact you with the list and send the money you order it 
done and then send the gunmen away. You … must be out 
of France when it happens.’ 
  Edwardo’s expression suggested he agreed with that 
idea. ‘Of course. This is a big problem for us all if the 
police know.’ 
 

‘Yeah, well the last time we gave you a job the French 

police came to see us the next day.’ 
 

Edwardo was horrified. ‘They knew?’ 

 

Johno gave him a quick nod. 

 

‘So, why not arrest us?’ Edwardo puzzled. 

  ‘That, my friend, is a bit of a mystery. But I have an 
idea. So when you go back, trust no one, give the money 
to the gunmen alone so they don’t know each other. The 
other problem … is that these people must all be killed in 
a certain way, so that the police know they’re linked 
together.’ 
 

‘Are you crazy, they will connect us?’ Edwardo hissed. 

  Johno shook his head. ‘They’ll connect to the people 
who kill in this way. When you do this job many others 
will do similar killings - the police won’t think about you.’ 
  ‘You want the police to think it is you?’ Edwardo 
gasped. 
  ‘Not quite, we’ll be using someone else’s methods. 
Relax for a day, Edwardo, but be back the day after, make 
ready. Your money will be in Panama.’ 
  ‘Ah, good, away from Europe. I will travel with my 
family.’ He stood. ‘I will wait your call. After this, I am 
tourist – maybe forever!’ 

background image

52 

 

‘Oh, one more thing, nearly forgot. Three weeks ago a 

large consignment of explosives was loaded into a ship in 
Marseille. Ship’s name was –’ 
  ‘Nan King, registered in Malta, operated by a 
Cambodian company,’ Edward finished off. ‘I thought you 
my ask this question some day.’ 
 ‘And?’ 

Johno 

pressed. 

 

Edwardo reached into his coat pocket and pulled out a 

rolled up file, a dozen pages and numerous photographs. 
‘And how much is this worth?’ 
  ‘An extra twenty million dollars. Which, for what this 
is … is a snip.’ 
 

Edwardo handed it over. ‘Then it is good fortune I am 

a suspicious man.’ 
 

Johno held up the file. ‘Does anyone know about this?’ 

  ‘I was very careful when I could see who was 
organising the shipment.’ 
 ‘Good 

man.’ 

 

‘Now I am definitely tourist for life. An … exile.’ 

  Johno smiled as Edwardo left, the Frenchman never 
having taken his coat off. 
 

‘How many is that?’ Thomas asked, closing in. 

 

‘If all goes well, fifty by the Yanks, ten by Kev’s gang, 

thirty by our French buddy, another thirty by Mossad – 
that’s a hundred and twenty.’ 
  ‘So, you have to kill another … two hundred and 
thirty.’ 
 

‘Still a lot,’ Johno sighed. ‘It would mean just two men 

for each target. They can get the job done, but a big risk of 
getting caught.’ 
 ‘Why?’ 
  ‘Some assassins are very good, just the single man – 
sneak in, do the job, sneak out. Simple. But if you’re 
going after someone in a town, in a house or big villa, 
they’ll be lots of people around, guards and dogs. You 
need some men to watch the street, some to silence the 

background image

53 

dogs, some to watch the exits, some to monitor the police 
channels. More people you have the better your chances of 
success. Team effort.’ 
 

Thomas nodded studiously, considering ‘tradecraft’. 

 

 
Grey emerged from the dark water with his dive buddy, 
both warmly clothed in dry suits, several inner thermal 
layers for the cold water in the flooded cave. He passed up 
a rope, grabbed by waiting K2 cavers. Spitting out his 
regulator he said, ‘Pull on that, there’s two dead divers 
attached.’ 
  ‘Dead divers?’ the K2 cavers gasped. ‘But only you 
went down?’ 
 

‘They’ve been there thirty years!’ Grey shouted. 

 

‘Ah, divers from before,’ the K2 caver surmised. 

 
Thirty minutes later Mr Grey broke the news to the 
interested parties, Casper and Cardinal Diaz. ‘The two 
dead divers have kit from the late sixties, which fits the 
time line. They’re well preserved if you want to take a 
look, I’m sure K2 will try and identify them.’ 
  Diaz carefully studied Mr Grey. ‘Anything else … of 
interest?’ 
  ‘Signs that the divers were there for quite some time, 
maybe a year or two of searching.’ 
 

‘And they did not find anything,’ Diaz noted. 

  ‘Our equipment today is much better, so we may find 
what they missed, or … we may just waste a lot of time.’ 
 

‘Can the cave be drained?’ Diaz asked. 

  Grey smiled. ‘My thoughts exactly. There’s a cave-in 
beyond where we found the divers. I think it blocks the 
lake water, so we might be able to secure this end of the 
cave, then add a pressure door above it – with an airlock, 
pump in air then remove the cave-in.’ 

background image

54 

 

‘How will that help?’ Casper enquired. 

 

‘With the air pressure up the water will be forced back, 

showing us as were it comes out, then the tunnel end in the 
lake can be sealed, maybe.’ He shrugged. ‘If this end of 
the tunnel is anything more than two metres above the lake 
surface we could pump it dry. After all, it probably filled 
with rain water over the years, not necessarily lake water.’ 
  ‘I believe,’ Diaz began in patronising tones, ‘that we 
are forty metres above the lake?’ 
 

‘And the cave well goes down fifty metres, after rising 

ten metres from the grass outside.’ 
 

‘So, it will be close then,’ Diaz conceded. 

  Grey made firm eye contact. ‘Can’t use satellite 
altimeters in a cave, Cardinal.’ 
 

‘I suppose not,’ Diaz admitted. ‘Do you mind if I look 

at the bodies?’ 
 ‘Help 

yourself, 

sir.’ 

 

Diaz stepped out, Grey and Casper watching him go. 

 

‘He is not very trusting,’ Casper noted. 

  ‘Can’t blame the fella, he has his orders. And if the 
treasure is found, with the naughty bits in there, his job 
gets a lot harder.’ Grey finally faced Casper as the man 
sat. ‘You not wanting a look, sir?’ 
 

‘I  am  sure,  Mr  Grey,  that  if  K2  wished  me  to  be 

convinced by evidence either way, they could do so quite 
effectively.’ 
 ‘A 

pragmatist!’ 

 

‘No. A Jew! We gave pragmatism to you lot. Anyway, 

where is our illustrious adjudicator?’ 
 ‘States, 

think.’ 

  ‘And will he be gracing us with is presence anytime 
soon?’ 
  ‘Let’s hope not,’ Grey said with a wink, turning and 
heading out. 
 

background image

55 

Grey found Otto in the command centre a few minutes 
later. 
  ‘What news?’ Otto enquired, straightening and 
clasping his hands behind his back. 
  ‘Nothing so far, sir. But I’d like to get some specialist 
kit, give it a dry search.’ 
 

‘Dry … search?’ 

  ‘We can seal up the shaft, put in a small air chamber, 
pump high-pressure air in and force the water out. If the 
seals hold we can move around freely, no diving gear, then 
check the walls.’ 
  ‘Given the dead divers, have they not already been 
checked thoroughly?’ 
 

‘Unlikely, sir. Hence the use of divers. The tunnel was 

flooded back then, and very difficult to do anything in 
dive suits other than find what’s under your nose, thirty 
minutes at a time.’ 
 

Otto put his chin out. ‘So, pumping out the water could 

reveal a secret passage,’ he said, looking past Grey. 
Making eye contact again he ordered, ‘Write down a list 
of what equipment you will need –’ Grey lifted a page. 
Otto took it. ‘How did you know I would approve it?’ 
  ‘Sooner that cave is explored by … all … interested 
parties, the sooner you can get back to normal life.’ 
 

Otto offered him a glum look. ‘Leave it with me for an 

hour.’ 
 

background image

56 

Hail to the chief 

 

 
Flicking idly through the hotel advertising literature, on 
what to see and do in Washington on a chilly September 
night, Johno noticed the advert for a theatrical agency, 
‘White House Too!’ They had a look-a-like President. 
  He grinned to himself. With Thomas in his own room 
he made a call on the hotel phone. 
 
An hour later they sat watching television, chairs re-
arranged, feet up, pizza and popcorn. With a knock at the 
door Bambitou slowly eased up, an indignant glance at 
Johno – who had not made any move in that direction – 
then answered the door. 
  ‘Mr President,’ Bambitou dryly stated. ‘Please, come 
in.’ 
  Thomas jumped up, hastily closing pizza-box lids and 
panicking. Two ‘Secret Service’ agents walked in, dark 
blue suits, shortly cropped hair, earpiece radios. Thomas 
tried to both hide his frantic hand signals, and get Johno 
up at the same time. Johno looked around as ‘Mr 
President’ entered. Thomas stood wide-eyed and nervous, 
but also delighted to be meeting the President of the 
United States; his friends would never believe this. 
  Johno eventually eased up as the last two Secret 
Service agents stepped in and closed the doors. ‘Alright, 
mate?’ 
 

‘Mister Johno. I’ve heard a lot about you.’ They shook. 

  ‘You’re not as tall as you seem on the TV,’ Johno 
joked. He turned, a gesture towards Thomas. ‘This is my 
lad, Thomas.’ 
  The President leant in and shook. ‘Glad to make your 
acquaintance, son,’ he said in a broad Texas accent. 
 

‘Sir,’ was all that Thomas could get out. 

background image

57 

  Bambitou stood at the back, a resigned, almost bored, 
look. 
  The President began, addressing Johno, ‘Had to come 
here to meet, would be awkward if people saw you at the 
White House.’ 
 

‘Yeah, no bother. Want some pizza?’ 

 

‘Sure, starved. Those White House meals are all fancy 

pants and no substance. Like a good steak, myself.’ He 
faced Thomas. ‘How about you, son, you like a good 
steak?’ 
 

Thomas nodded enthusiastically. ‘Yessir.’ 

  The President messed up his hair, winked and joined 
Johno, grabbing a slice of pizza. ‘Good pizza. Never get 
this in the White House.’ 
  ‘Have you discussed my request with your cabinet 
yet?’ Johno asked. 
  ‘Yeah, but we ain’t interested in helping out you 
Limeys that much.’ 
 

Johno stood straight, seemingly offended. ‘Why not?’ 

 

‘We got our hands full in Iraq, so ask somebody else.’ 

The President took a mouthful of pizza. 
 ‘That’s 

our pizza,’ Johno curtly pointed out, snatching 

it back.  
  ‘Hey, ya all in my capital, asshole!’ He snatched it 
back. 
 

Thomas took a breath. And held it. 

 

Johno took a large piece from the box, landing it on the 

President’s chest, his nice white shirt and tie, as the Secret 
Service jumped in. Two grabbed Johno whilst the second 
two pushed the President quickly out of the bedroom door. 
With Thomas watching, Johno got dragged by the elbows 
and out of the door, Bambitou stopping Thomas from 
following. 
  ‘Best not to interfere,’ Bambitou said as he closed the 
door. ‘We need to get a good lawyer for Johno. How do 
you contact your people.’ 

background image

58 

 

Wide-eyed, Thomas lifted his phone. 

 
Otto stood in his kitchen, Marie worried by the look on his 
face as he stared at the phone in his hand. 
 

‘Otto, what it is?’ she asked, now seriously concerned. 

  ‘Johno threw a pizza … over the American President. 
He… he needs a lawyer.’ 
 

Marie lifted a hand to her mouth. ‘My God!’ 

 
Minister Blaum dropped his phone, his wife firmly 
believing that he was having a heart attack. 
 
K2 managers ran about, shouting into phones in the 
command centre, others stood staring at each other, 
dumbstruck. 
 
Like wildfire, the gossip went around the K2 guards, who, 
for the most part, laughed hysterically. The great hall 
housed several ready squads, all of whom were now 
laughing, their K2 colleagues a little more sedate, the 
guard commanders worried. 
 
Pepi stood and stared at his assistant, stubbing out his 
cigar. For a whole minute he was lost as to what to say or 
do. Finally he said, ‘Well … I …. I guess this works to our 
favour.’ 
 
Mr Stanton noticed one of his aids running towards the 
Lodge table, where he now sat with his head of security. 
  ‘Sir,’ the aid gasped, a little out of breath. ‘We just 
picked up an intercept. Johno pushed a pizza into the 
President’s face!’ 
  Stanton stared for a moment, finally glancing at his 
head of security before turning back to the aid. Without 
looking down he hit a button on his phone.  
 ‘Yes, 

sir?’ 

background image

59 

 ‘Where’s 

Johno?’ 

 

‘At his hotel, sir.’ 

 

‘And the President?’ 

 ‘Dallas, 

sir.’ 

 

The aid stared at the phone, puzzled. 

  Stanton asked, still staring at the aid, ‘And what’s 
happening at Johno’s hotel?’ 
 

‘He had a visit from a group of stage actors, sir.’ 

 

The aid dropped his shoulders. 

 

‘Thank you,’ Stanton said towards the phone, hitting a 

button. He took a moment. ‘Where … exactly … did that 
news go?’ 
 

The aid sighed. ‘Right across Europe, sir.’ 

  Stanton rubbed his face before facing his head of 
security, a grin forming. ‘That should give those Euro-
slackers something to talk about!’ 
 
Otto knocked on Beesely’s door twenty minutes later, a 
little out of breath and looking harassed. A nurse let Otto 
in, Beesely now sat in his wheelchair. 
 

‘Ah, Otto, come in.’ 

 

Otto stepped in. ‘You have not heard the news?’ 

 ‘News?’ 

Beesely 

repeated. 

  Otto turned to the nurse. ‘Leave us, please.’ She 
stepped out. With the door closed Otto approached 
Beesely. ‘There has … has been an incident with Johno 
and the American President.’ 
 ‘Incident?’ 

Beesely 

gasped. 

  Otto took a deep breath. ‘He … apparently pushed 
pizza into the face of the American President.’ 
 

‘Pizza? Well, at least it wasn’t a cream pie, eh?’ 

 

Otto blinked, frowning as Beesely started to laugh. 

  ‘He … he needs a lawyer. I have already spoken with 
the Embassy in Washington.’ Beesely laughed all the 
more. Otto was astonished. ‘It is no laughing matter!’ he 
gasped. 

background image

60 

  ‘It wasn’t the President - it was an actor. He did it to 
wind-up Thomas.’ 
   Otto raised two clenched fists and faced the window, a 
grizzled expression. ‘I will kill him!’’ 
  ‘President is in Texas at some summit, read it today. 
And you, young man, should have more faith in Johno. 
You actually thought he’d do it?’ 
 

Otto lowered his arms, he teeth still clenched. ‘I called 

the Embassy, our President. Max Blaum is making plans 
to fly there…’ 
 

Beesely roared with laughter. Otto kicked a wall before 

lifting his phone. 
 

 

 
With a knock on the door Bambitou eased up, stepped 
across the large bedroom and opened the door, letting in 
Mosh and Elle for the second time. 
  He faced Johno, offering tired eyes. ‘I know, I’ll 
stretch my legs.’ Grabbing his coat he closed the door 
behind himself. 
 

Johno pulled out chairs for the guests, Thomas making 

tea from a room-service trolley. 
  ‘What would you like to drink?’ Thomas asked the 
guests. ‘Tea, coffee or mineral water?’ 
 

Mosh smiled. ‘Tea, black, no sugar. Thank you.’ 

 

Elle said, ‘Tea, English style.’ 

 

‘Like Johno?’ Thomas asked. 

  ‘No,’ Elle quickly put in. ‘Just half a tea-spoon of 
sugar, not six!’ 
  Laughing, Thomas fixed the drinks as the guests 
settled themselves. 
 

‘So,’ Johno began. ‘What’s the word?’ 

  ‘Not such a difficult decision in principal,’ Mosh 
began. ‘But when our superiors factored in The Basel 
Group’s links to Luchenkov and al-Qa’eda –’ 

background image

61 

  ‘A vested interest,’ Johno finished off. ‘Like I said to 
Stanton, if they’ve gone this far … what’s next for them?’ 
  ‘And that is the greatest concern,’ Mosh said in 
reflection. ‘Not to play down what they did in England. 
The difficulty is in the political fall out, either way.’  
  ‘Either way it shakes up Europe,’ Johno stated. ‘If the 
full truth got out Europe’s screwed. If what I do gets out - 
a lot of enquiries, scandal, corruption. Could set Europe 
back twenty years.’ 
 

‘And if we do nothing, the final outcome may be even 

worse,’ Elle added. ‘Either way, it’s a very bad situation. 
No one will be a winner here, everyone loses something.’ 
  Thomas placed down the drinks, being a dutiful host, 
finally sitting next to Johno. 
  ‘May I enquire, Johno,’ Mosh began, eyeing Thomas, 
‘if it is … wise for your boy to know what goes on?’ 
  ‘Thomas here has saved my life … more than once. 
We’re in this together, to the end.’ Thomas proudly 
straightened, earning odd looks from the visitors. ‘So, 
what’s the word?’ Johno pressed. 
  ‘We’re not allowed to help in a large way,’ Mosh 
stated. ‘We’re allowed to help logistically, with 
intelligence, but … I think you will find a large number of 
our people taking holidays in a few days, especially 
around the Mediterranean. Because we can’t … put this on 
the books, as you say, we’ll need some money for their … 
direct expenses.’ 
 

‘You like Panama?’ Johno asked. 

 

‘Never been,’ Mosh stated. ‘Why?’ 

 

‘You’ll have an account over there in a day or so. Ten 

million dollars enough?’ 
  ‘More than enough,’ Mosh answered, an eyebrow 
lifted. 
  ‘Use it, let’s do this properly,’ Johno encouraged. 
‘Sorted the hardware?’ 

background image

62 

 

‘Ready when you are. Give us eight hours notice,’ Elle 

suggested. 
 

‘Final problem,’ Johno let out with a sigh. He took out 

a piece of crumpled paper. Holding onto it he said, ‘I need 
the people on the list … dispatched in a particular 
ritualistic way.’ The visitors both stiffened. ‘That’ll tie 
them all together, not just the timing.’ 
  He flattened the paper and held it so that both Israelis 
could see it. They read the detail then glanced at each 
other, both mildly shocked. 
  Mosh said, ‘Given that some of these … persons, will 
be in hotels, such methods will prove … impractical.’ 
  ‘I figured that, so just the closest to it you can get 
without risking your people getting caught. So long at part 
one
 is always there, not a problem.’ 
 

Mosh glanced at Elle. ‘Part one, as you say, will cause 

a lot of problems for … them.’ 
 

Them … need to detach themselves from such things 

in future.’ 
 

‘Quite a … loud message, Johno,’ Elle cautioned. 

  ‘But necessary,’ Johno insisted. ‘They should stick to 
their remit, not getting involved with this crap.’ 
 

Mosh stood. ‘You have your reasons for this, we have 

ours. When can we have the list?’ 
  ‘When I get hold of it,’ Johno said with a pained 
expression as he stood. 
 

‘You don’t have the list?’ Elle asked. 

  ‘Not complete and up to date, no. Do you guys know 
some of the people on the list?’ 
  ‘Some, yes. Perhaps fifty,’ Mosh admitted. ‘But not 
many on the top table.’ 
  ‘Well, send me what you got … send it to Kev in 
England, no contact through K2, just in case. And don’t 
tell Kev what it is, label it up as … good wine producers.’ 
 

They shook.  

background image

63 

 

‘Let’s hope you survive this,’ Elle offered Johno with a 

concerned look. 
 

‘It’s all out war,’ Johno coldly stated. ‘Them or us – it 

always was, right from day one.’ 
 

 

* * * 

 
For the second time in as many days Johno landed at The 
Lodge, this time alone, Thomas at a basketball game with 
Agent Bambitou. Stanton welcomed him with a handshake 
and tired features. He poured out a wine for Johno, 
topping up his own glass. 
 

Johno lifted the glass. ‘Your good health, Dr Evil.’ 

 

Silently, Stanton lifted his glass. 

 

‘Prost!’ Johno added before sipping the wine. 

 

‘That Swiss?’ Stanton asked. 

  ‘Don’t think so, I think they say it in Germany and 
Austria as well. So, how goes the evil empire?’ 
  Stanton forced a weak, tired smile. ‘Same old 
problems. Just been thinking about wheat shortages caused 
by us switching heavily to ethanol production. Plus the 
Chinese need for raw materials has driven up a lot of 
metals three-fold.’ 
 

‘World’s coming to an end,’ Johno said, finishing with 

a sigh. ‘You buy into this Tipping Point crap?’ 
  ‘Very much so. But that’s next year’s problem, let’s 
solve today’s, eh?’ He eased his face forwards. ‘Not least, 
your relationship with our President.’ 
  Johno grinned. ‘You heard, eh?’ Stanton shot back a 
disapproving look, Johno taking a breath. ‘Mossad is on 
board … in a small way, and I got another thirty on the list 
… covered.’ 
  Stanton’s features turned sullen. He faced the table. 
‘How many will you try and tackle yourselves?’ 
  ‘Start at the top and work down with everything K2 
has to offer. Good thing is – and this is between us for 

background image

64 

now – old man Gunter had been planning this very fight 
for forty years! Clever old fucker knew it would happened 
some day, hence K2 and the excessive number of agents 
and guards. Being a Swiss fucker helped, always planning 
ahead. Swiss Government had a hand in letting old boy 
Gunter build up K2 as well.’ 
 

‘Ah…’ Stanton said without looking up. ‘Some pieces 

falling into place now.’ 
 

Johno added, shrugging, ‘We’ll get who we can off the 

list. If there’s a gap we’ll search for them, but anyone who 
does survive will leg it.’ 
  Stanton’s expression suggested that that was 
something of an understatement. ‘With the top end gone, 
no one will be able to rebuild all the links that were in 
place. As with us, they take decades.’ He sipped his wine. 
‘It takes a long time to know if you can trust someone, 
work with them, sure that they have no other agenda. 
We’re all about longevity – we don’t deal with people who 
have short term agendas.’ 
 

‘Hah! My agenda has a week to run, then I get myself 

killed.’ 
  Stanton studied Johno for several seconds. ‘I’ve seen 
you put your life on the line for what you believe in many 
times, giving up the chance to sit on a beach. That’s why 
we voted you in –’ 
 

‘Not to reign me in?’ Johno toyed. 

  Stanton could not resist a smile. ‘You’re not as dumb 
as you look.’ They laughed. 
 

‘So, what’s the word, Bossman?’ 

  ‘First, we have an obligation to help the British. 
Second, we have an obligation to secure NATO flanks. 
Third, we have an obligation to pursue terrorists, 
especially those attacking our allies. We even have an 
obligation to protect Beesely and hunt down those who’ve 
attacked him.’ He cut the end off a cigar. 
 

‘You also have an obligation to your members…’ 

background image

65 

  ‘True enough. But, under the circumstances, I have to 
take a tough decision without them, which is rare. But like 
you said, Basel is well connected. If they see you coming 
it’s all over.’ 
 ‘So?’ 
  Stanton sighed. ‘So, I’ll tackle fifty on that list, worry 
about the consequences later. The one good thing we have 
in our favour … is the truth. If France or Germany get 
difficult we point towards Portsmouth.’ 
 

‘Which should shut them up real quick!’ 

 

Stanton tipped his eyebrows as he lit up. He blew out a 

pawl of grey smoke. ‘You’ve done your homework, quite 
a good tactical thinker. So how come Dame Helen didn’t 
come along?’ 
 

‘She’s a spy.’ 

 Stanton eased upright. ‘What? She’s been 
compromised?’ 
  ‘Only by me,’ Johno joked. ‘Twice a night, front and 
back.’ 
 

Stanton was puzzled. ‘Who’s she spying for?’ 

 

‘British establishment. Men in grey suits.’ 

  ‘Who, in particular?’ Stanton pressed. ‘Not the 
outgoing Prime Minister.’ 
  ‘Nope. I think you know them, gang of former heads 
of intelligence, Generals, all ‘Sirs’ with exclusive London 
clubs. British version of you, General Rose at the centre.’ 
 

‘Ah … him.’ 

 

‘You monitor them?’ Johno risked. 

  ‘Obviously not. If it’s who I think, then they are a 
loose, fluid group, not really any fixed structures. Besides, 
how did you know about them?’ 
 

‘That’s for another day, Dr. Evil.’ 

 

Stanton laughed. ‘Poor Dame Helen.’ 

 

Johno glared at him. ‘Sorry?’ 

 

‘Having to be nice to you!’ 

background image

66 

  Johno fought the urge to smile, and failed. ‘Listen, 
when the list comes, I’ll be giving you Germany and the 
north. That way you can fly your boys in on Military jets, 
no customs, back out the same way.’ 
 

Stanton agreed. ‘Poor old Dame Helen.’ 

 

Johno stood. ‘I’m her bit of rough!’ 

 

 

* * * 

 
As Johno stepped back into his hotel room he found 
Thomas and Bambitou sat in silly hats made from foam, 
Thomas waving giant foam hand mitts. ‘Who won?’ he 
asked. 
  ‘It was a college game, local league,’ Bambitou 
explained. 
  ‘I got their autographs and team photograph,’ Thomas 
loudly and enthusiastically  reported, waving the large 
mitts. 
  ‘Good.’ Johno made eye contact with Bambitou. 
‘Thanks for that.’ 
  ‘He’s a good kid. But he did tell me a bit about your 
current problems. And, over the burgers, told me all about 
the cave in the Czech Republic.’ 
  ‘Can’t believe everything you hear,’ Johno told 
Bambitou, Thomas now worried about breaking a 
confidence. 
  Johno sat and lifted a box of chicken nuggets. ‘Flying 
back tomorrow,’ he told Thomas. ‘Pack, get ready, then to 
bed.’ 
 

‘OK.’ Thomas went without argument. 

 

Bambitou watched him go. ‘He’s a good kid.’ 

  ‘Yeah,’ Johno let out. ‘But don’t repeat anything he 
said. Be bad for you.’ 
 

‘Never did do what I was told, Limey,’ Bambitou came 

back with. ‘Anyway, these bad guys – some secret 
organisation over in Euro-Disney?’ Johno glanced at 

background image

67 

Bambitou from under his eyebrows as he ate, but said 
nothing.  ‘They work like the mafia here, building 
contracts, right?’ 
 

Johno reluctantly nodded. 

 

‘And I understand that your bank has more money than 

God, yeah?’ 
 

Again Johno nodded. 

  ‘Well then, dumb fuck, you don’t need to shoot some 
of these fuckers, you buy shares in their dodgy business, 
take control, then fire their white Euro-arses! If you’re 
controlling the companies, you’re controlling the dodgy 
contracts!’ 
  Johno lifted his head, staring at ‘G-Man’. ‘Fuck, 
you’ve given me an idea.’ He lowered his head, thinking. 
 

After a moment Bambitou said, ‘You’re welcome.’ 

 

Johno wagged a finger. ‘Pieces of a puzzle.’ He loudly 

called, ‘Thomas!’ 
  Lifting his phone he said, ‘Get the Gulfstream ready, 
heading straight back. Ta, love.’ 
 

‘Something I said?’ Bambitou dryly commented. 

 

‘You may have just given me the opening move in this 

game.’ 
  He lifted his phone again as Thomas stepped back in. 
‘It’s me. Listen, I want a database set-up by time I get 
back – all companies in France, Germany, Italy, 
Switzerland, Austria – in fact, all European countries 
except the UK, if they are worth more than … er … no, 
forget that. Make the database of the top one thousand 
companies in Europe where the directors are European, 
not British and where there is a, you know, a big private 
ownership of some of the shares. 
  ‘I want all directors cross-linked in the database, then 
the addresses of the directors. Tell Otto I’d like him 
working flat out on it. Ta, love.’ 
 

‘What is it?’ Thomas asked. 

 

‘You told our good friend here some stuff –’ 

background image

68 

 

‘Not important stuff –’ Thomas started to protest. 

  Johno cut him off with, ‘It’s OK. Bambi gave me a 
great idea.’ 
 

‘Bambi?’ Thomas puzzled. 

 

Smirking, Johno nodded towards Bambitou. 

  As Thomas faced the FBI agent, Bambitou said, ‘My 
mother used to call me that when I was a boy.’ 
 

‘Ah, Bambitou, so Bambi,’ Thomas surmised. 

  ‘No,’ Bambitou unhappily correct. ‘Because … she 
thought I looked like Bambi.’ 
  Johno and Thomas both roared with laugher. Johno 
said, ‘Thomas, pack quick, we’re leaving now.’ The boy 
ran back to his room. ‘And you, kind sir, if you have 
anything you … desire, pick up the phone.’ 
  ‘World peace, end to hunger, bring back afros and 
disco?’ Bambitou listed as he eased up. 
 

‘I’ll have a go at the first one this week, mate.’ 

 

 
Otto knocked and entered Beesely’s room, discharging the 
nurse. Beesely was sat upright in bed reading reports. 
 

‘Johno has given me a task,’ Otto stated, pulling close 

a chair. 
 ‘Oh 

yes?’ 

  ‘He wants a database of the top one thousand 
companies in Europe, not British, plus directors 
shareholdings and their home addresses.’ 
 

Beesely puzzled it. ‘What on earth for?’ 

  ‘He did not say, but it must be to do with … what he 
considers the current threat. He is heading back.’ 
  Beesely gave a small shrug. ‘Best sort it then, maybe 
use the bank, not our people here.’ 
  ‘They already have this database, up to date and in 
great detail – as you can imagine.’ 
 

‘Good, good. So, how go the caves?’ 

background image

69 

 

‘Nothing so far, but we have now sealed the entrance-’ 

 

Beesely was immediately worried. ‘Sealed it?’ 

 

Otto smiled. ‘With an air chamber and concrete.’ 

 

‘Ah, so pump out the water?’ 

 

‘No, pump in air, push the water down and out, watch 

the lake in the morning to see if bubbles come up, then 
maybe to seal that end.’ 
 

‘Giving us a dry cave to walk around in. Yes, clever.’ 

 

‘Mister Grey’s idea,’ Otto informed him. 

 

‘When will it be ready?’ 

 ‘Tomorrow.’ 
  ‘Well, that should either attract more interest in us, or 
finally solve a puzzle. Strikes me that Gunter moved here 
for several reasons – good defence, plus the caves.’ 
  ‘The question remains - what is in the caves?’ Otto 
posed. 
 

Beesely tipped his head and gave a resigned look. 

 

background image

70 

A bit early for visitors 

 

 
It was dawn when Johno and Thomas touched down back 
at Zug’s private airfield, Johno ordering their drivers 
dismissed, taking a Range Rover to Zurich with a second 
in tow, Mavo driving. At Otto’s apartment block a guard 
opened the door and welcomed them. 
 ‘He 

asleep?’ 

 

‘I believe so, sir,’ the guard cautioned. 

  Johno, Thomas and now Mavo took the lift up four 
floors, stepping out to two guards, greetings exchanged. 
 

Johno banged on the door. ‘Wakey, wakey!’ 

  A minute later it was unlocked, Otto stood in a robe, 
but looking wide-awake. 
  ‘Didn’t wake you, did we?’ Johno asked, pushing 
straight in. 
  ‘No, fortunately,’ Otto informed them. ‘Marie is not 
well, so we were up.’ 
  ‘Get the kettle on then.’ Johno sat on a sofa in the 
spacious lounge, taking in the apartment that he had never 
visited, Mavo stood by the door. 
  Otto reappeared a moment later. ‘So, what brings you 
here?’ he said as he sat. ‘Something interesting … in 
Washington? Not least, throwing pizza at the President?’ 
  Johno laughed, Thomas kicking him. ‘Chatted to the 
Lodge, induction, usual stuff. I think they only want me in 
to keep an eye on me.’ 
 

Otto studied him for several seconds. ‘Yes, that makes 

some sense.’ 
 

‘Got a computer here?’ 

 ‘Yes, 

of 

course.’ 

 

‘And a link to the bank?’ 

 

‘Yes, of course,’ Otto repeated. 

 

‘And, no doubt, a photocopier.’ 

background image

71 

 

‘No, I use a scanner. Get with the technology, Johno.’ 

  Johno smiled, producing several crumpled pages. 
‘Copy these then, then tick them on that database and start 
cross matching. But only here, and only if your computer 
whatsit has the cable out, no link to the bank.’ 
 

Otto studied the pages. ‘These people –’ 

  ‘Are somehow connected between Henry from the 
Lodge, the Vatican and Luchenkov,’ Johno explained. 
‘That’s all you need to know for now.’ 
 

‘And the reason for this … investigation?’ 

  ‘Find out who helped Luchenkov attack us,’ Johno 
stated with cold features. 
 ‘And 

then?’ 

 

‘We give them the chair.’ 

  Otto stood and stepped into another room as Marie 
appeared, nightgown tightly wrapped. 
 

Johno stood. ‘How are you, babes?’ 

 

‘Not so good, a little fever, but nothing to worry about. 

How are you?’ As she waddled she held her lower back, 
easing down slowly into a comfortable sofa-chair. 
  ‘Good. Just got back from America. Thomas saw a 
basketball game.’ 
 

She smiled towards the lad. ‘Oh, good.’ 

  Otto returned a minute later, handing back the sheets. 
‘What would you like to drink?’ 
 ‘Usual.’ 
 

‘Vodka Red Bull?’ Otto dryly asked. 

 

Johno smiled. ‘No, two teas, please.’ 

  Otto came back in a few minutes later with two mugs 
of tea, milk and many sugars for Johno, sitting in his 
previous position opposite him. 
 

‘Tell me,’ Johno began. ‘Can someone have shares in a 

company and not declare them?’ 
  ‘Yes, and in many ways,’ Otto responded. ‘We hide 
our ownership of many companies, going through several 
others. They are known as proxy companies or holdings.’ 

background image

72 

  ‘And how good is K2 at identifying the hidden 
owners?’ 
  ‘Very. It was something that Gunter set-up twenty 
years ago - special software to search and cross match, 
plus access to private files not available normally. A great 
deal of K2 time went into this.’ 
 

‘Good old Gunter,’ Johno enthused. 

 

‘Sorry?’ Otto asked with concern in his voice. 

  ‘Good that he had the foresight,’ Johno explained, 
sipping his tea. Otto stared back, a slight frown evident. 
Johno put down his tea. ‘The people on that list, can you 
track them without … anyone knowing?’ 
  Otto consider the request, easing back. ‘I can search 
the existing files without any outside contact, plus request 
fresh updates of general information without attracting 
suspicion.’ 
 

‘That may be enough. But how recent would the home 

address information be?’ 
  ‘We have extensive databases of everyone in Europe, 
police files –’ 
  ‘But would we be noticed, if you searched on certain 
names?’ 
 

Otto reluctantly nodded. ‘It is possible.’ 

 

‘Then do the most you can before we get to that stage, 

getting the final addresses a few hours before we strike. 
Take those names, find out who they know, who they 
work with, where they travel regular – all off old 
databases, it’s better than nothing. Besides, people don’t 
move that often.’ 
 

‘And when we have these lists …?’ 

  ‘Then we sit down and decide what we’re going to do 
about them,’ Johno offered him. 
  Otto stared back for a moment before nodding his 
agreement. 

background image

73 

  ‘I’ll need you to make some plans, so that we can hit 
those databases hard on a certain day, maximum effort 
without getting seen, then the rest – getting seen.’ 
 

‘And when -’ 

  ‘Tomorrow, or the next day at the latest. Which 
reminds me, can you chuck Mossad a ten million dollars, 
Panama account, open another for a forty million and give 
it to me to give someone – without K2 managers 
knowing!’ 
  Otto grabbed a pad and paper from a coffee table. 
‘What has Mossad to do with this?’ 
  ‘They’ll help, when the time comes, people in far off 
places where they can assist.’ Otto made notes. ‘Then … 
then I’d like you to move what assets we can to Panama.’ 
  Otto faced Johno squarely, a concerned look. ‘Is there 
something you are not telling me?’ 
  ‘There’s lot’s I’m not telling you, save it being 
intercepted before we’re ready.’ 
  ‘And when … it, is ready, we will all discuss your 
plans?’ 
 

‘Like I said before, Otto, your final say on everything.’ 

  Otto regarded his half-brother carefully for many 
seconds before Johno stood. 
  ‘Oh, nearly forgot, best piece of the puzzle. I need to 
use the Bank Society, need their help, but first … need to 
know if any of their members are linked to the bad guys. 
So do me a favour, look at travel databases a year old, go 
back five, look for any Society members flying regular to 
Rome, Italy or Malta – then cross-match the dates. In fact, 
why not stay here today, this is kinda important.’ 
  ‘Very well,’ Otto agreed, a glance at Marie. ‘I will be 
interested, also, to see what names come up.’ 
 

* * * 

 
‘Hey, old fucker.’ 

background image

74 

  ‘Johno, back with us already. How was Washington? 
And… the President?’ 
  Johno grinned. ‘Cold, should have gone to frigging 
Malta.’ He closed in on Beesely’s bed. ‘What’s up with 
you?’ 
 

‘Bleeding flu or something,’ Beesely grumbled. ‘Bit of 

a fever.’ 
 

‘It related to –’ 

  ‘No, just a bug. Old, you see. You’ll find out some 
day!’ 
 

Johno tipped his head forwards. ‘Wanna bet!’ 

 

Beesely stopped smiling. ‘How was Olly?’ 

 

‘Fine.’ Johno absently took in the room. 

 

Beesely waited. ‘That it?’ 

 

‘Walls have ears.’ 

 

‘Hmmm. Well then, everything … on track?’ 

  ‘Going well. Had a good idea or two, another good 
idea or two given to me. Oh, Otto doing the homework I 
gave him from his apartment today.’ 
 

‘Homework?’ Beesely puzzled. 

 

‘Bit of research into some companies I think we should 

buy into.’ 
 

‘Really? Good … opportunities, are they?’ 

  ‘Should think so.’ Johno smirked. ‘But you know the 
one good thing about having a majority share in a 
business?’ 
  Beesely grinned. ‘You can set direction, and cancel 
projects.’ 
  ‘And … fire people,’ Johno added with an enigmatic 
smile. 
 

‘People … whom you don’t like?’ 

 

‘People … who have friends, we most definitely don’t 

like.’ 
 

Beesely nodded enthusiastically. ‘War with money!’ 

background image

75 

  Johno stepped to the door and turned. ‘I learnt that 
trick from someone … can’t remember who, some sneaky 
bastard.’ 
 

 
In thick rubber suits Mr Grey and his dive buddy stepped 
down awkwardly through the steel air-lock hatch, their 
aluminium air-tanks passed down one at a time, four in 
total, plus two small yellow reserves: ‘Ponies’. Positioned 
five metres above the cave’s water-level, they closed the 
heavy metal hatch and spun the latch wheel. 
  Grey pressed the button on an improvised intercom. 
‘OK. Go ahead.’ 
  A blast of compressed of air hissed from a nozzle. 
Holding their noses, the two men intermittently cleared 
their ears. 
  A minute later, when the gushing eased, Grey hit the 
intercom button. ‘OK, stop.’ 
  He checked his pressure gauge. It registered twenty 
bar, the equivalent of ten metres water depth, but the 
pressure was falling very slowly as anticipated. Shining 
their torches down awkwardly between their legs and feet 
they could now see the water level dropping. 
  Grey hit the intercom. ‘Water level falling. Anything 
on the lake?’ 
 

‘No, nothing,’ crackled back. 

 
In the dungeon Thomas sniffed, long and hard. ‘Pooh!’ 
 
Grey hit the intercom. ‘OK, another ten bars.’ 
 

Another hiss of gushing air drowned out any chance of 

normal conversation, the men now seeing that the water 
was low enough to glimpse the top of the horizontal cave 
section below. 
 

‘Come on,’ Grey encouraged. ‘Let’s get kitted.’ 

background image

76 

  The two of them clambered awkwardly down the first 
set of steps, scuba tanks over a shoulder, masks around 
their necks. Without fins on their feet they placed their 
tanks on fully and turned their air on, tested the regulators 
with sharp, loud bursts of compressed air, before stepping 
down into the cold, murky water, up to their waist now. 
 

‘Do we wait?’ the second man asked. 

  ‘We already know the layout,’ Grey encouraged, 
checking the tops of the tunnel walls with his torch and 
banging with the end of a large knife. As they progressed 
they stepped cautiously over rocks on the cave floor, 
hidden under the murky water, a shower of drips raining 
down from the cave ceiling. 
  Grey illuminated the ceiling ahead. ‘It bends to the 
right a little. Didn’t notice that before.’ 
  They progressed slowly, testing the floor with their 
booted feet and feeling their way. Fifty metres in and they 
could see the rock fall ahead. 
  ‘What’s that?’ the second man said, pointing to the 
ceiling. 
  Grey illuminated a hole with his torch then tested the 
floor with his foot. ‘Remember that small pile of rocks?’ 
 

‘Yes. They came out this hole?’ 

  ‘Probably years after the divers bought it. I’d have 
noticed it.’ 
 

They inched closer. 

  ‘That’s a passage!’ Grey suggested, his words now 
echoing. ‘Stand back.’ 
 

He eased back, hitting the rocks at the edge of the hole 

with his knife. They fell with a loud ‘plop’. Jabbing up he 
loosened more rocks, soon a hole big enough to climb 
into. ‘Goes up at least five metres, at an angle, then levels 
off. Top of that far ceiling looks dry.’ 
 

‘Ladders?’ the second man suggested. 

 

Grey nodded, turning immediately. They trudged back, 

the going quicker now, just twelve inches of water. At the 

background image

77 

shaft base they loosened the ladder they had climbed 
down, easing it around the bend, just about forcing it 
through. Carrying the light aluminium ladder they made 
quick progress, the shower of drips now almost deafening 
and making all conversation a shout. 
  With the ladder forced up into the new passage they 
had a method of access to the tunnel’s offshoot. Grey 
dropped his tanks, telling the second diver to keep his on 
for now – just in case, before clambering quickly up the 
steps.  
  At the first bend in the passage, little wider than he 
could manoeuvre in, the passage levelled off, growing in 
height. On elbows and knees, cradling his torch, he 
crawled forwards until he could stand up. A skeleton 
greeted him, hung in a rusted gage from a wall; executed, 
being left as a reminder to others. 
 

‘How you doing,’ Grey whispered. 

  Scanning with his torch he noticed ancient brick walls 
either side of the narrow passageway, several bricks 
missing. A rat ran forwards, sniffing towards him before 
turning tail and scurrying away. 
 

‘Suit yourself,’ he muttered towards the fleeing rodent. 

  A few steps further in he stopped and shone his torch 
through a hole left by a missing brick, revealing another 
passage – and another skeleton in a cage. 
 

‘Harrison Ford … eat your heart out!’ 

 

‘OK?’ echoed up the passage. 

 ‘Yeah!’ 

 

 ‘Anything?’ 
 ‘No!’ 
 
Thomas walked out of the snug and glanced around the 
dungeon. ‘Hello?’ 
 
Brick by brick, Mr Grey easily made a hole in the old 
wall, finally just kicking the lower bricks in. Kneeling as 

background image

78 

best he could in his dry-suit he peered in with his torch. 
The draped Nazi flag came as a surprise. 
 
Grey shouted down the passage, ‘I’m going around the 
bend, be ten minutes.’ 
 

‘OK,’ wafted back up. 

  Grey headed on, smiling to himself. Bent double his 
suit let out a loud rasp of air as he put a leg through the 
enlarged hole and stood up. ‘Excuse me.’ 
  He found numerous flags draped along the left wall, 
reminiscent of the throne room that Johno and Thomas 
had found. Against the right wall rested numerous old 
wooden boxes, all sodden and rotten, stretching away from 
another skeleton hung in a cage. Knowing Gunter’s 
fondness for booby-traps he stepped slowly on, scanning 
the floor and the ceiling. 
 

The boxes contained little of interest, mostly damp old 

clothes, plus some rusted old machine pistols as with the 
throne room, leading him along to a strong metal door. 
The edges of the door revealed no wires or traps, but also 
offered no handles; no purchase from which to pull or 
push it. He tried a gentle push, but it was firmly shut – 
locked from the other side. 
  Retracing his steps he shone his torch at the walls, 
looking for another door, but found nothing. Ducking back 
through the hole he loosened more bricks and then 
straightened up. ‘What’s behind door number two?’ he 
muttered. ‘Hopefully, not the consolation prize.’ 
  With a single brick missing he reached in and started 
to remove other bricks, easily pulling them from the wall. 
When a moderate sized hole presented itself he shone his 
torch through. 
 

‘Well, that’s more like it.’ 

 

* * * 

 

background image

79 

Thomas walked out of the snug, sniffing and listening. 
‘Hello?’ he asked again, now angered. He surveyed the 
room, checked the sauna area then returned to the snug. 
  A scratching sound came from somewhere, followed 
by an odd banging. He listened intently; it was coming 
from Johno’s room. Stepping in he turned the lights up 
fully and waited. 
  He could hear more metallic banging sounds; they 
were coming from under Johno’s bed. Jumping down he 
lifted the blankets and listened. Yes, it was definitely 
coming from the floor under the bed. He dragged the bed 
clear with a loud scraping sound. And waited. 
  A section of floor gave way just as Johno stepped in. 
He drew level with the boy, a heavy frown at the moved 
bed. They stared at the hole in the floor as the dreadful 
smell hit. 
  Mr Grey stuck his head through, barely recognisable 
due to the dirt on his face. ‘Hey.’ 
 

‘What’s wrong with the fucking lift!’ Johno shouted. 

 

Grey smiled. ‘Lift me up.’ 

  Thomas ran forwards and started dragging Grey up, a 
hand from Johno. 
 

‘Don’t you ever make your bed?’ Grey asked. 

  ‘No,’ Thomas and Johno said at the same time, still 
focused on the hole. 
  ‘Where does that go?’ Johno asked, pointing at the 
hole and peering down into it. 
  ‘Under here are three big rooms, small passage onto 
the flooded cave. They’re just like the throne room.’ 
 

‘Like the throne room?’ Johno puzzled. ‘You mean –‘ 

 

‘Yeah, Gunter was there.’ 

 

‘Any treasure?’ Thomas excitedly asked. 

 

‘Lots of it,’ Grey responded. 

 ‘Any 

… 

naughty items down there?’ Johno knowingly 

enquired. 
 

Grey offered a reluctant nod. 

background image

80 

  Johno pointed at the hole. ‘Then get your arse back 
down the way you came, flood that cave and tell them you 
found fuck all. Quickly, we’ll cover this.’ 
 

‘What about the treasure?’ Grey complained. 

  ‘It ain’t going no where,’ Johno growled. ‘Now 
fucking move it!’ 
  Grumbling to himself, Grey reluctantly eased himself 
back into the hole, Johno and Thomas kicking the debris 
in with their feet, Grey’s shouts of complaint distorted and 
echoing. A minute later the dartboard’s wooden backstop 
covered the hole, some clothes on top, finally the bed. 
  ‘Get the extractors on,’ Johno told Thomas. ‘Then 
spray.’ 
 ‘God, 

what 

is that smell?’ Helen asked, appearing in 

the doorway. 
 

‘Drains backed up a bit,’ Johno informed her, a kiss on 

the cheek as Thomas trotted out. 
  ‘I was beginning to think you’d abandoned me,’ she 
toyed. 
  Johno gestured her out of the snug and to the sofa. 
‘Got to be cagey at the moment, still some junior 
managers wired into the Vatican.’ 
  ‘Yes, we heard. Otto’s men noticed quite a reception 
committee at Rome and Malta airports.’ 
  Johno gave a big shrug. ‘See. Might even be bugged 
here. Not leaving you out, just need to be careful.’ They 
sat. 
 

‘Careful … working on what?’ 

  ‘I tracked back some of the kit used to attack us. 
Seems that Luchenkov had some mafia help around 
Europe.’ 
 

Helen seemed concerned. ‘We’ll go after them?’ 

  ‘Of course,’ he insisted. ‘They knew what they were 
doing. Probably knew who we are as well.’ 
 

‘And you can’t say what the plan is?’ 

background image

81 

 

‘When the time comes you’ll be right there in the thick 

of the teas and coffees, adding your brain power.’ 
 

‘You didn’t call from the States,’ she softly mentioned. 

 

‘K2 phones can’t be trusted.’ 

  ‘Oh,’ she let out. ‘Thomas called on his mobile, see 
how I was. Several times.’ 
  Johno laughed loudly. ‘If I thought for a second that 
you missed me … I’d be a very happy man.’ 
 

That did not please her. ‘Meaning?’ 

 

‘Oh … nothing.’ 
‘Meaning?’ she pressed, a degree louder. 

 

Johno shrugged. ‘Well, it’s just that … I think you like 

what I did to help you, you and your self-respect, more 
than you like me … as a person.’ 
 

She took a long moment to respond. ‘And that bothers 

you?’ 
  ‘Not in the least. Whatever reason … you stay at my 
side, I am happy with, no matter what it is. Happy, and 
grateful.’ 
 

That caught her off-guard. ‘Oh.’ 

 

He stood. ‘Let’s get some grub, and out of this smell.’ 

 

 
Mr Grey and his dive buddy opened the upper hatch 
without the need to decompress from their time in the 
pressurised air; it was well within guidelines. With the 
hole made into the dungeon floor the water had not 
returned, Grey right about the rainwater; wherever it had 
pumped to, it was staying there, no bubbles observed at 
the lake. 
  He had, however, opened up a hole in the cave-in, 
letting in some water, now four foot deep in the cave. 
  ‘Anything?’ was asked as he emerged, Diaz stood 
close. 

background image

82 

 

‘Yeah,’ Grey enthused. ‘Got the water out - just a few 

feet deep now. Second passage, dry at the top, goes back 
quite a way, caved in at the end.’ He straightened up with 
help, Diaz closing in. 
 ‘Anything 

… 

interesting in the new passage?’ Diaz 

pointedly enquired. 
  ‘Not so far, but lots to explore now the water’s out.’ 
Grey turned, facing the second man. ‘That cave doesn’t 
look safe.’ The man nodded. ‘What do think, curved 
ceiling supports?’ Again the man nodded. ‘How many?’ 
 

‘At least fifty!’ 

  Grey faced a senior guard. ‘Get a hundred curved bits 
of wood –’ He extended his arms. ‘- this diameter. Then 
wood for the supports, maybe some metal supports as 
well. No one goes further till be secure that first section, 
could collapse at any time.’ 
 

‘And how long,’ Diaz began, ‘will that take?’ 

  ‘Couple of days, maybe,’ Grey responded. He added, 
with stern features, ‘I’m not burying anyone in there!’ 
 

‘Of course,’ Diaz agreed, turning and walking off. 

 

* * * 

 
Blaum met Otto in a Zurich supermarket, their trolleys 
alongside each other’s. 
  ‘Johno has given me a task,’ Otto quietly stated, 
innocuously scanning the shelves. 
 ‘Oh?’ 
 

‘Cross matching names, travel, share ownership.’ 

 ‘And?’ 
 

‘It will lead directly to the Basel Group.’ 

 ‘As 

expected.’ 

  ‘He is being very secretive, and yet insists that any 
final say on action will be my personal responsibility.’ 

background image

83 

 

Blaum glanced across before grabbing detergent. ‘You 

brought them into K2, so that would be a normal 
courtesy.’ He shrugged, making a face. 
 

‘It would seem so, but I am suspicious.’ 

 

‘He is heading towards a showdown with Basel, which 

is fine,’ Blaum insisted. 
  ‘We must tread very carefully. Any mistakes now and 
we lose everything,’ Otto cautioned. 
 

‘From what you have said, Johno is giving no one any 

clues, not even you. So there is no chance of a leak from 
within K2.’ 
 

‘That is the one good thing,’ Otto stated. 

 

background image

84 

Making use of what you’ve got 

 

 
Johno called to Claus from the command centre 
companionway then entered Helen’s office, slumping in 
his old seat. 
  She faced him, looking up from her file. ‘Need me … 
Boss man?’ 
 

‘No, not really,’ he responded. ‘Just your undying love 

and devotion.’ 
 

She cocked an eyebrow. 

 

Claus entered. ‘Sir?’ 

  ‘Can I have … a list of Italian, or European, 
construction companies, the top twenty in Europe, not the 
UK, and their majority share ownerships.’ 
 

‘Moment.’ Claus stepped out. 

  ‘Something?’ Helen asked, taking off her glasses and 
easing back. 

‘Vatican is supposed to launder money for the Italian 

mafia, and they like their dodgy construction companies.’ 
  She seemed concerned. ‘You’re going after the 
Vatican?’ she delicately broached. 
  ‘Let’s just say, taking some of their toys off them,’ he 
enigmatically replied. 
  Claus returned five minutes later with several folders 
and fresh computer printouts. ‘This is an area that we are 
experts in. In fact, we sell this information to our 
customers,’ he proudly stated. 
 

‘Good,’ Johno enthused.  

  Claus stood rigid. ‘Is there some area I can help you 
with?’ 
 

Johno waved Claus to a chair, lifting the first printout, 

the top twenty companies. He picked number six, an 
Italian company. In the folder he found the share 
ownerships, otherwise hidden – but not to K2. As Claus 

background image

85 

had stated, and Johno had recently become aware of, K2 
specialised in searching for this kind of information. 
  He ran a finger down the list of shareowners. Many 
were companies linked back to private individuals or other 
investment companies. His finger stopped at the third 
largest slice of share ownership; a Saudi investment group. 
‘Hmmm.’ 
 

Helen and Claus exchanged glances. 

  Next he noticed a large number of shares owned by a 
Russian oil company. ‘Oh. Hmmm.’ 
  Helen and Claus suppressed smiles and quizzical 
looks. 
  Another investment company, linked to a well know 
American Jewish family. ‘Ahhh.’ He lifted his face to 
Claus. ‘I remember what Beesely did with the drug 
companies, how we got control. This company, Encosol. 
How many shares would we need to control it?’ 
  Claus stood and closed in, looking at the page that 
Johno held up for him. ‘The largest block there … is … 
six percent. We would need seven percent at least, but 
there are several large blocks, so if they grouped together 
against us they could elect a new board, under their 
control.’ 
 

‘So how much would be needed … to be sure?’ Johno 

asked. 
 

‘Perhaps … fifteen percent at least.’ 

  Johno studied the share blocks with a finger under the 
amounts, mumbling as he added several. ‘OK, I think I 
can persuade twelve percent to give their voting rights to 
us. Which leaves –’ 
 

‘Just three percent,’ Claus finished off. 

  ‘Call it ten percent to be sure. How much would that 
cost us?’ 
  Claus scanned the share capitalisation and the current 
value. ‘Around … one hundred million, sir. Pounds!’ 

background image

86 

 

‘OK, very quietly, and discretely, start buying as much 

as we can. Put some rumours out, lower the stock like 
before, be a sneaky shit.’ 
  Claus straightened. ‘May I enquire as to the purpose, 
sir?’ 
 

‘No,’ Johno carefully mouthed. 

 

‘How long to –’ 

 

‘Within two days,’ Johno firmly stated. ‘Go to it.’ 

 

Claus stepped out, Helen now staring. 

  ‘Are you going to share this with your … Head of 
Intelligence?’ 
  ‘If we control this company, we control the dodgy 
contracts … and the money laundering. Vatican will have 
to be nice to us.’ 
  ‘Just a guess here, Johno, but if he board of this 
company are mafia, or organised crime, then seeing us 
sitting on the board may … agitate them somewhat.’ 
Johno smiled widely. ‘Ah,’ she slowly let out. ‘You want 
to agitate them. Shake the tree and see who falls out.’ 
  ‘Shake the tree, and see who gets a broken neck!’ He 
raised his phone. ‘Elle Rosen, Mossad.’ 
 They 

waited. 

 

‘Johno, how … are you?’ Elle cautiously offered. 

  ‘Good, mate. Listen, need a favour. Another one! 
There’s an Italian construction company called Encosol. 
Your buddies in the States - one’s we gave the pictures 
back to - their investment company has a big stake in it. I 
want their voting rights stuff … for a month or so.’ 
 ‘What 

for?’ 

 

‘Some of the people on the board need to meet me.’ 

 

‘A strange way of getting an introduction, Johno.’ 

 

‘Trust me, get it, need it tomorrow.’ 

 ‘Tomorrow!’ 

 

 

‘Yep. Call me back.’ He hung up. 

  Facing Helen he said, ‘Be a love, hit the phone and 
organise the Saudi Ambassador for a quick visit.’ 

background image

87 

 ‘Saudi?’ 
 

‘Oh, and the Russian Ambassador.’ 

 

‘Russian as well?’  

  Johno nodded as he stood. ‘Quick as you can, love. 
Ta.’ He stepped out, meeting Mr Grey in the courtyard. 
Whispering he said, ‘Anything in the basement that would 
interest the Arab world?’ 
 

‘Could be,’ Grey said with a shrug.  

  Johno put his face close. ‘Pop down, find some. One 
hour.’ 
  Grumbling to himself, Grey headed to the dungeon, 
Johno ordering Mavo to go with him. 
 

* * * 

 
Otto answered his phone to Minister Blaum. ‘Saudi 
Ambassador? Russian? No, I have no idea, I am working 
from home today. The only other thing to happen today is 
this company Encosol, he was enquiring about share 
ownership. Ah … I have an idea. He wants to take control 
of it. Why? Guess who’s on the board. Yes, should be 
interesting. Very interesting.’ 
 

 
The Russian Ambassador arrived first, landing in a 
helicopter with Max Blaum in tow. 
  Johno met them on the grass, directing them to the 
park in front of the castle. ‘I know it’s not great weather 
for a stroll, but I want to speak to you … outdoors. That 
way, no bugs.’ 
  ‘You are being bugged?’ the Ambassador queried, 
scanning the dozens of armed guards, Blaum close by. 
 

‘Long story. Listen, I believe I know where the Amber 

Panels are.’ 

background image

88 

  The Ambassador was shocked, stopping dead. ‘Why 
bring this to my attention?’ 
 

‘They’re yours. You want them back?’ 

  The Ambassador’s eye narrowed. ‘Of course, but at 
what … price?’ 
  ‘No price. If I can get them, it won’t cost you 
anything.’ 
 

The Ambassador was puzzled, Blaum just as surprised. 

 

‘I don’t understand,’ the Ambassador said. ‘You will… 

get them, then give them to us?’ 
  ‘They’re being held by an Italian mafia group. We’ll 
steal the panels, hand them to you.’ 
 

‘We can have no part of such an action!’ 

  ‘Don’t worry, no one will know,’ Johno insisted. 
‘We’re very good, we don’t get caught.’ 
  The Ambassador shot Blaum and unhappy look. ‘You 
did not ask me here just to hand them over.’ 
  ‘True,’ Johno admitted. ‘Here’s the deal. There are 
several large corporations in Europe we are interested in 
getting majority voting rights in. And around five percent 
of the shares are held by Russian investment companies.’ 
  The Ambassador offered a confused look. ‘You want 
the voting rights. That is all?’ 
  ‘And just for a month or so at that - your companies 
won’t lose anything. And, you get the Panels, complete 
and in good condition.’ 
  ‘How do you know they are … complete and in good 
condition
?’ the Ambassador pressed. 
  ‘I saw them … at … the mafia stronghold. They 
offered to sell them to us,’ Johno lied, Blaum frowning 
strongly in the background, unseen by the Ambassador. 
‘Well, is it a deal?’ 
 

‘I must discuss this –’ 

  ‘You have a day,’ Johno forcefully stated. ‘If no deal, 
then when we … visit this mafia group the panels will be 
smashed during our attack.’ 

background image

89 

  The Ambassador did not look like he appreciated the 
threat. ‘I will call tomorrow.’ He turned and headed back 
to the helicopter. 
 

Blaum remained. ‘You have the panels,’ he whispered.  

 

He don’t know that. And I need his help with those 

voting rights.’ 
  Blaum reluctantly nodded before he turned and 
followed the Ambassador. 
 

 

* * * 

 
Three black stretch-limousines laboured up the compound 
road to the curious gaze of guards and other onlookers. 
There was clearly not enough room for them to park and 
turn in the courtyard, and so they were halted outside, Mr 
Freiserling organising his staff quickly. 
  In the dungeon snug Johno and Thomas stood waiting 
above the noxious hole, Bilbo and his team stood guard 
with Mavo near the dungeon stairs. A golden object 
appeared, followed by an arm and then Grey’s head. 
 

‘That it?’ Johno curtly asked. 

 

‘I need more time,’ Grey breathed out. ‘It’s large, dark, 

and everything is boxed up and dirty.’ 
  Johno grabbed the piece, a golden orb with a crescent 
moon at the top. The writing down one side certainly 
looked Arabic, not Hebrew. He turned his head towards 
the door. ‘Mavo, Bilbo!’ 
 

The man came running. 

  ‘Ditch your weapons, get some torches and get the 
fuck down their and help Grey. He’ll explain on the way-’ 
He wagged a finger. ‘- and not a fucking word of this to 
anyone who ain’t ex-SAS!’ 
  He stepped out, throwing a towel over the artefact as 
the Saudi delegation made its way to the restaurant. 
Knocking on Casper’s door he was relieved to find the 

background image

90 

Israeli in his room and not the restaurant. Pushing his way 
quickly in he closed the door. ‘You alone?’ 
 ‘Yes, 

of 

course.’ 

  Johno unwrapped the item, a sharp intake of breath 
from Casper. ‘I need a quick assessment of this. Is it real?’ 
  Casper reverently cradled the piece, reading the 
inscription. He smiled and nodded. ‘This very same 
passage is detailed in at least two places in Jerusalem, 
carved onto stone. And not many people know where they 
are.’ 
 

‘Could it be a fake?’ Johno pressed. 

 

‘I do not think so. It is definitely gold, the right colour 

and surface texture, the right height, age.’ 
  ‘Fine.’ Johno grabbed it, stepped into the bathroom 
and irreverently ran it under the hot water tap, cleaning it 
with the towel. 
  ‘I hear we have visitors?’ Casper pointedly enquired, 
hands now clasped behind him as Johno emerged from the 
bathroom. 
  ‘Saudis,’ Johno explained as he dried the artefact. ‘I 
need their help … this’ll tempt them.’ He headed towards 
the door, Casper sidestepping and blocking his path. 
 

Johno stopped and stared. 

  ‘I believe, Johno, that my … colleagues, will be 
rendering great assistant to you shortly.’ 
 

‘What’s on your mind?’ 

 

‘The treasure, of course.’ 

  Johno stepped closer, to a threatening distance. ‘Well, 
let me tell you what’s on my mind,’ he said in a strong 
whisper, Casper taking a half-step backwards. ‘Body bags. 
Lots and lots … of body bags. Dozens, hundreds, 
thousands, maybe more. Fifty dead here, a thousand dead 
in Portsmouth. Not to mention those who are about to 
die… if my next little project goes tits up.’ 
 

Casper frowned his lack of understanding. 

background image

91 

  Johno held up the golden artefact. ‘How many lives is 
this worth? A hundred? Ten? One?’ He waited. ‘How 
many lives would you sacrifice to get hold of this, or 
something like it, Hebrew writing down the side? Ten, 
twenty…? Well I’ll tell you how many I am prepared to 
sacrifice. None!’ He stepped around Casper. 
  ‘Johno,’ Casper quietly called without making eye 
contact, his head lowered. ‘You cannot present that to the 
Saudis.’ 
 

‘Why?’ Johno demanded through teeth clenched. 

  Casper turned. ‘For one, that is an important religious 
icon. Handing it over wrapped in a … ‘Simpsons’ towel 
may be seen as a cultural insult.’ 
  Johno glanced at the towel he was holding, a quick, 
embarrassed glance at Casper from under his eyebrows 
before dropping the towel onto the floor. 
  In the restaurant the Saudis were mostly stood, their 
Ambassador sat in traditional robes, several of his staff 
also robed, the remainder in western suits. Fortunately, 
there was no sign of Cardinal Diaz. Johno stepped in, the 
reaction from Claus indicating to the visitors that Johno 
was the boss. 
  Johno simply walked over, placed down the artefact – 
resting it on its base – then stepped to the counter and 
ordered a tea, waiting for it. The Saudis closed in on the 
artefact, the Ambassador reading the inscription. Johno 
finally turned, Simpson’s mug in hand and sat opposite the 
Ambassador. He said nothing, simply sipped his tea. 
  The Ambassador gestured the artefact towards Johno. 
‘This, is genuine?’ he asked in a perfect, and eloquent, 
English accent. 
 

‘We think so. Take it home with you, find out.’ 

 

‘An … interesting gift, from an Englishman, in a Swiss 

castle that belongs to a Swiss bank with … quite a 
reputation.’ 

background image

92 

  Claus leant closer. ‘Excellency, may I present Herr 
Johno, owner of the bank.’ 
  The Ambassador took a moment to study Johno. ‘I 
have heard … many rumours, about many things –’ 
  ‘If you have any questions, fire away,’ Johno cut in 
with. 
 

Again, the Ambassador took a moment to study Johno. 

‘This … gift –’ 
  ‘Is the price for a private, five minute conversation,’ 
Johno curtly stated. 
  The Ambassador smiled. ‘I had not realised my … 
hourly charge rate was quite so high.’ He waved away his 
staff, Claus following them out. That just left Johno facing 
the Ambassador. 
  ‘There is … rumour,’ the Ambassador began, ‘of 
Templar treasure.’ 
  ‘Here’s the deal. You get any artefacts that are Arabic 
from the treasure. In return, this bank gets your block 
voting rights in a number of European companies we’re 
trying to take over.’ 
  The Ambassador eased back. ‘Your bank has always 
been an excellent investment, so I am sure that the 
investment bankers of my country would not object to 
such a move. After all, they will not be losing anything.’ 
  ‘You’ll need to move quickly on this, getting some 
voting rights for me tomorrow.’ 
  ‘Please detail them and send them to me immediately. 
But may I ask, what you will do … should you find … 
certain disputed artefacts?’ 
  ‘Make sure they never see the light of day,’ Johno 
came quickly back with before sipping his tea. 
  The Ambassador was mildly surprised, straightening, 
but then smiling. ‘We would, of course, offer a great deal 
for them.’ 
  ‘And could that money be used to bring back the men 
I’ve lost in recent weeks?’ Johno posed. 

background image

93 

  The Ambassador stopped smiling. ‘There would seem 
to be more going on here that I am aware of. Perhaps … 
some day … you will explain it to me.’ He stood. ‘If you 
get the voting rights, when …’ 
 

‘Within a few days.’ 

  ‘That quick? Either you already have the treasure, or 
you know exactly where it is.’ 
 

Johno stood. ‘Detail, Mister Ambassador. Detail.’ 

 

The Ambassador walked around the table. Whispering, 

he said, ‘I liked the joke you played on the Swiss, about 
the American President. Very stiff, these Swiss.’ He 
grinned. ‘I went to Eton and Cambridge, myself. Love 
Monty Python!’ 
  As he stepped out Johno stood staring after him, 
eyebrows raised. 
 

* * * 

 
In the courtyard Claus called Otto. ‘They have found the 
Templar treasure,’ he whispered. ‘But said nothing to us. 
Johno has given a piece to the Saudis.’ 
 

‘Why?’ Otto queried. 

 

‘I don’t know, he spoke to their Ambassador alone.’ 

  ‘It could be to secure more voting rights. Keep me 
informed.’ 
 

 

 
Mavo eased down into the dark, guided by Mr Grey - 
unseen below. Thomas handed him two powerful torches, 
Bilbo easing down and putting his legs into the hole, 
Thomas strongly warned not to follow. 
  Shining the torch around the first large enclosure, 
Mavo got his bearings. ‘This some kinda treasure room? 
Like the other one?’  

background image

94 

 

‘Not … quite like the other one,’ Grey informed him, a 

slight grin evident. 
  ‘What?’ Mavo asked when he noticed Grey’s 
expression, his torch now illuminating Grey’s stomach. 
  Bilbo dropped down and stumbled, rolling over a 
righting himself. ‘Jesus!’ he let out, a skeleton in a cage 
the first thing his torch lit. ‘What the fuck is this place? 
Some sort of ancient torture chamber?’ 
 

‘Nope,’ Grey informed them. ‘This is where the Nazis 

stuffed the Templar treasure.’ 
  ‘Templar treasure?’ Mavo repeated in a strong 
whisper. 
  Grey led them to a line of large trunks, thick wood 
with iron studs. Lifting a heavy lid he revealed a chest of 
gold coins. 
 

‘Jesus…’ Bilbo let out. ‘How much is that lot worth?’ 

  ‘Given what it is, forgetting the base gold value … 
couple a billion I reckon.’ 
 

‘Couple a fucking billion!’ Bilbo gasped. ‘Jesus!’ 

 

‘There’s got to be fifty trunks like this,’ Grey informed 

them, leading them to the next room. ‘And that doesn’t 
include the artefacts.’ 

They ducked under a low doorframe, the thick wooden 

door propped open. The stench increased, they could 
almost taste it, the air thick and stale, the dirt on the floor 
moist – soft underfoot as the walked. The next room held 
dozens of similarly sized trunks running down one side, 
Nazi memorabilia down the opposite side, keenly 
investigated; flags hanging off poles, glass cases similar to 
the throne room, weapons displayed on the wall – all very 
old and dirty. 

‘The odd thing is,’ Grey began. ‘Nothing down here 

looks like it’s been disturbed since the war.’ 

‘What?’ Mavo questioned. ‘That old guy, Gunter, he 

didn’t know it was here?’ 

background image

95 

‘I’d bet he did, that’s the odd bit. So why just leave it 

here rotting away?’ 

‘Maybe he didn’t find it,’ Bilbo suggested. 
Grey stopped and faced them. ‘It’s possible. There 

were the two dead divers, and the secret passage getting 
here looked like it collapsed after the divers died. So it’s 
possible. But anyone going around the dungeon with a 
pickaxe and some determination would have found that 
access point.’ He stopped dead, noticed by the two British. 
‘On me, boys,’ he said in a mock English accent. 

They retraced their steps, ducking again into the first 

room and to the light in the ceiling coming from the snug. 
Under the hole Grey examined the debris with his torch. 

Grey said, ‘See that big lump of rock, it fell out of the 

roof, rolled that way, and the rest of this.’ 

‘So it was solid enough up there,’ Bilbo surmised. 

‘Gunter missed it.’ 

Grey looked up. ‘There’s a door at the far end, solid, 

locked from the other side. I’ve been trying to figure 
where it comes out. I reckon it would be somewhere near 
the drawbridge, courtyard at least. Come on, let’s check 
the treasure for Johno before he gets all grumpy.’ 

‘Do you have to do what he says?’ Bilbo asked. 

‘Aren’t you American Army?’ 

‘Long story, but yeah, I have to do what he says.’ 
They proceeded back to the second room, past the 

flags and glass cases. 

‘Hang on,’ Mavo called. They stopped. He illuminated 

the dusty glass cases with their torches. ‘If no one came 
here after the war, who the fuck would make a museum – 
from stuff that wasn’t old back then?’ 

‘Shit, yeah,’ Grey agreed, closing in on the cases. 

‘Whoever made this display did so from nostalgia, from 
the war. That dates it later.’ 

‘So it must have been Gunter,’ Mavo suggested. 

background image

96 

‘Before Gunter … the castle was empty,’ Grey 

informed them. ‘Odd bit is, he didn’t visit this lot for 
decades, maybe forty years by the look of it.’ 

‘From what Johno said,’ Mavo began, ‘Gunter didn’t 

visit the other stuff, for like … twenty years.’ 

‘It’s odd,’ Grey greed. ‘Why have it here, just tucked 

away?’ 

He turned and headed to the next room, ducking again 

under a low archway, the thick door wedged back. This 
new room housed many large boxes, oddly shaped and 
reminiscent to the explorers of stand-up wardrobes. 

Grey faced Bilbo and Mavo. ‘OK, guys, if you open 

something in here and you hear a ping sound, close it.’ 

‘Booby traps?’ Bilbo asked, now concerned. 
‘Haven’t seen any yet, but you never know.’ 
Spreading out, they began opening trunks, shining their 

torches at gold icons, golden boxes, coins, silver coins, 
carved wooden objects plated in silver and gold, now split 
by the decaying cedar wood it adorned. Thirty minutes 
later they had placed into the middle of the room five 
items that appeared Arabic in origins. 

‘That should do it,’ Grey suggested. ‘Rest will take 

ages to check, need some decent lights in here. Leave that 
lot there, we know where it is. Let’s try and find the main 
access point.’ 

He led them to the next room, past more trunks, some 

more flags, the skeleton in a suspended cage and the 
original hole in the brick wall that he first eased through. 
Opposite the dismantled brick wall stood the heavy iron 
door. 

‘That makes sense,’ Grey muttered, examining the 

door. 

‘What does?’ Bilbo asked, closing in. 
‘This door, hundred years old.’ 
‘Eighteenth century?’ Mavo asked. 

background image

97 

‘Or earlier. But they didn’t have the treasure back then, 

these trunks and boxes are nineteen thirties. They came in 
… later.’ 

‘Just a dungeon before, poor old Percy and his mate for 

company,’ Bilbo noted, scanning the area with his torch.  

‘These hinge pins are rusted, and split,’ Grey pointed 

out, tapping them with a finger. ‘Old iron will shatter. He 
turned. ‘Got your pistols?’ 

They had, both taken out. They backed up till they 

were ten feet away, almost flat against the wall. Bilbo 
fired first, and at an angle, so that any ricochet would 
bounce into the room. Three carefully aimed shots and the 
top hinge shattered, sharp echoes short lived as they 
bounced around the walls of the confined space. Two 
shots and the middle hinge shattered. Kneeling now, the 
bottom hinge went after four shots. Bilbo stood, the two 
troopers closing in. Grey grabbed an old rifle, smashing 
down on the remaining stubborn fragments of rusted iron 
hinge. 

‘The door’s rusted in place,’ Grey suggested. ‘Need 

some purchase.’ He turned his head, Bilbo stood over his 
right shoulder. ‘Grab a sword, there’s a good chap.’ 

Bilbo returned with an old and rusted curved sword, 

Grey directing him to scrape down the narrow slither of a 
gap where the door joined the wall, rust starting to fall. 
Biblo run the sword awkwardly along the top and bottom 
of the door, working up a sweat. Finally he stood, taking a 
deep breath of stale air. 

Grey examined the hinged side of the door carefully. 

Taking the sword from Bilbo he jammed it into the groove 
behind a jagged piece of remaining hinge, applying 
pressure by lifting the sword, plenty of leverage applied. 
The top right corner of the door moved a half-inch, an 
encouraging start. He repeated the exercise with the 
middle hinge, a few more millimetres gained, finally 
reversing the sword and now angling it down as he tried 

background image

98 

the bottom hinge, coaxing the door out a few more 
millimetres. 

Relieving ‘Percy’ of his cage they broke off the chain 

and hook, working the hook into the top right corner and 
getting some purchase. With all three of them gently 
increasing the pressure the door creaked and resisted for a 
minute before opening a few inches. Penetratingthe gloom 
with their torches inside did not reveal anything, certainly 
no visible wires. With three sets of hands on the door, 
boots against the wall, they strained to force it open. 

With a loud crack something snapped, the door flung 

open, the three of them ending up in a pile on the floor, 
scrambling to get up and laughing. The door now hung at 
an angle, plenty of space to climb through, the explorers 
keenly scrambling inside. In the new room they 
expectantly shone they torches around, finding simply a 
long bare corridor, the walls looking very old and 
unevenly chiselled. 

Grey told Mavo to wait back inside the last chamber, 

‘just in case’, and he and Bilbo cautiously walked 
forwards, checking the floor and ceiling for booby-traps. 
Ten yards in and they found a brick wall, oddly placed and 
obviously made to cover a door. Grey pulled a brick out, 
revealing another rusted iron door. ‘This is odd,’ he 
muttered. 

‘What?’ Bilbo asked. 
Grey turned. ‘That door was bolted from this side. So 

was this one by the look of it.’ 

‘So?’ 
‘So who the fuck bricked this up? They would have 

been stuck inside.’ 

‘They bricked it up and then they closed the next 

door.’ 

‘Why? Anyone opening the metal door would see the 

bricks and kick them in. This place is starting to remind 
me of the complex in the Czech Republic.’ 

background image

99 

‘Don’t say that,’ Bilbo encouraged. ‘I have nightmares 

about that place … and I wasn’t even there!’ 

Grey grinned. ‘Double back.’ They turned. ‘Mavo,’ he 

called. ‘Can I have that sword?’ 

Ten minutes of jabbing at the walls and another brick 

wall was revealed from behind a layer of dirt. Knocking it 
down they found one group of bricks attached to a metal 
grill, perhaps ten bricks in total. 

‘They made this wall, then last man climbed through 

and they pulled the plug in,’ Grey explained. ‘Clever 
puppies.’ 

The new passage led up a wide stone staircase, finally 

to another brick wall. Putting an ear to it Grey was certain 
he could hear cars in the courtyard, so doubled back down. 

‘Why not break through?’ Bilbo asked after Grey 

explained the exit. 

‘Johno doesn’t want anyone to know yet,’ was Grey’s 

answer, so they tackled the metal door. 

The bricks came away easily, soon revealing a door the 

same size and dimensions as the last – only this one had a 
large handle. 

‘That staircase is the access point,’ Grey insisted. 

‘We’re under the courtyard.’ 

‘So what’s in here?’ Mavo asked. 
‘Well, back there is the Templar treasure, upstairs was 

half the crown jewels of Europe and the Nazi treasures, so 
in here … something more valuable.’ 

Mavo and Bilbo glanced at each other. 
‘Stand back,’ Grey encouraged, turning the handle 

with a squeak. 
 

‘WHAT ARE YOU DOING?’ a voice raged. 

 

background image

100 

“Buried next to the treasure...” 

 

 
Grey, Mavo and Bilbo spun around. Shinning their torches 
they illuminated Johno, grinning, Thomas at his side. 
 

‘Fuck!’ Bilbo let out, sighs from Mavo. 

  Johno and Thomas turned on bright lamps, throwing 
strong light around the room, the black walls reflecting 
very little of the new light. 
 

‘We found some Arabic stuff,’ Grey reported, taking a 

step forwards. ‘Stop you from whinging.’ 
  Johno stepped forwards. ‘Yeah, saw it. Leave it there 
for now.’ He hit the metal door with the side of his fist. 
‘So, what do you reckon’s behind this door then?’  
 ‘Something 

valuable,’ 

Bilbo stated. ‘And I want a 

fucking pay rise.’ 
  ‘If we survive the next week, you’ll get one. Beside, 
what’s in there is very valuable.’ 
 

‘How do you know?’ Grey queried. 

   ‘Let’s just say a little birdie told me.’ He pushed the 
door lever down and pushed it open, holding out his lamp 
and stepping in. 
 

What they found were a dozen filing cabinets and four 

desks in a surprisingly neat and clean room, the walls 
perfectly smooth concrete. 
 

‘It’s just filing stuff,’ Mavo grumbled. 

 

Johno yanked opened a rusted cabinet and took out the 

first file, a thick buff folder. Opening it on the table he 
called Thomas closer. ‘This may be in old German. See 
what it says.’ 
 

Thomas read aloud, in English, the translated the faded 

details. 
 

‘As I thought, very valuable,’ Johno stated after a deep 

sigh. 

background image

101 

  ‘What is it?’ Grey asked. ‘Company information … 
dating to the forties and fifties?’ 
  ‘Yep. What this is all about. K2, Gunter, the fucks 
trying to kill us … and the next battle.’  

He took in their expectant faces. ‘When I was in Malta 

a priest approached me, Catholic priest, who took his 
father’s absolution at his death. And this, boys and men, is 
what his father did. He made this hiding hole and stuffed 
this lot in here – and the Templar treasure - after he 
decided he was on the wrong team. 
  ‘The priest’s father was a Nazi, something of a shock 
for the cleric, to say the least. What his old man did was to 
act as a kind of bookkeeper for a dodgy European 
freemason group containing a shit load of Nazis who 
didn’t let on about their past - or the deep dark vaults with 
the crown jewels of Europe in. And all these cabinets are 
full of companies who got started in life with Freemason 
funds.’ 
 

‘You mean Nazi funds,’ Grey suggested. 

  ‘Yep. And there’s enough evidence here to launch 
legal challenges to the ownership of half the companies in 
Europe. Not to mention the corruption and collusion and 
the money laundering.’ 
  He opened another cabinet. ‘This is what the power 
brokers fear, what they really fear. Documented evidence 
of the start capital, Freemason dealings, and half the 
fuckers involved in this are still alive, their sons and 
daughters running the family business. Take all these 
companies, and what they’re worth today … and you’ve 
got a figure in the trillions.’ 
  Grey inched closer. ‘Johno, this could wreck the 
economy of Europe.’ 
  ‘I know.’ Searching through the cabinets he quickly 
found what he was looking for, a group of pages that he 
folded and pocketed. ‘Thomas, keep that file. Guys, 
destroy the rest of this lot.’ 

background image

102 

 

‘Destroy it?’ Grey gasped. 

 ‘Hey, 

you’re the one who just pointed out the cost of 

this getting out. All I need is just the one file to put the 
shits up them, so destroy the rest.’ 
  ‘Christ, Johno,’ Grey began. ‘Don’t you think you 
should discuss this … further up the chain of command?’ 
  Johno stood square to Grey. ‘For what, later 
blackmail? If those files get into the wrong hands 
somewhere along the line Europe goes bankrupt – as you 
pointed out. So I can’t take the risk. Besides, that one file 
is enough, plus the threat.’ 
 

He retrieved another file, clicked his lighter and set fire 

to a corner, placing it on the table with Grey watching. 
‘Mavo, Bilbo, burn them – that’s an order.’ 
 

‘Don’t,’ Grey firmly suggested. 

  Johno slowly turned to face him, a quick glance at 
Mavo before offering Mr Grey a hard stare. ‘You 
countermanding my order, Mr Grey?’ he asked, softly, but 
with a level of threat in his voice. Mavo put a hand on his 
pistol. 
  Grey took a half step closer, offering Johno a steely 
stare. ‘Someone here has to be sensible. Sir. We’re 
underground, dumb fuck - nowhere for the smoke to go!’ 
He cracked a smile. 
 

Johno lifted his eyes and scanned the roof, followed by 

the troopers. 
  ‘Unless you want the dungeon full of smoke?’ Grey 
teasingly enquired.   
  Johno sighed, grabbed a file and started to tear the 
pages, easily ripping the old files and their damp paper in 
half. ‘Thomas, put that file under your bed, go and ask for 
a meeting in thirty minutes – Otto, Max Blaum, Beesely, 
Helen and Claus. Scoot.’ 
 

Thomas ambled off as Mavo and Bilbo tore up files. 

  ‘Chuck ‘em in the corner after, pee on them,’ Grey 
suggested. ‘It’s old paper, the ink will go quickly.’ 

background image

103 

 

With the files torn up, scrapped into the floor with their 

muddy boots and then peed on, they stopped and surveyed 
the mess. Grabbing mud from the passage leading to the 
flooded cave, and stamping it into the files, came next. 
Finally they retrieved water in priceless golden urns. 
 

 

 
Johno showered, put on fresh clothes, downed a Vodka 
Red Bull, and now sat staring at the wall. His phone 
buzzed. ‘Yeah?’ 
 

‘Sir, the people requested are all here.’ 

 

‘Thank you.’ He remained facing the wall.  
Grey stepped in, also in fresh clothes. ‘It’s time … for 

whatever you’ve got planned.’ 

‘Truth or dare, Grey-boy, truth … or dare.’ He eased 

up, picking up the damp old file. 

In the courtyard he signalled the ex-SAS squads – all 

of them - leading them all into the command centre, lining 
them up on the companionway to the curious observation 
of the staff. 
  In Helen’s office the requested people were sat 
assembled, tea and coffees already delivered. He placed 
the old file into the centre of the desk, retrieving the list 
from his pocket and placing it next to the file. Saying 
nothing he went and slumped into his usual chair, Grey 
sitting behind on the cabinet.  

And then Johno just waited. 

 

‘Well?’ Beesely asked, manoeuvring his wheelchair to 

face him. 
 

Johno put a finger to his lips without looking up. 

  Helen lifted the list and glanced at it, working hard at 
controlling her reaction. ‘What … what are these?’ she 
asked. 
  Johno checked his fingernails. ‘Ask Otto and Blaum,’ 
he softly encouraged. 

background image

104 

  Otto eased up and stepped to the desk, stood with his 
hands clasped behind his back, staring down at the file and 
the list. He glanced at Blaum, a concerned look, joined in 
their trepidation by Claus. Nothing was said for several 
seconds. 
 

Beesely finally said, ‘Well? Who goes first?’ 

  Otto sat back down, that odd move carefully observed 
by Beesely, who took in the various faces and their 
expressions as Thomas wandered in and stat next to Johno. 
  Johno blew out. Without looking up he said, ‘Helen, 
would you like to take that list and go back to the UK?’ As 
he finished the sentence he lifted his eyes, observing her 
from under his eyebrows. 
  She held her gaze on the list. ‘How long have you 
known?’ 
  Now everyone focused on her, and that strange 
statement. 
 

‘That you were sent here to spy on us?’ Johno teased. 

 

‘Spy on us?’ Otto repeated, Blaum shifting uneasily in 

his seat. 
  ‘Didn’t you know, Otto?’ Johno pointedly enquired. 
‘Well, guess you’re not as smart, or as sneaky, as you 
would have liked to be. But we already know that.’ Otto 
faced him; a firm, yet surprised, stare. ‘Oh, by the way,’ 
Johno put in. ‘The Templar’s treasure is below us.’ 
 

‘It is?’ Beesely asked. 

  ‘Yep,’ Johno sighed. ‘And in the next chamber is 
where I found that old file and that list. That’s what the 
old rumour said – the secrets of Europe are buried next to 
the Templar’s treasure, 
or something like that. Of course, 
if it wasn’t explained to you, you might not understand the 
riddle. Someone explained it to me, which is just as well, 
because I’m a bit thick.’ 
  ‘I think, Johno, you are far more capable than you let 
people believe,’ Otto quietly stated, facing the carpet. 

background image

105 

 

‘I’m proud of him,’ Beesely said. ‘Still, I had hoped he 

would have figured this all out sooner.’ 
  Johno slowly realised what Beesely had just said, and 
the implications, before slowly cranking his head around 
to him. 
  Beesely added, ‘The day Otto turned up the UK you 
had a secret meeting with Army Intelligence, General Sir 
Christopher Rose. That hotel room had more bugs than the 
mucky carpet!’ 
 

‘You knew?’ Johno gasped. 

 

‘Be a cold day in hell when you could put one over on 

me, layabout!’ 
 

‘Put one over on you? I told them to sod off!’ 

  ‘I know, I listened to the tapes. Still, you could have 
told me later.’ 
 

‘Likewise, wrinkly!’ Johno snapped. 

  ‘Would someone like to explain this,’ Grey 
encouraged. 
  Beesely faced him. ‘Johno’s old bosses in British 
Army Intelligence, they asked him to keep any eye out for 
those files and that list, before Otto contacted us in the 
UK.’ 
 ‘Ah…’ 
 

Otto and Blaum made eye contact. 

  Helen made eye contact with Johno. ‘You … were 
working for General Rose?’ 
  ‘No, is the simple answer,’ Johno replied. ‘They gave 
me the background to this whole mess, asked me to keep a 
eye out for those files … as soon as they saw K2 
investigating Beesely and me.’ 
  ‘Have you been in contact with them?’ Helen asked 
Johno. 
 ‘No. 

You?’ 

 ‘Yes.’ 
 

Otto again glanced at Blaum. 

background image

106 

 

Johno faced Otto. ‘Got a spy in our midst. In fact –’ He 

counted with a finger. ‘- I’d say we have seven and a half 
spies in this room.’ 
 

‘Oh dear, oh dear,’ Beesely lightly let out. ‘Intrigue!’ 

  Johno checked his nails. ‘So, Otto, you’re being very 
quiet. Helen working for British Intelligence, I’d have 
thought you’d be jumping up and down right about now.’ 
  ‘In some countries, Johno, it is rude to ask a question 
when you already know the answer,’ Otto stated. 
  ‘Then I shall ask a question that I am … not sure 
about. Does Max know … all of what you did?’ 
 

Otto glanced at Blaum. ‘No.’ 

  ‘Fine. Then we’ll keep it that way,’ Johno suggested. 
‘After all, Max is in no position to criticise anyone. Are 
you, Max?’   
 

Max stared back for several seconds. ‘What … are you 

planning on doing with those files.’ 
 

Johno looked over his shoulder at Grey, a slight grin. 

  Grey asked, ‘Would those be the files we just 
destroyed?’ 
 

Blaum jumped up. ‘You destroyed them?’ 

  ‘That is, more or less, what you wanted, Max,’ Johno 
suggested. ‘Or should I say, what you – and the Swiss 
Government – wanted, was control of the files.’ 
 

‘We needed those files –’ Blaum began. 

  ‘No, not any more you don’t. You don’t need bits of 
paper when you have us. We’re far more dangerous to the 
Basel Group – than bits of paper.’ 
 

Blaum slumped, issuing a heavy sigh. ‘We could have 

counter-balanced their threats…’ 
  ‘Problem with threats, Max, is that you sometimes 
need to carry them out. Which would have been a big no-
no, seeing as most of the crimes at the core of the Basel 
Group were committed … well, let’s see … in Basel. 
Which, according to my geography, is in Switzerland – 
strangely enough.’ 

background image

107 

  Beesely laughed to himself. ‘Otto, why don’t you tell 
everyone what happened after Gunter’s untimely death.’ 
  Otto glanced at Blaum before facing Johno. ‘Even 
before Gunter’s … death, I had tracked down Beesely, 
without confirming any of the detail of Beesely’s past 
associations. I had hoped, given that I was not Gunter’s 
son and heir, that Beesely may have taken over, keeping 
me here. 
 

‘But a day after Gunter’s death Max came to see me, to 

explain why K2 existed at all. You see, I did not know 
much of the detail, Gunter was a private man - anyone 
asking questions would have been dealt with, even me.’ 
  He took a breath. ‘Gunter was a founding member of 
the Basel Group, making use of Nazi gold and treasures to 
influence the existing Freemasons of Europe, and to start 
companies. By 1956 it was already a formidable 
organisation, the Nazi gold known about by American 
OSS and British SOE, and investigated, but they were 
more interested in the Russian threat by that time and so 
… turned a blind eye, as you say, to the group’s Nazi past. 
The Group offered to help the West, with agents in the 
former East Germany and the Czech Republic. 
  ‘The group grew in strength, but a dispute emerged 
about the Templar treasure and – oddly enough – about the 
religious treasures they held, especially by the Italians and 
the Vatican. A senior official was murdered, a lot of the 
treasure hidden from the group –’ 
 

‘Hidden here,’ Grey noted. 

  Otto glanced at Grey, then continued, ‘Hidden by the 
group’s bookkeeper, who disappeared as well. Many 
thought that Gunter had stolen the treasure, so he fell-out 
with them. But Gunter found only part of it, the part he 
really wanted being the files – to use as blackmail against 
the rest if need be. 
 

‘That need did arise, and they tried several times to kill 

him. In 1965 he moved here, believing the treasure to be 

background image

108 

hidden here. He built K2 to protect himself, and this place, 
as he searched for the Templar treasure and, more 
importantly, the files.’ 
 

‘And that’s something that has struck me many times,’ 

Johno began. ‘They always attacked here, yet we have 
nice big, vulnerable – glass-fronted – office blocks in 
Zurich and elsewhere.’ 
  ‘There is no treasure hidden in Zurich,’ Otto softly 
pointed out. 
  ‘When we first came here,’ Johno began, ‘Beesely 
noted the security. And odd arrangement, so much security 
for one old man, and right under the nose of the Swiss 
Government - something else that I gave a great deal of 
thought to over the months. Why good old Max Blaum let 
us run-amok around here. I think I know the reason, and 
that would be because you helped  to build K2 – as a 
counterbalance against the Basel Group. Did they threaten 
the Swiss Government?’  
 

Max reluctantly nodded. ‘They claimed to have the … 

those files -’ 
 

‘Which would be a problem for you,’ Johno suggested. 

‘If a journalist got hold of them … all those deep dark 
Swiss secrets out in the light of day, Swiss bank’s Nazi 
gold being used to kick-start the European economy after 
the war.’ 
 

Max again nodded. ‘And they have made other threats 

and problems for us.’ 
 

‘And you wanted rid of them,’ Johno suggested. ‘Or at 

least you wanted an organisation like K2 which could 
push back – but you couldn’t do so because of your own 
bleeding constitution.’ 
 

Again Max nodded, easing back in his chair. 

 

Otto added, ‘When Max explained everything, how K2 

was formed, the Government assistance, the war with the 
Basel Group … I was sick. I did not stop shaking for many 
days, expecting to be killed at any time.’ 

background image

109 

  ‘But having someone like Beesely, with his contacts, 
sat at the head of K2 … gave you hope,’ Johno suggested. 
  Otto glanced at Beesely, a gentle nod. ‘Did you 
suspect?’ 
 

‘Of course,’ Beesely responded. 

 

Johno made eye contact with Otto. ‘That stuff you told 

us at the old house, on the first day…?’ 
 

‘Mostly true,’ Otto insisted. ‘Much of which Max does 

not know.’ He ended the sentence by glancing at Minister 
Blaum. 
  ‘Nor, I think, do I need to know,’ Max softly stated. 
‘We are all just a step away from jail, or a bullet. And the 
Basel Group may be here sooner, rather than later.’ 
  ‘The list is there, Max,’ Johno stated. ‘If you want it, 
it’s yours, and the treasure, and the money. All you have 
to do is ask me to leave and I’ll be on the next train with 
Thomas.’ 
  Otto stared at Beesely, who remained silent. Max 
stared at Johno. No one said anything for several seconds. 
 

Claus turned to Otto. ‘I believe, Otto, that our chances 

of staying alive … would be far better with Johno here, 
than elsewhere.’ 
 

‘That’s the most sensible thing I’ve heard for a while,’ 

Beesely loudly growled. 
 

Otto held his gaze on Beesely. ‘If I had not been such a 

coward, if I had taken this fight on myself, Jane would still 
be alive, with you in the Caribbean.’ 
  Beesely lowered his head for a moment. Lifting it 
again he said, ‘That may well be, but what of Europe and 
the UK? Turmoil, death and destruction. She was one 
person out of thousands that have died, and thousands 
more that may die if we lose this fight. It takes far more 
for  you to face danger, than it does for likes of me and 
Johno. And Otto, I am still proud of you.’ He offered an 
encouraging smile. 

background image

110 

  ‘All this time you did not say anything,’ Otto softly 
stated. 
  ‘Didn’t know who, in here, was reporting back to the 
Basel Group,’ Beesely explained. He faced Johno. 
‘Perhaps now is a good time to apologise to Helen.’ 
  Johno faced him. ‘Apologise? What the hell for, she’s 
been spying on me!’ 
  ‘Which you knew from the start, and you knew she 
was working for the same people as you, and yet you still 
subjected the poor woman to your bed!’ 
 

‘You knew?’ Helen asked Johno. 

  ‘Of course I knew. Woman of your quality - shacking 
up with me? Hah!’ 
  ‘What does that mean?’ Thomas asked, concerned. ‘Is 
Helen not happy with you?’ 
  Johno faced him, a saddened, apologetic expression. 
‘We may be leaving today, Helen going someplace else.’ 
 

Thomas stood. ‘Why? Why can’t we stay together?’ 

 

‘Yes … why?’ Beesely added. 

  Helen turned to face Otto. ‘Are you going to take me 
outside and shoot me?’ she asked, seemingly not too 
concerned. 
  ‘No, they’re not,’ Johno firmly reassured her. ‘The 
command centre is stuffed full of my troops. If you want 
to leave, you can do so.’ 
  ‘I have no intention of harming you,’ Otto quickly 
informed her. ‘The idea is repulsive to me. I wish you to 
remain, if that is possible given your status with the 
British Government.’ 
 

They sent me to find the files,’ she reminded him. 

  ‘Which could take … bleeding ages,’ Beesely 
suggested. 
 

‘Years,’ Grey added. 

 

‘They may never be found,’ Max admitted. 

  ‘Not since we destroyed the fucking things, they 
won’t,’ Grey quietly pointed out. 

background image

111 

  She turned to face Johno. ‘You’re the owner, and the 
boss. I work for you.’ 
  Johno’s turned his head, making eye contact with 
Thomas, who’s face now brightened. 
 

Thomas punched him on the shoulder. ‘Say something. 

Tell her to stay. Buy some nice flowers and things, or 
some treasure from the cave.’ 
 

Johno made eye contact with Helen. ‘If you’ll stay, I’ll 

increase your salary to … a million a year.’ Thomas 
punched him again. ‘Maybe five million a year, two 
weeks off in the summer if you teach the little monster 
stuff.’ 
 Beesely 

laughed. 

 

‘I accept,’ came a quiet voice, Helen doodling with her 

pen. 
 

 
Johno stared back, stunned. ‘You do?’ 
  ‘I do. Although not – you know – walking down the 
aisle I do, obviously.’ 
 

‘Obviously,’ Beesely repeated, Johno glancing at him. 

  ‘Obviously,’ Grey repeated, Johno glancing the 
opposite way. 
 

‘Will you lot fuck off,’ Johno suggested. 

  ‘What does that mean?’ Thomas pleaded, stepping 
closer to Helen. ‘Are you staying?’ 
  ‘Yes, I’m staying,’ Helen replied, an arm around the 
boy. 
 

‘Till the end of the week, when we are all either killed 

or jailed,’ Blaum put in. 
 

‘Have faith,’ Beesely told him. ‘Johno has a plan.’ 

  ‘Johno,’ Blaum began, ‘had the entire Swiss 
Government and diplomatic service on panic alert. You’ll 
forgive my sceptical nature, but most of my colleagues 
have offered large sums for his murder.’ 

background image

112 

  ‘Part of the plan,’ Johno firmly suggested, wagging a 
finger. ‘Keep ‘em guessing! Which reminds me. Otto, 
grab a paper and pen.’ Without looking up Helen wiggled 
the pen she was holding. ‘Forget that. Helen, take a note, 
for Otto. Please. I need four large wooden boxes, 
genuinely dated to the thirteenth century, plus wooden 
timbers from a ship of that era.’ 
 

Wooden timbers?’ Helen repeated. 

  ‘You know what I mean,’ Johno said in threatening 
tones. 
 

‘And just where,’ Beesely asked, ‘is this treasure going 

to be found?’ 
 

‘Where else? Nova Scotia!’ 

 

‘Nova Scotia?’ Grey repeated. 

 

Johno lifted his head to him. ‘Some plonkers think that 

the Templars sailed it there from Paris, winter of 1307.’ 
 

‘I read that recently,’ Helen put in. 

 

‘What will that do?’ Blaum asked. 

  ‘Send a lot of people that way, for one,’ Johno 
explained. ‘And, if it’s found on the same day that we get 
violent over here, might just grab the front page.’ 
  ‘Clever,’ Beesely put in. ‘Just like the British 
Government – release the bad news on a day when 
something big happens.’ 
 

‘Ah, I see,’ Otto let out, nodding. 

 

‘Next part of the master plan. Otto, I need those names 

you’re working on, then I need that list on the desk 
programmed into your computer thingy –’ 
  ‘Computer thingy,’ Helen repeated. ‘How you 
spelling… thingy?’ 
 

Johno again wagged a warning finger at her. ‘Factor in 

their ages, look for the offspring – all male – because our 
buddies in the freemasons don’t accept women.’ Otto 
retrieved the list, starting to read it. ‘Do it at home for 
now, they’ll be some more info arriving from other 

background image

113 

sources as well. But first, Encosol.’ He faced Claus. ‘We 
started buying shares?’ 
 

‘Yes, but outside of the markets, direct to the financial 

institutions.’ 
  ‘If we’ve enough tomorrow, and the voting rights of 
the Saudis and the Russians, we make a take-over bid. 
Yeah?’ 
  Claus cautiously nodded. ‘That will receive a lot of 
publicity.’ 
  ‘What did you offered the Saudis and the Russians?’ 
Helen asked. 
  ‘Panels and Templar trinkets. Oh, while I think of it, 
tomorrow, no staff allowed to bring mobile phones to 
work and I want mobile phone jammers in place and 
scanners to look for radios. If - and that’s a big if – if 
we’re ready tomorrow night we go on lock-down till its 
done, no one leaving, so no chance of a leak. Someone out 
there is still working for the other side. 
  ‘Max, day after lockdown we’ll need the Army 
surrounding this place, all our boys will be … otherwise 
occupied.’ 
 

Blaum straightened in his chair. ‘May I enquire, Johno, 

just what you plan on doing?’ 
  Johno eased back. ‘I’ve given it a lot of thought, as to 
how we may … defeat or disable Basel. But first, what 
would you see as a good way of dealing with them, other 
than some stand-off?’ 
 

‘We have had the stand-off, as you say, for some forty 

years.’ 
  ‘Which hasn’t worked,’ Johno delicately suggested. 
‘They’ve got stronger, and more aggressive.’ He waited. 
  Blaum looked at his shoes, a desperate sigh issued. ‘I 
had considered that the existence of the files may be an 
option–’ 
 

‘More stand-off nonsense,’ Johno snapped. 

background image

114 

  Blaum lifted his head briefly then went back to his 
shoes. 
  ‘We need to deal with them once, and for all!’ Johno 
insisted. 
  ‘Someone else will come around eventually,’ Beesely 
scoffed. 
  Johno faced him. ‘To quote Mr Stanton, such 
relationships take decades of trust. So, a knockout blow 
will give us decades,’ he suggested. ‘Anyway, I’ll leave 
the detail for later. Just … in case.’ He faced Otto. ‘Any 
Society members on my travel list?’ 
  ‘Three,’ Otto replied. ‘Regular, and suspicious. I have 
also checked the share ownerships of their banking groups 
and have already linked them back to Italy and directors of 
Encosol.’ 
 

‘Then be so kind as to tell the society that we need an 

emergency meeting tonight at one of our hotels.’ 
  Otto glanced at his watch. ‘It may be possible.’ He 
lifted his phone and stepped out, an indignant glance at the 
SAS troopers lined up. 
 

Johno followed him out to the companionway. ‘Ready 

squads, back to normal duties.’ 
  Stepping back in, Blaum said to him, ‘Not going to 
shoot us then?’ 
  ‘Like I said earlier, this is your show – you invited us 
in,’ Johno said as he navigated around the desk and sat. 
  ‘And our responsibility if it goes wrong,’ Blaum 
unhappily added. 
 

‘We’re all in this together,’ Beesely told him. He faced 

Johno. ‘Olly on board?’ Johno nodded. ‘Elle?’ Again 
Johno nodded. ‘Should be a good fight then,’ Beesely 
enthused. 
 

background image

115 

Like father like son 

 

 
At 7pm Johno and Otto reached the hillside hotel. 
Stepping down from the vehicles, one of the Society’s 
staff objected to the SAS troopers piling out of the Range 
Rovers. A gun in his neck silenced him, Johno waving the 
man inside. 
  In the foyer they collected two more surprised aids 
before entering the main function room, where the 
members now sat around a large table. The lights were, 
however, reasonably bright and refreshments already 
being appreciated. The aids being pushed in at gunpoint 
caused a chorus of indignant whispers, some members 
standing. The troopers lined up, MP5s pointed at the group 
as Johno took in the members faces, slowly walking along 
the table length to the elderly leader. 
  Johno offered, ‘Apologies for the soldiers, but we … 
you … have a security problem.’ 
  The group’s spokesman stood, an indignant look. 
‘What is the meaning of this?’ 
  Johno walked to the windows and glanced out, dusk 
coming on, Otto stood ready at his side. He turned and 
faced the leader. ‘If you knew that certain members of this 
… Society were linked to … let’s say, certain freemason 
groups – with close links to criminal gangs and terrorists - 
would you be interested to know who they were?’ 
  The members glanced at each other, a few hurried 
whispers exchanged. 
  The elderly leader lifted a shaky hand and hooked 
finger. ‘Do you say they are working for Basel?’ Johno 
nodded. The leader faced the assembled group. In German 
he asked, ‘Who works with Basel?’ 
 

Johno rolled his eyes, wondering just who was about to 

volunteer that information. Not surprisingly, no one raised 

background image

116 

their hand. The table fell silent, members now either 
glancing at each other or at the soldiers. 
  The leader looked back to Johno. ‘We wish to know 
this.’ 
  ‘And if you know this, what would you like us, K2, 
your servants
, to do about it?’ 
 

The leader waved his hand. ‘To remove them.’ 

 

‘To remove them … permanently?’ 

 

‘Yah!’ the old man said with some anger. 

  Johno took out a small aerosol spray that he had 
brought with him, walking to the first man that he 
recognised from Otto’s photographs. As the man looked 
up he sprayed directly into the man’s mouth. The man 
coughed and choked, seemed to recover, then finally 
slumped. Otto signalled troopers forwards, two carrying 
the man out as shocked whispers shot around the room. 
  Johno walked slowly around the group, smiling 
sadistically and nodding at faces as they turned up. At the 
next member, a tall and thin man, he pulled his victims 
head back and sprayed directly down into his mouth. The 
man coughed, holding his throat, asleep a few seconds 
later. More concerned whispers leapt around the table and 
the assembled twenty-two members. 
  The final man made a brave run for the door, a punch 
from a trooper easily taking him down. Trussed with 
plastic ties, he was dragged out, nervously observed by the 
remaining members. 
  Johno approached the leader. ‘Apologies, Herr 
Director and members.’ 
 

‘Basel will know,’ the leader cautioned. 

 

‘Basel will have to deal with me,’ Johno loudly stated. 

‘Someone once said – buried next to the Templar treasure 
are files of great value
.’ 
  Gasps and whispers shot around the table, stunned 
looks from the members. 
 

‘You have the files?’ the Society’s spokesman asked. 

background image

117 

  ‘We do, and they are safe, away from Zug and away 
from the Basel group,’ Otto stated. ‘If necessary, we will 
use them in our defence.’ 
 

‘And the treasure itself?’ the spokesman asked. 

  Otto placed a golden coin on the table. ‘The treasure 
has not been found yet.’ 
 

The leader lifted the coin, a coy smile for Otto. 

 

‘To business, Gentlemen,’ Johno loudly stated, waving 

out the remaining troopers. ‘We’re going to try and get the 
controlling share of many large companies in Europe. 
When we do so we’ll damage the Basel group. How much 
damage we do will depend on how much money we have 
at our disposal.’ 
 

‘You will buy share capital?’ the spokesman surmised. 

  Otto nodded to him. ‘And combine it with existing 
portfolios, plus that of our allies.’ 
  ‘We have many shares in their companies,’ the 
spokesman explained with a shrug. 
  Otto took out two notepads and placed them on the 
table. ‘If you would please write down which companies 
you believe are majority controlled by Basel, and people 
you suspect, it will help us in this fight.’ 
  Members started to whisper names and corporations, 
two men rapidly writing them down. 
 

Johno faced the leader. ‘Will you help us?’ 

  ‘Of course. Basel threaten us,’ the old man said in a 
heavy accent. ‘We had the problem with Gunter, but K2 
stopped Basel from being in Switzerland. We will transfer 
money.’  
 

‘Thank you,’ Johno offered, extending a hand to shake. 

 

‘How is Bis-el-ley?’ 

 

‘He’s now in a wheelchair, but OK.’ 

  Ten minutes later and the list was complete, those 
people they suspected - or knew of being involved - 
scribbled down, plus those companies they knew were 
affiliated to Basel. 

background image

118 

  ‘Gentlemen,’ Johno called. ‘It is very important – 
critical - that no one discusses this till we are ready to 
move. No email, careful on the telephone. Do not tell 
wives, girlfriends … or mistresses!’ 
 

A few smiles broke out. 
‘We will co-ordinate with you for the take-overs,’ Otto 

informed the leader. A respectful Swiss head tip and they 
left the group to debate this extraordinary turn of events. 
 

* * * 

 
On the way back Johno’s phone went. ‘Yeah?’ 
 

‘Johno, Kev, where the fuck are yis?’ 

 

‘Shit, forgot all about you!’ 

 ‘Ya 

what?’ 

 

‘Listen, if you get a list of … what was it –’ 

 

‘Wine producers,’ Kev put in. 

 

‘That’s it. Send someone over with it, hand courier.’ 

  ‘Listen, Johno, right now I’m thinking of painting the 
walls here an azure blue.’ 
  ‘I’m with you. Change of plan anyway, get everyone 
here. We found some old files that will keep our enemies 
at bay, and … a … list ... of … names.’ 
 

‘Ya been drinking again?’ 

 

‘My next chore. Tell the boys Dame Helen has agreed 

to marry me.’ 
 ‘Ya 

what?’ 

 

‘See you soon. TTFN.’ He hung up. 

 

Otto asked, ‘Was that some sort of code?’ 

 ‘Yeah, 

azure means you’re being bugged. You drop it 

in casually, like … an azure blue sea.’ 
  ‘I believe that Helen will be … concerned at the last 
part of that message.’ 
  Johno forced up his eyebrows. ‘Not as concerned and 
confused as the fuckers listening in!’ 

background image

119 

  ‘You believe that British Intelligence can compromise 
our satellite phones?’ Otto asked, clearly concerned. 
  ‘No, that was his mobile. He dropped the satellite 
phone in a lake when he was fishing. Have to get him 
another one.’ 
  ‘I will take it out of his pay,’ Otto suggested, straight-
faced. 
 

‘What are you … Swiss?’ 

 

 
Johno found Helen in the restaurant playing chess against 
Diaz, Casper playing against Thomas. ‘Who’s winning?’ 
  ‘Casper’s very good,’ Thomas whispered, not taking 
his eyes off his board. 
  ‘And this good lady is quite a tactical thinker, 
somewhat aggressive at times,’ Diaz said, looking up and 
smiling formally at Johno. 
 

‘Anyone want anything?’ Johno quietly asked. 

  Helen raised a finger whilst studying the board. ‘Hot 
chocolate, small slice of Napoleon.’ 
  ‘I’m afraid I’m rather full – curry night!’ Diaz 
informed him. 
  ‘Bugger, I missed it,’ Johno let out, ordering Helen’s 
refreshments. 
 

‘Busy man,’ Diaz noted, returning to the boards. 

  Johno sat next to Thomas, facing Diaz. ‘We just had 
some experts check out some old timber trunks.’ Casper 
lifted his head. Johno continued, ‘Turned out to be 
sixteenth or seventeenth century.’ 
 

‘Never mind,’ Diaz whispered, eyes on the board as he 

moved a piece. 
  ‘We did find some old Jewish stuff, seventeen 
hundreds, piece in your room,’ Johno quietly told Casper. 
 

‘I’ll have a look later,’ the Israeli offered. 

 

‘Don’t tell the Pope,’ Johno whispered. 

background image

120 

 

‘I heard that,’ Diaz quipped. 

  ‘Check mate,’ Casper informed a dejected Thomas, a 
fatherly gaze at the lad. 
 

Johno told the boy, ‘You learn more from losing, than 

you do from winning,’ Johno himself being carefully 
studied by Diaz. 
  Casper stood. ‘Do you want to show me this … 
whatever it is?’ 
 

Johno said: ‘Wooden carving.’ 

  As they stepped out Diaz watched them go with 
interest, Diaz himself being carefully assessed by Helen. 
 

‘He doesn’t take sides,’ she suggested, returning to the 

board. ‘He’ll see the pieces in play in front of him, then 
he’ll make his choices.’ 
  ‘A field commander,’ Diaz suggested. ‘I believe your 
Wellington was the same.’ 
  ‘He was once on a mission to Bosnia – Johno, not 
Wellington – and it was all carefully planned –’ She 
moved a piece. ‘- but when he got there, the field he was 
supposed to sneak across was flooded, so he went around. 
From the opposite side of the field he could see the old 
minefield signs.’ 
 ‘Lucky.’ 
  ‘Yes,’ she let out slowly. ‘He is … a very lucky man, 
when it comes to surviving. Check.’ 
 

They made eye contact. 

 

* * * 

 
Casper lifted the lid off the box. Frowning strongly, he 
lifted the heavy item then gasped, collapsing backwards. 
Fortunately the bed was there, Johno making no effort to 
move Casper’s way, or to assist. Casper slid to the floor, 
his back against the bed. 
 

‘You’ll need to keep this quiet.’ 

 

‘You know what this is?’ Casper gasped. 

background image

121 

  ‘I don’t give a fuck what it is,’ Johno coldly stated, 
Casper turning his head. ‘It’s not about to find a cure for 
cancer, stop any wars … or bring back Afros and disco. 
And there’s a condition that comes with that.’ 
 

‘A … condition?’ 

  ‘Yeah, it don’t see the light of day for ten years. If 
that’s not agreeable it’s going in the fucking lake.’ 
  Casper reverently cradled the object; carved Cedar 
wood covered in inscribed silver plate, wrestling himself 
to his feet. ‘What do you mean?’ 
 

‘I mean, if you want to take that home to play with you 

keep it under wraps. Jewish eyes on, no TV.’ 
  Casper stared at the object, gently nodding to himself. 
‘I do not think our scholars will have a problem with that.’ 
 

‘Best frigging verify it’s real first –’ 

  ‘No, no need for that, I was hoping for this piece, I 
know it well. These words could only be faked by a very 
small, select group. Even the style of the characters is as 
expected.’ 
 

‘Fine. Go stick it in your cupboard.’ Johno turned. 

 

‘Thank you,’ Casper offered. 

 

Johno stopped. ‘Before you pop back upstairs, take the 

stupid smirk off – Diaz will be jealous.’ 
  Casper took a quick step towards Johno. ‘You have 
more?’ 
  ‘They’ll be shipped out tomorrow. If you’re here after 
that you’ll be killed in the crossfire.’ 
  Casper shot Johno a horrified look. ‘You will be 
attacked?’ 
 

‘Unless we do some attacking first. But, if all goes tits-

up, it’ll be frigging Armageddon around here.’ 

 

* * * 

 
Helen stepped into the dungeon an hour later, Johno 
mellowing on the sofa after three pints, ‘Legends of 

background image

122 

Disco’ playing in the background. She poured herself a 
wine and sat opposite. And waited. 
  ‘Her Majesties Government know what they need to 
know,’ Johno softly informed her without making eye 
contact. 
 

‘How?’ she asked, none too worried by the revelation. 

  ‘Kev’s phone was bugged, so I made a point of 
dropping in a few hints.’ 
 

She nodded before sipping her wine. 

  Now he faced her. ‘So, why are you staying … slack 
draws?’ 
  ‘Your obvious charm and turn of phrase.’ He waited, 
sipping his beer. She finally said, ‘I was heading here 
before General Rose came around to my house. As I told 
you before, I wasn’t ready to give up my job. Besides, 
nothing left for me there.’  

She ran a finger around the rim of her glass. ‘It looks a 

bit odd on your CV – former head of SIS. Not that many 
people willing to give us jobs. Best I could hope to do 
would be to write technical books, or join the Strategic 
Services Institute, play war games and scenarios, write up 
reports.’ 
  She peered into her glass. ‘It’s a great height to fall 
from. No … net.’ 
  ‘You could still work here and not put up with me,’ 
Johno offered, a slight smirk evident. 
  She couldn’t resist a brief, broad smile into her glass. 
‘And I like Thomas.’ 
 

‘Well, reason enough to stay then!’ 

 

She continued to study the inside of her glass. ‘And … 

I like being treated like a princess. Mike never quite knew 
how to deal with me, he often thought that I wanted a … a 
new highbrow book on some military campaign, when 
what I wanted was a hug – and the occasional good shag.’ 
 

Johno laughed. ‘You can’t say shag, you’re a lady.’ 

background image

123 

  She raised her gaze to him. ‘And you’re … an 
insatiable animal in bed. A bonus that makes up for the 
face fungus.’ 
  Again Johno laughed, Thomas stepping in and 
tentatively sitting next to Helen. 
 

‘Is everything OK?’ the lad nervously enquired. 

  ‘Yeah, everything’s OK,’ Johno confirmed. ‘Apart 
from the smell.’ 
 

Thomas ran and put the extractors on. Coming back he 

said, ‘No security tonight?’ 
 

Johno squinted at him. ‘What do you mean?’ 

 

‘No troopers on the stairs.’ 

  With a puzzled, and annoyed look, Johno stepped to 
the stairwell and opened the door an inch. Two silenced 
shots registered immediately with Johno. ‘Under the bed,’ 
he whispered to Thomas, grabbing Helen and practically 
lifting her towards the snug. He closed his bedroom door, 
but it had no lock. Reaching under the bed he pulled off 
the dartboard, Thomas sliding down into the hole in a 
second.  
  ‘Legs first, eight foot drop,’ he whispered toward 
Helen, forcing her quickly towards the hole. She swivelled 
awkwardly around and dropped down, her fingers resting 
on the rim for a second before disappearing into the 
blackness. 
  Johno copied her move; sliding legs under first, legs 
down into the hole, body down, elbow out stopping 
himself from falling, bed adjusted, dartboard grabbed, a 
hand on the side, dartboard over, light gone. 
  ‘Look out,’ he whispered into the pitch-blackness, 
dropping down a second later. 
 

 

background image

124 

The gunman entered the dungeon on his stomach, pistol 
with silencer in his hand, the stairwell’s lights now out. He 
stopped, listening more than looking. 
 

A minute later he was concerned. For the three of them 

to remain silent would be unusual; Johno was special 
forces trained, but Helen and the boy were not. He eased 
up, sweeping the room with his pistol. 
  A quick look to the right, into the firing range. Clear. 
The gym was brightly lit, and no way out, so was 
discounted. The sauna could have steam, so the snug 
seemed the first option. He stepped silently forwards, 
noting the half-drunk beer glass and the split wine glass – 
pointing towards the snug. He smiled. 
  Stepping silently he reached the door. Back to the 
stone wall, he opened the door with a foot, knowing 
exactly the layout and dimensions of the rooms. He 
waited, an ear to the breeze caused by the extractors, his 
nostrils full of a pungent odour. Puzzling the smell took 
many seconds.  

It was oddly quiet. In he stepped; toilet ahead, 

showers, Johno’s room, finally Thomas’ room - converted 
from a store area. 
 

With his back to the toilet wall he retrieved a small CS 

gas canister, nudged the door with his foot, clicked the top 
of the canister and dropped it in as it started hissing, the 
thick wooden door closing. He waited. Beyond a minute 
he was sure that the woman and the boy would be 
screaming. 
  Next, Johno’s room. He tapped the door with the end 
of his silencer. No response, no sounds, another CS gas 
canister tossed inside. Another minute and he was starting 
to doubt himself. Stepping quickly back to the main room 
he stopped and listened, half out of the doorway. Nothing. 
He turned, stepping silently to Thomas’s room, another 
knock at the door greeted by silence, another CS canister 
thrown in. 

background image

125 

 

Now he was genuinely starting to doubt himself. Back 

in the dungeon he ran quickly to the sauna area, time 
against him. Checking the empty cubicles, easily viewed 
by the clear glass, he quickly eliminated this room. 
  Back in the dungeon he considered a secret passage, 
secure in the knowledge that there wasn’t one. Staring 
again at the spilt wine glass he cursed, rushing up the 
steps. 
 
Johno clicked his lighter on and showed the way. ‘Stay 
close,’ he whispered. 
 

With Helen placing one hand on Johno’s shoulder, one 

hand holding Thomas, they pressed forwards into the dark. 
They ducked under the first arch, past the treasure and into 
the corridor. 
  ‘That next room is where the files were,’ Johno 
whispered. ‘Behind us is the treasure.’ 
  Johno took a long five minutes to re-locate the 
stairwell. They stepped slowly up, still holding onto each 
other. At the blocked end of the stairwell Johno could hear 
cars. 
  ‘This is the courtyard,’ he whispered. ‘It’s a thin wall 
by the sound of it, but everyone will know where the 
treasure is.’ He turned to face Helen. 
 

‘What about the flooded cave?’ Thomas suggested. 

  ‘I’m not dressed for a flooded cave!’ Helen forcefully 
whispered. ‘Knock a hole through there and sound the 
damn alarm!’ 
  Johno lifted his phone and pressed green. ‘Hello? 
Hello? No good.’ He pocketed it. 
  ‘There is another steel door,’ Thomas said. ‘Mister 
Grey told me about it. I know the way.’ 
  ‘Johno, you two may enjoy this stuff – I’m 
claustrophobic! Open a damn hole.’ 
 

‘If I do, the mole knows about the treasure here!’ 

background image

126 

 ‘That 

… 

mole just tried to kill us! It sounded like he 

shot one of the guards, who might still be alive.’ 
  Johno stared at her outline, her concerned features 
illuminated by the flickering lighter flame. He let out a 
breath then shoulder butted the wall, making a dent and 
loosening a brick. With some of the bricks removed he 
could feel a layer of concrete. Loosening several bricks 
and letting them fall he made a hole two foot square. With 
a brick as a tool he smashed the concrete, immediately 
pushing his head forwards and into the light. 
  Placed right in front of the hole stood a white board, 
duty rota shifts displayed, and preventing anyone from 
seeing him. He pushed his head through, an elbow and 
then finally his phone. ‘This is Johno. Alarm, lock down, 
no staff leave, mobile phone jammers now!’ 
  An alarm sounded, the clatter of boots on tarmac 
sounding as ready squads ran in or out. 
  Into the phone he quietly stated, ‘Ready squads to the 
dungeon! Intruder! Intruder! Doctor to the dungeon.’ He 
took a breath, easing back in. ‘Give it a while, they’ll get 
to the dungeon.’ 
  ‘They must know!’ Helen whispered. ‘Basel is onto 
us!’ 
  ‘Maybe. Maybe it was Diaz with some inside help, 
pissed off about the treasure. Casper could have got 
noticed.’ His phone crackled. Moving closer to the hole he 
could hear, ‘Johno, it’s Grey, where are you?’ 
 

‘Cave exit, courtyard.’ 

  ‘Bilbo’s mate, Dave, is dead, Mark critical. You got 
Helen and Thomas with you?’ 
 ‘Yeah, 

we’re 

fine.’ 

 

‘Dungeon is full of tear gas.’ 

  ‘Put the extractors on. Oh, and have the courtyard 
cameras turned off, then come out to us.’ 
 

background image

127 

Five minutes later Johno helped Helen step across a pile of 
bricks and into Grey’s arms, Thomas next. Stepping out he 
met the ready squad, most of whom knew about the cave. 
‘We two men down?’ he sombrely asked. They nodded. 
  Mavo said, ‘Someone knocked off the cameras near 
the dungeon, and the stairwell, don’t know how the boys 
got caught off guard.’ 
  ‘Someone they knew,’ Johno suggested. ‘Or someone 
they didn’t fear.’ 
  Otto stepped up to them, flanked by guards. ‘You 
are… OK?’ 
  Johno nodded, deep in thought. ‘Lock down, no one 
goes out.’ 
  ‘It has been arranged. Whoever did this is still here. 
We are going over the tapes, but some have been erased.’ 
 

‘A junior manager,’ Johno stated. 

 

Otto reluctantly nodded. ‘They may know our plans.’ 

 

‘Doubt it,’ Johno stated. ‘This might be about the files, 

someone might have seen the one I gave you.’ 
  ‘Or someone further at the Society is also a traitor,’ 
Otto suggested as they turned and headed inside. 
  Johno thumbed towards the hole. ‘Seal that up, four 
guards at all times.’ 
 

Otto lifted his phone and gave the order. 

 
On the companionway Johno stopped at the top of the 
main stairs. ‘Your attention please.’ He waited. ‘We’re on 
lock-down, with all outgoing mobile calls jammed, and 
other calls monitored, because someone here –’ He 
pointed. ‘- is a traitor.’ 
 

Staff glanced at each other. 

  ‘No one goes home till we say. If you need to contact 
family, write the message and give it to Claus. Make 
yourselves comfortable, ladies and gentlemen – we have a 
spy to catch.’ 

background image

128 

  He slumped into his usual chair in Helen’s office, 
Thomas next to him. Helen sat in the desk chair, 
examining her dirty hands and suit, Otto sat off to one side 
as she ordered refreshments. 
  Grey stepped in a minute later. ‘What the hell 
happened?’  
 

‘Lucky that hole was there,’ Johno let out. ‘Otherwise, 

a shootout.’ 
 

‘You had your weapon?’ Grey queried. ‘And the kid’s 

armed like Al Capone!’ 
 

Johno made strong eye contact. ‘Yes, and baggage.’ 

 

‘That would be me,’ Helen noted without looking up. 

 

Bilbo stepped in, his look piercing Johno like a knife. 

 

Johno stood and stepped slowly around to him. After a 

moment he offered, ‘Sorry.’ 
  ‘The boys knew the risk, but I want this fucker,’ he 
growled.  
  ‘Take a fucking number and get in line,’ Johno 
whispered. ‘Get back out there, stay sharp – no mistakes 
tonight
!’ 
  Bilbo took in the faces as he withdrew, a long hard 
look at the command staff from the companionway. 
  Johno faced Otto. ‘Draw up a list of everyone here, 
then don’t try and prove which one did it, try and prove 
where each one was at the time, leaving just who’s left.’ 
Otto stood back up. Johno wagged a finger. ‘Do it 
yourself, trust no one!’ 
  For the first time in memory, Otto loosened his tie 
before he stepped out. 
 

Johno turned to Grey. ‘Where was Diaz?’ 

  ‘I’ve been watching him like a hawk. He and Casper 
were playing chess, arguing like hell – good twenty 
minutes before the alarm went off. But he sure as hell ain’t 
no cardinal.’ 
 

‘What do you mean?’ Johno asked. 

background image

129 

 

‘I’ve watched the way he walks, holds himself. I’d say 

he’s special ops’ for certain. Seen his hands.’ 
 

‘Yes,’ Helen put in. ‘Not an academic’s hands. But he 

was supposed to be an archaeologist, so maybe the work 
hardened them.’ 
 

‘Cardinals don’t dig, they supervise,’ Grey suggested. 

  Johno made eye contact with Grey, tipping his head 
towards the door. ‘Baby-sit our friend. Send down 
Casper.’ 
 

background image

130 

Traitor in our midst 

 

 
Casper appeared as Helen and Johno sipped fresh coffee. 
 

‘Have a seat,’ Johno curtly suggested. 

 

Casper sat. ‘Problem?’ 

 

‘Where was Diaz for the last half hour?’ 

 

‘For that time, with me and Mr Grey in the restaurant. 

Why, what has happened?’ 
 

‘Someone just killed a friend of mine, a second man is 

critical and someone came for us three,’ Johno explained. 
 ‘My 

God.’ 

 

‘I’m shipping you out now, it’s not safe.’ 

 

‘And the … artefacts?’ 

  Johno angered quickly. ‘What’s more important to 
you, your life or the fucking baubles?’ 
  Casper stiffened. ‘The baubles, as you put it. They 
have been missing a long time. If it’s my life for them, 
then fine.’ 
  Johno stared his disbelief at Casper. He leant across 
and hit the phone. ‘Send in Claus.’ 
  When Claus arrived Johno ordered, ‘I want Casper 
taken down to the treasure, tag what’s Jewish, move it out 
immediately, heavy escort. He’ll be going with it, Zurich 
flight, Gulfstream or Learjet. Stand ready to move the rest 
of the treasure tonight. And I want four troopers taking 
Casper to the airport.’ 
 

Claus gestured Casper towards the door. 

 

Casper stood. ‘Good luck.’ 

  ‘Yeah, whatever,’ Johno said with a wave. With his 
head lowered and a studious look taking hold, he turned to 
Thomas. ‘When you came to the dungeon, before the 
shooting, there was no one there?’ 
 ‘No.’ 
 

‘What about in the foyer?’ 

background image

131 

  ‘I think there were people behind the desk, moving 
something.’ 
  Johno made eye contact with Helen. ‘The gunman 
slipped past when they were distracted, waited in the 
stairwell, fired up when they returned.’ 
 

‘Would they both go like that?’ she queried. 

  ‘No, not even if Otto ordered them to. One would 
stay.’ He stared at the doorway, a heavy frown still firmly 
in place. ‘If someone they trusted, or fancied, asked them 
for help…’ 
 

‘Fancied?’ Helen repeated. ‘Oh, Frieserling’s assistant, 

very attractive.’ 
  He stood and walked quickly out, collecting the two 
troopers stood guard. At the junction of the foyer and the 
great hall he called the ready squad then stepped behind 
the foyer desk, Mr Frieserling and his assistant, Hilda, sat 
reading novels. They both now stood. 
 

‘May I help you, Herr Director?’ Frieserling offered. 

  Johno sat on a table opposite and stared at them, two 
troopers just inside the door, four looking over the 
reception desk. ‘Got some questions. Please, sit.’ He 
waited. ‘Did you move some furniture tonight?’ 
 

‘I do not believe so,’ Frieserling responded. 

  Hilda snapped her head around to him, a puzzled 
expression forming. ‘You forget, sir, we moved the desk.’ 
 

‘Why do you say that, no desk has been moved?’ 

 

Johno glanced at the troopers. Weapons were raised in 

sequence. ‘Hilda, did Mr Frieserling ask you to fetch the 
two soldiers to move a desk?’ 
 ‘Yes, 

sir.’ 

 

Frieserling jumped up, facing her. ‘That is not correct.’ 

 

‘Sit … the fuck … down!’ Johno growled. 

 Terrified, 

Frieserling 

sat. 

  ‘One of you is lying,’ Johno coldly stated. ‘We could 
torture both of you, but that might be … unfair.’ He stood 

background image

132 

and closed the gap. ‘Either of you been in the dungeon any 
time lately?’ 
 

‘No,’ was the common answer. 

  Johno nodded to himself, waving Frieserling up. 
Stepping closer Johno leant in and sniffed Frieserling. ‘An 
odd aftershave, Mr Frieserling. What do they call that … 
pond water fresh?’ He stepped back and sat. ‘What do you 
think a chemical analysis of you shoes and clothes will 
reveal?’ 
 

They waited, nothing forthcoming from Frieserling. 

  ‘Fetch Bilbo,’ Johno ordered, Bilbo appearing ten 
seconds later from the courtyard. 
 

Noticing the faces, and the looks, Bilbo focused on Mr 

Frieserling.’ 
  ‘I’ll give you one chance for a quick death,’ Johno 
offered Frieserling. 
  Hilda stepped off to one side as ‘Mr Freezer’ stood 
solid, frozen to the stop. He seemed more angered than 
afraid, trembling, Bilbo edging closer to him. 
  Johno let out a resigned sigh. ‘Take him to the chair 
room. Bilbo, your call.’ 
  Bilbo took down Frieserling with punch to the nose, 
troopers dragging the guest manager out. 
 

‘He was a traitor?’ Hilda gasped. ‘I knew him for five 

years!’ 
 

Johno faced her. ‘Search this place, look for the gun.’ 

 
Otto met Johno on the companionway. ‘Is it true?’ he 
asked. ‘Mr Frieserling?’ 
  Johno nodded, taking in the command staff going 
about their business. ‘He didn’t even try and defend 
himself. So I’m thinking Vatican again.’ 
  Otto sighed and faced the staff. ‘I will go through his 
record, but they seem to be very efficient.’ 

background image

133 

  ‘They’ve had a long time at it,’ Johno offered. ‘Him 
being in the foyer gave him a prime location, but why 
come after me now? What was he waiting for?’ 
  ‘The treasure has only just been admitted to,’ Otto 
suggested.  
  ‘Vatican knew all along where it was, we even 
suggested we’d give them the religious stuff. So why 
trigger him to go all Rambo now?’ 
 

‘Perhaps he was Basel, he must have seen the file.’ 

  ‘I got someone else in mind,’ Johno enigmatically 
suggested. ‘We’ll see.’ 
 

‘Sir! Gunfire in Herr Beesely’s room!’ 

  They both turned and ran, troopers following; up two 
flights of stairs and to the second door on the left. With his 
pistol drawn Johno opened the door, a dead nurse slumped 
against the left wall, blood spatter up the wall. 
 

‘It’s OK!’ Beesely shouted. 

  They burst in, Johno and Otto followed by two 
troopers. Beesely sat in his wheelchair, pistol in his right 
hand. 
  ‘What the hell happened?’ Johno asked, holstering his 
pistol as he studied the dead nurse, counting at least six 
gunshot wounds. 
 

‘When she drew a pistol and started to casually fix the 

silencer … I figured I should do something. Silly cow 
didn’t realise a kept a pistol under the blanket on my lap.’ 
  Johno and Otto closed in on him, Otto kneeling and 
holding Beesely’s arm.  
  ‘We just rumbled Mr Freezer,’ Johno informed 
Beesely. 
  ‘Never liked him,’ Beesely grumbled. Loudly he 
ordered, ‘Move the damn body before she bleeds all over 
my carpet.’ The troopers dragged her out, closing the door. 
‘That’ll need a wash down,’ Beesely casually noted, 
pointing at the wall. 
 

‘We shall move you to another room –’ Otto began. 

background image

134 

  ‘Pah! She doesn’t bother me, nor the blood. Sort it 
later.’ He made eye contact with Johno, smiling. ‘Survived 
another night!’ 
  ‘Night’s not over yet, and I just survived another 
attempt.’ 
  ‘I heard. Still, the teargas will kill the smell of the 
caves, eh? And your socks!’ 
  Johno laughed, pouring out a whisky. He handed it to 
Beesely, who now took a sip. 
 

‘So, that all of them?’ Beesely asked. 

 

‘Doubt it,’ Johno offered. ‘Mr Freezer might talk, your 

stiff won’t.’ He lifted his phone as Otto stood. ‘This is 
Johno. All staff other than managers are to turn off their 
mobiles, placing them into an envelope with their names 
on and then given to Claus. All admin staff are to hand in 
their weapons, except managers. All weapons are to be 
checked. Everyone is then to be searched, and everyone 
going in or out is searched each time. Ta, love.’ 
  Beesely offered Johno a concerned look. ‘Can you 
bring forwards your plan?’ 
 

‘So so. The list is incomplete.’ 

  ‘Two hundred so far,’ Otto explained as he stood and 
straightened his suit, ‘but some are obviously 
questionable. We may well kill people who seem to be 
linked, but are not.’ 
  ‘So we need more time,’ Johno admitted. ‘I need one 
of the top table, then he can lead us to the rest.’ 
  ‘Many off the old list are dead, sons running the 
business,’ Otto suggested. 
  ‘Euro-Freemasons are hereditary!’ Beesely pointed 
out. 
  ‘Then perhaps two hundred and fifty,’ Otto informed 
them. 
  ‘Three hundred and fifty-two actual members,’ Johno 
explained. ‘And that’s up to date.’ He grabbed Beesely’s 
glass and took a sip before handing it back. 

background image

135 

Beesely took another sip. ‘Got some work to do then, 

boys.’ 
 

Johno lifted his head to Otto. ‘Now it’s out in the open, 

all out crossing check, all staff on it.’ 
  Otto touched Beesely’s arm, offering an encouraging 
smile before he left. 
 

 
Johno ambled back into Helen’s office ten minutes later. 
Helen now sat with Otto, earnestly going through the list, 
both computers powered up and working, his laptop from 
home sat on the desk next to two other laptops, all now 
scrolling through bits of information as various computer 
programmes ran. ‘That looks complicated,’ Johno 
mentioned as he sat. 
  ‘The patterns are there, in the data,’ Helen responded, 
still focussed on a screen. ‘We’ve devised a points system, 
so that those more … well, rich and powerful – and 
influential – plus old, are at the top, younger, less well-off 
individuals at the bottom.’ 
  ‘Seems about right,’ Johno offered. ‘Can we get all 
managers in ‘ere?’ 
  Helen hit the phone, calling the managers. When 
assembled, Mavo and his buddy stepped inside, carefully 
observing the mangers. 
  ‘OK, boys and girls,’ Johno began. ‘We’re at crisis 
point. All of us, and I mean – all of us, are in danger from 
the Basel Group. Is there … anyone not familiar with the 
Basel Group?’ 
 

None of the managers responded, many sat with heads 

lowered, looking to Johno a little ashamed and 
embarrassed now that the name was out in the open. 
  ‘OK, then. Moving on. We should have, by now, 
collected in all mobile phones and weapons. Has that been 
done?’ 

background image

136 

  They confirmed it had been, Claus indicating that the 
phones were under lock and key in a cabinet, and that 
mobile boosters had been switched off, outside lines 
restricted and monitored carefully. Radio scanners were 
also in operation outside. 

‘OK,’ Johno began with a sigh. ‘We have the files that 

Basel wants and, hopefully by now, they know that we 
have them. If not, tomorrow they will, I’ll make sure of 
that. We also have a list of original members of the Group 
and the companies they founded. That, boys and girls, 
gives us the heart of their operation. 

‘What these computer … thingys –’ He made brief eye 

contact with Helen. ‘- are doing, is cross-matching that list 
with others, to see who’s connected and who the present 
day members are. When we have that list, if it takes a day 
or a week, we’ll act against them. In the short-term I need 
every computer expert we have working on these lists. 
When we have a name they need to be checked to see just 
who they are - and whether or not we believe that the 
people outside of the main list - are actually Basel 
members. You can eliminate the British and Americans, 
probably the Russians too. 

‘But make no mistake, boys and girls, if we don’t get 

that list accurate we’ll probably be destroyed, all of us 
ending up in jail or shot - as Max Blaum put it.’ 

A manager raised his pen. ‘I have ordered in five of 

our best computer programmers, they will be here in ten 
minutes.’ 

‘Good,’ Johno offered. ‘What else can we do?’ 
Otto eased his head forwards. ‘When we are ready, 

when we have finalised the list as much as possible, we 
can cross-match against the police and Interpol files.’ 

‘Which Basel will see straight away, yeah?’ Johno 

asked. 

Otto reluctantly nodded, looking dejected. 

background image

137 

Helen faced Otto. ‘Can we get an old magnetic tape 

backup of Interpol’s records, say … from six months 
ago?’ 

‘I believe so,’ Otto offered. 
‘Try it then,’ Johno encouraged. ‘Our priority must be 

travel databases. They’re spread from Portugal to Italy, so 
when they meet-up some must fly. That destination we 
need … their meeting place.’ 

Otto explained, ‘Up until twenty years ago they met in 

Basel, the border of Germany, France and Switzerland – 
for obvious reasons. Then Gunter forced them out, so they 
were believed to have met just across the border in 
Strasbourg.’ 
 

Johno nodded. ‘So let’s get as many of the hotel details 

there as we can, flights in and out of Strasbourg, trains, 
border crossing logs, whatever we can.’ 
  Helen put in, ‘There seems to have been bi-annual 
meetings in Malta in the past six years.’ 
  Johno gave it some thought. ‘Vatican has some 
operations on Malta, that’s why I spooked them with my 
dummy flight there. So, all hotels in Malta as well, and 
flights relating to those dates. If everyone gets added to 
the database, then ranked as Helen and Otto are already 
doing, we should pick up the bodyguards as well.’ 
  Otto offered, ‘I will alter the parameters to look for 
them, since they will have no shareholdings, but will be 
present amongst the travel databases.’  
 

Johno’s satellite vibrated, starting to chirp in ascending 

tones. ‘Yeah’ 
 ‘It’s 

Bilbo.’ 

 

‘Did he talk?’ 

  ‘Yeah, French Secret Service, so was the nurse that 
took a shot at Beesely.’ 
 

‘As I figured. OK, good work, head back.’ He hung up. 

Facing Otto said, ‘Mr Freezer was DGSE.’ 

background image

138 

  The managers glanced at each other, a few whispers 
exchanged. 
  ‘Then they know about the files, and the Templar 
treasure,’ Otto surmised. 
  ‘The files are not much harm to them,’ Johno quietly 
stated. ‘All the big French companies are state owned, not 
many on the list.’ He sighed. ‘No, I think they’d like the 
treasure back.’ 
  ‘Should we not give them some of it?’ a manager 
tentatively asked. ‘We do not want to take on the French 
Government.’ 
  ‘Best have a chat with ‘em, then,’ Johno lightly 
suggested, a smile for the female manager who suggested 
it. ‘First, we send them a calling card, since they were kind 
enough to try and kill us. I want the bodies of Mr Freezer 
and the nurse dropped from a helicopter onto the DGSE 
headquarters, Paris. And tonight.’ 
 

Otto stiffen, clearly concerned. 

  ‘That’ll get their attention,’ Helen softly stated in 
disapproving tones, staring wide-eyed at the desk. 
  ‘It’ll also let them know that we’re onto them, so 
they’ll be concerned – about just what we know,’ Johno 
insisted. ‘They don’t want to get caught anymore than we 
do!’ He took a big breath. ‘OK. Anyone want to add 
anything?’ 
  A manager raised a finger. ‘I took the liberty of 
drawing up a list from our sources, and other police 
databases, of suspected or known assassins and hired 
gunmen. There are thirty-seven of a reliable nature, if that 
is not a contradiction in terms, that could be paid to assist, 
should we need them.’ 
  ‘Good, more the better,’ Johno enthused. ‘What’s our 
total number of people who can shoot?’ 
  ‘I believe we could reach five hundred using our 
guards and security staff,’ Claus stated.  

background image

139 

 

‘Fine. Put them into groups of two, but I want our best 

agents in groups of three, plus a set of twelve groups of 
five. Ready them to move out day after tomorrow if we’re 
on schedule and still breathing. Which reminds me.’ He 
lifted his phone. ‘Elle Rosen, Mossad.’ He waited. 
 

‘Johno?’ came from his phone ten seconds later. 

  ‘Yeah, listen. Hardware, Zug, fast as you can, private 
airstrip.’ 
  ‘It’s already in Europe, Netherlands, we’ll move it 
now.’ 
  ‘Thanks. No bill here, be sorted in Panama.’ He hung 
up. 
 

‘Something?’ Otto enquired. 

  ‘New hardware, thousand pistols with silencers, 
untraceable, plus assorted ammo – glass, Perspex, sugar-
crystal. If our people go after Basel we’ll try – at least – to 
have nothing tracking back here.’ 
  Otto nodded his approval, a glance at Claus, who also 
seemed to approve of the idea. 
  Johno said, ‘Right, tomorrow we try and take control 
of Encosol.’ He made a face. ‘Where are their bleeding 
headquarters?’ 
 

‘Genoa,’ Claus informed him. 

  ‘Could drive there,’ Johno mumbled, thinking aloud. 
Lifting his head and talking louder he said, ‘OK, that’s our 
first nudge at them, hopefully getting me in front of their 
top table.’ 
 

‘For what … purpose, exactly?’ Otto enquired. 

 

‘See who they are, sound them out, identify them, get a 

feel for them.’ 
  ‘See the pieces in play,’ Helen stated without looking 
up. 
  ‘Yep. Then I’ll make a final choice.’ He stood. ‘So, 
let’s get those lists cracked, yeah?’ 
 

The managers stood and filed out, Claus being the last 

manager out and closing the door. Johno grabbed a biscuit 

background image

140 

off the desk as Otto returned to his computer software 
endeavours. 
  ‘If Basel are aware of any of this,’ Helen warned. 
‘They’ll move first.’ 
 

Standing, Johno faced Otto. ‘What could they do, other 

than another attack on this place – which would take days 
to arrange?’ 
 Otto 

considered 

Basel’s 

options. ‘Their best hope 

would be to expose us in the newspapers, which would 
mean the Swiss Parliament asking some difficult 
questions–’ 
 

‘Which would mean Max Blaum would have no choice 

but to shut us down,’ Johno finished off. ‘Fine, we can 
counter that with hard cash. Warn every newspaper 
contact we have, tell them they can spend whatever they 
want this week to suppress stories about us. Basel 
probably own some of these papers, but are they daft 
enough to waste that much money?’ 
  Otto lifted his phone and stepped to the end of the 
room. 
  ‘You OK?’ Johno softly asked Helen, sitting on the 
edge of the desk and facing her. 
  She eased back, rested her head on the chair and 
swivelled it as she thought. ‘You seem to forget why I’m 
here.’ 
  Johno lifted an eyebrow. ‘My charm and turn of 
phrase?’  
 

Helen fought back a smile. ‘Besides that. If it’s a fight 

with Basel, I’m in all the way. They took Sophie … and 
wrecked my life.’ 
 

Johno sighed. ‘That seems like a long time ago.’ 

 

‘Not to me,’ she pointedly replied. 

 

‘Not to worry, old man Gunter did his homework. He’s 

given us all the aces against these fucks – everything is 
stacked in our favour, except their connections to 

background image

141 

European politicians. And I’m sure he could have taken 
them down before.’ 
 

Helen puzzled that statement. ‘So why didn’t he?’ 

 

‘Probably not daft enough to do what I’m about to do,’ 

Johno said with a grin. 
 ‘What 

… 

we’re about to do.’ 

 

He tipped his head in agreement as Otto returned. 

  ‘Johno, Helen and I have some work … if you don’t 
mind. Computer thingy work.’ 
  Johno turned his head from Otto to Helen. ‘That’s 
what I like about the Swiss, very polite when it comes to 
telling you to fuck off.’ 

 

* * * 

 
Two DGSE security guards, stood at a gate at the rear of 
the DGSE Headquarters in Noisy-le-Sec, Paris, jumped 
out of their guard station when they heard what they 
thought was a car crash. Glancing around the well-lit car 
park a second noise caught their attention, causing the two 
men to run towards it through a light drizzle. 
 

They stopped dead after ten yards and stared, finding a 

naked woman embedded into a car, its alarm sounding, its 
hazard lights flashing; the roof had collapsed, the windows 
blown out. They lifted their radios and screamed for 
assistance as they ran to the second car, who’s alarm was 
now noisily protesting being disturbed. 
  They discovered a man’s body, covered in blood, 
along with unusual red and purple burn marks. He lay face 
down, head and shoulders through the Mercedes 
windscreen as a fine, misty rain gently fell onto the surreal 
scene. 
 

background image

142 

Anglo-French relations 

 

 
Max Blaum sat waiting in Helen’s office with the French 
Ambassador at 7am, Johno having been woken at 6.30am 
by Claus. Otto stepped in first, greeting the Ambassador 
and ordering the sombre looking diplomat a coffee. 
  Johno stepped in a moment later with Helen, his dear 
lady partner looking far more awake and refreshed than he 
did. Helen sat off to one side, Johno taking the lead in this 
meeting. He sat and calmly ordered coffees for himself, 
Helen and Otto. Finally, he faced the Ambassador, the 
same man that had been present during Luchenkov’s 
attack. ‘So, what brings you down here again?’ 
  ‘Some difficult questions, Herr Johno,’ the 
Ambassador unhappily stated as Beesely motored himself 
in. 
  ‘Survived another night,’ Beesely said to no one in 
particular. ‘No more French Secret Service agents trying 
to kill me!’ He manoeuvred around to be sat facing the 
Ambassador. 
   The French Ambassador offered Beesely a puzzled 
frown. ‘Did you say … French Secret Service trying to kill 
you?’ 
   ‘Yes. Isn’t that why you are here – to apologise and 
hand over the culprits who sent them?’ 
  ‘Culprits?’ the Ambassador repeated. ‘I have no 
knowledge of such an … absurd allegation.’ 
  Beesely turned to Johno. ‘Someone hasn’t had their 
coffee this morning!’ 
 

The Ambassador stared indignantly at Johno. ‘What is 

going on? I am here because two members of your staff 
were found dead in Paris last night, at the Headquarters of 
the DGSE.’ 
 

‘Really?’ Johno asked. ‘How did they die?’ 

background image

143 

 

‘Not least, a fall from an aeroplane!’ The Ambassador 

was getting louder. 
  Johno inched his head around to Otto. ‘I thought we 
used a helicopter?’ 
 

‘We did,’ Otto stated, Blaum sat wide-eyed, but silent. 

‘Please, Ambassador, everything is in the detail. Try and 
be accurate.’ 
  The Ambassador looked like he might explode with 
rage. ‘Try and be accurate!’ he repeated through clenched 
teeth. ‘You murdered two people and dropped them from a 
helicopter in Paris!’ 
 

‘Well,’ Johno sighed. ‘They were your people. Be a bit 

odd to drop them … what … in Berlin.’ 
 ‘Our 

people?’ 

  ‘Yeah, they were DGSE - long-term sleeper agents,’ 
Johno explained, enjoying the diplomat’s pained 
expression. ‘Last night one tried to kill me, another 
Beesely. We have a videotaped confession, naming names 
on your side, plus contact phone numbers, dead-letter 
drops, addresses of safe houses in Paris. We could send it 
to the world’s media if you like.’ 
  The Ambassador took a breath and calmed himself. ‘I 
have no knowledge of any link between these … people, 
and our security services.’ 
 

‘Keeping you in the dark, are they?’ Beesely enquired, 

a slight grin evident. 
  The look on the Ambassador’s face suggested his did 
not entirely disagree with that assessment. 
  Johno eased forwards, resting his arms on the desk. 
‘Look, mate, nothing personal, but since you are just a 
dumb messenger boy –’ The Ambassadors eyebrows shot 
up. ‘- why don’t you arrange for a senior figure in your 
security services to pop around and have a chat, eh? I’m 
sure we can clear it all up, there and then.’ He stood and 
waited. 

background image

144 

  The Ambassador glanced unhappily at Blaum, stood 
up and then and stormed out.  
  Blaum stood, closed in on the desk and whispered, 
‘The amount of money being offered by the Swiss 
diplomatic core for your death is growing by the day!’ He 
turned and trotted quickly after the French Ambassador. 
  Beesely manoeuvred around in his wheelchair till he 
was square to Johno, a cautious, if not concerned look. 
  ‘Don’t worry,’ Johno offered. ‘Got an ace in the hole 
as far as the French are considered, just couldn’t tell him.’ 
 

‘Whilst we’re all hear, let’s get the war council sorted,’ 

Beesely suggested. 
 

Johno thumbed Helen towards her chair as he slumped 

into his usual seat. Otto called the managers, taking five 
minutes to assemble, many of the managers looking less 
than fresh for a change. 
 

‘So, where are we?’ Johno finally asked. 

  Claus answered, ‘We believe we have ninety-percent 
of the list complete, plus thirty bodyguards.’ 
  ‘Good,’ Johno offered. ‘Right, today I want five of 
those bodyguards picked up and sent to the chair room. 
We need answers. And from the time we pick them up, not 
long to find those answers.’ The managers took notes. 
  ‘We have the voting rights, Saudi and Russian,’ Claus 
explained. ‘Should we give the Russians the Panels?’ 
  ‘Not yet, let’s see if they stick to their side of the 
bargain. They’ll wait a day or so. Right, what else?’ 
  ‘We have eleven percent of the shares in Encosol,’ 
Otto put in. ‘Enough to launch a bid by itself.’ 
 

Johno and Beesely exchanged grins. 

 

‘And with the Saudis and Russians?’ Johno asked. 

  ‘Almost twenty five percent, an unstoppable block,’ 
Otto explained. 
  Johno pointed towards Otto. ‘Fine, launch the bid 
faster than has ever been achieved in the history of bids. 

background image

145 

Set a new record, I want to be in there … sat on the board, 
today.’ 
  Otto tipped his head. ‘It will be, as you say, 
unprecedented, but not impossible. Our teams are standing 
by in Geno; solicitors, investment managers and security 
staff to replace those there. It will be… a shock for many, 
and will make the news of Europe today.’ 
  ‘Excellent,’ Johno loudly enthused. ‘The treasure 
moved out?’ 
  Claus explained, ‘Casper took a dozen pieces and has 
left Switzerland. Four boxes will be landing in Nova 
Scotia shortly, the remainder has been split and scattered 
to our vaults.’ 
  ‘So nothing left down there?’ Beesely asked, a little 
surprised. 
  ‘No,’ Claus informed the room. ‘The Arabic objects 
are in another vault.’ 
  ‘Open it up downstairs, clean it, check for other 
passages,’ Johno suggested. ‘Never know, there may be 
something valuable hidden!’ Many of the group laughed. 
  ‘Diaz still here?’ Helen asked Claus, who now 
responded with a quick nod. She faced Johno, a question 
in her look. 
  Johno shrugged then faced Claus. ‘Show him the 
empty vaults, tell him it has been moved elsewhere, send 
him off. Don’t show him the old files -’ 
 

‘They were burnt, sir,’ Claus cut in with. 

 

‘In which case, show him that room, tell him what was 

there – in detail, then send him off.’ 
 

‘What will that achieve?’ Beesely grumbled. 

 

‘Take the heat off this place, for one,’ Johno answered. 

‘Also, it’ll let them know we have the files, which should 
scare them silly. Hopefully, they get that news as we go 
play monopoly with Encosol in Genoa. Trust me, I learnt 
from the best.’ 
 

Otto smiled. ‘Carry a big stick, but talk softy.’ 

background image

146 

 

That earned a broad smile from Beesely. ‘We’re going 

to win this, boys.’ 
 

‘And girls,’ Helen softly added. 

  Thomas wandered in. ‘The dungeon smells OK now,’ 
he said as he went around to Johno. 
  ‘Good. Get on your computer, look-up a company 
called Encosol in Genoa, we’ll be going today hopefully. 
You can brief me.’ Thomas stepped back out. 
 

Claus put in, ‘Sir, we can do that for you?’ 

  Johno let out a loud, irritated sigh. ‘I’m doing it to 
make him feel involved.’ 
 

‘Ah, yes, sir. Sorry,’ Claus offered. 

  Johno made eye contact with Otto, a teasing smile. 
‘What’s the youngest age a board director can be?’ 
Everyone laughed. 
  ‘That’ll give them something to think about!’ Beesely 
loudly enthused. 
  Otto focused on Johno. ‘Do you do these thinks 
deliberately? Do you have a book of things that are certain 
to upset a Swiss banker? If we nominate Thomas as 
chairman everyone will know.’  
 

‘If we survive the end of this week we’ll worry about it 

then,’ Johno suggested. 
 

* * * 

 
‘Sir!’ Pepi’s aid loudly called as he stepped quickly 
forwards. 
  Pepi looked up from his breakfast, unhappy at being 
disturbed. 
 

‘Sir! A hostile takeover at Encosol!’ 

 

Pepi stood, staring incredulously at his assistant. ‘How 

is that possible? How is it possible that we did not know?’ 
 

‘Sir, it’s the International Bank of Zurich.’ 

 

‘K2!’ Pepi exploded, throwing down his napkin. 

background image

147 

  ‘They have secured the voting rights of the Russians 
and the Saudis.’ 
  Pepi turned and stared hard out of the window. ‘Have 
our people there remove any files that are -’ 
 

‘They can’t, sir.’ 

 

‘Can’t!’ Pepi roared. 

  ‘There are private security guards, lawyers and police 
outside the headquarters, at every exit, court orders to 
prevent the removal of files prior to a meeting of the board 
at 2pm today.’ 
  ‘Get my helicopter ready. Wait, what percentage do 
they have?’ 
  ‘Twenty-five percent, sir. Even with all of our 
associates we could not hope to match it.’ 
 

 
Johno, Thomas and Claus landed by helicopter on the roof 
of the Encosol building at 1.55pm, greeted by two 
unhappy looking security guards. Claus spoke to them in 
Italian and handed over a sheet of paper, but they already 
knew what to expect, directing the party downstairs. 
  An hour earlier the bank’s staff had descended on the 
Encosol offices en-masse, documents thrust into the faces 
of the security staff and managers as Encosol staff 
observed. Now, K2 bank staff made their presence felt in 
every office and department, the security staff being 
dismissed and replaced by Swiss private security staff 
from a branch of K2 in Genoa. The whole operation had 
been sewn up in little over fifteen minutes. 
  Led by the remaining company security guards, 
Johno’s party walked quickly down the stairs, two floors, 
and to the boardroom where the majority of the existing 
board now sat assembled, Pepi sat at the head of the table 
in the chairman’s seat. 

background image

148 

  Carrying a briefcase, Johno walked slowly around the 
large desk, taking in the faces of the men, circling the 
table once as Claus stood to one side. As Johno came back 
around he earned some odd stares for his meandering 
stroll. He stopped next to Pepi. ‘You appear to be in my 
seat.’ 
  Pepi stared up, smiling menacingly, easing up and 
moving to a vacant chair. 
 

‘Thomas,’ Johno called. 

  Thomas walked over and sat in the chair, spinning it 
once as the board observed.  

Johno eased down opposite Pepi and clicked open his 

briefcase. ‘Do you all speak English?’ he asked. They 
nodded, Pepi remain silent. Johno closed the lid of the 
briefcase and rested his arms on it. ‘I’d like to talk, nay 
negotiate, only with those who are part of a group that 
opposes my organisation.’ He waited. 

Pepi fiddled with his cigar. 
‘Feel free to light it if you wish, sir,’ Johno offered, 

Pepi surprised by the offer, the tone and the salutation. 

Pepi turned his head and asked five men of the nine 

present if they would not mind waiting outside for ten 
minutes. The men filed out, Johno’s briefcase camera 
filming those remaining. When the door closed Johno 
again opened the file and retrieved the solitary remaining 
Basel file, sliding the dirty old file across to his rival.  

Pepi knew what it was immediately, a glance at his 

colleagues. ‘And just what, Herr Director, would you like 
me to do … with that?’ 
  ‘Destroy it if you like, we have the rest,’ Johno 
offered. 
 

Again Pepi glanced at the other men. ‘Then you are in 

a… powerful position. The Swiss Government must be 
happy.’ 

background image

149 

  ‘They don’t know,’ Johno pointedly answered. ‘The 
files were shipped out, now being held outside 
Switzerland. As is the treasure.’ 
  Pepi slowly nodded to himself. ‘So, they were buried 
together after all.’ 
  ‘And Gunter never found them.’ Johno eased up, 
taking gold Templar coins from his pocket and handing 
them to the Basel members. 
  Pepi picked up and examined a coin. ‘Of course 
Gunter never found them, or he would have made 
problems for us. And what will you do with them?’ 
  Johno eased back into his chair. ‘Sell them to you, if 
you like.’ 
  ‘And why, knowing what they are and what they are 
worth, would you do that?’ 
 

‘Because you morons have me all wrong!’ 

 

Pepi blinked, straightening. 

  ‘I’m here to chat to you, to try and resolve any 
differences we have. That doesn’t mean we join forces and 
take long hot showers together.’ Again Pepi blinked. ‘It 
means that we avoid each other, whilst respecting the 
distance between us. You have your interests, we have 
ours.’ 
  Thomas pressed a button on the desk phone. ‘Can I 
have some lemonade, please. And some ice-cream.’ 
 

Pepi suppressed a laugh at Thomas. 

  ‘I wouldn’t laugh at him,’ Johno cautioned. ‘He’s the 
new chairman of the board.’ 
  Claus stepped across and handed Pepi a legal 
document, nominating Thomas as chairman. 
 

‘And that has been verified in court and lodged,’ Johno 

informed the group. ‘Be in all the papers today, complete 
with his photo.’ 
  ‘Sit up straight,’ Thomas told the Basel members, 
Claus closing his eyes for a moment. 

background image

150 

  ‘You … have a strange sense of humour,’ Pepi told 
Johno, a dangerous stare as Thomas span in the chair. 
‘You make a mockery of this company.’ 
  ‘It is mine, unless you want it back. Of course, if I 
stay, our forensic accountants will go through … 
everything.’ 
  ‘What is it you want, Herr Johno?’ Pepi finally 
demanded. 
  ‘Simple. I want to address your top-table, then to 
negotiate a peace. If that’s acceptable, we sign our voting 
rights back to you and leave. We also hand over the rest of 
those files, and some of the treasure, say … thirty 
percent.’ 
 

Pepi was taken by surprise, easing back and facing his 

colleagues. 
 

Johno’s phone rang. He lifted it. ‘Yeah?’ 

  ‘Sir, the Head of the French DGSE will be in Zug in 
one hour.’ 
 

‘OK, I’m flying straight back.’ He stood. 

 

‘Problems?’ Pepi coyly asked. 

  ‘French Government not happy about something. I 
think they want the Templar treasure back.’ 
 Pepi 

shrugged. 

‘Maybe 

you should give it to them.’ 

 

‘Maybe I’ll give it all to you, if we negotiate.’ 

 

Pepi stood, clearly puzzled by many things. 

 

Johno lifted his briefcase. ‘Thomas is in charge, and he 

has some ideas on global expansion … and clever ice-
cream making machines.’ 
  Johno led Claus out of the boardroom, back up to the 
helicopter pad, leaving the five Basel members staring at 
Thomas as he span in the chair. 

 

 

background image

151 

Helen grabbed Johno by the arm in the castle foyer, an 
angered look. ‘Where the hell is Thomas? You left him 
there!’ 
  Johno offered her two flat hands. ‘His idea. Quite a 
good one at that.’ She glared at him, waiting. ‘Look, he’s 
got his special Gameboy and a satellite tracker, he’ll be … 
just as safe as he is wandering around this place.’ 
 

She turned and stormed off, Johno and Claus following 

her towards command centre, uneasy glances exchanged. 

In Helen’s office they found Otto, Helen and Beesely 

sat opposite two new faces, Blaum sat alongside the 
guests. Unlike the meeting that morning with the French 
Ambassador Johno now took the time to greet both men, a 
firm handshake and a welcome in French. The visitors 
already had refreshments, so Johno sat without ordering 
more, Claus closing the door. 
  ‘The files you need, are there,’ Otto informed Johno, 
pointing at a group of files and papers. ‘I prepared the 
documents myself, no one else … has the detail.’ 
  Johno opened the folder and glanced at the contents, 
closing it and offering the visitors cold, formal smiles. ‘So, 
who do we have visiting us today?’ 
  The first man, dressed in a formal dark-blue suit and 
appearing to Johno to be in his early fifties, identified 
himself as Claude Ronson, the French Interior Minister 
himself. The second man, dressed in a more casual blazer 
and looking far more weather-beaten, introduced himself 
as Philippe Golon – no position of employment offered. 
  Johno took a breath and a glance at Beesely, who 
seemed concerned at what Johno might say or do. 
‘Gentlemen, let us get straight to the point, so that we 
don’t waste your valuable time. Do you have weak 
hearts?’ 
 

The French were puzzled.  

 

‘Weak … hearts?’ Ronson repeated. 

background image

152 

 

‘If I tell you something … very shocking, will it affect 

your hearts?’ Johno slowly and carefully asked. 
 

The French again glanced at each other and at Blaum. 

  ‘I do not believe so,’ Ronson firmly stated in a mildly 
impatient tone. 
  ‘Good then. So, just to give you a chance to surprise 
me, why are you here, gentlemen?’ 
  Ronson eased forwards slightly. ‘We are here because 
you have formally accused the French Government of … 
further attempts to either attack a Swiss banking facility or 
to harm you and your staff. Given previous … oversights 
on our behalf, relations with the Swiss have been set back. 
We are also here because it would … appear that two of 
your staff were murdered, then dropped from a helicopter 
onto the offices of the DGSE, Paris.’ 
 ‘No 

appeared about it,’ Johno stated. ‘They tried to 

kill us, we tortured and killed them, then dropped them in 
Paris to get your attention.’ 
  Both of the French straightened, clearly astonished, 
and concerned at what they were hearing. Blaum sat 
quietly, hoping he would survive this day with his job – 
and Franco-Swiss relations - in tact. 
  ‘We cannot simply ignore such a claim, nor can we 
avoid reporting this matter to the police and courts both in 
France and Switzerland,’ Ronson insisted. 
 

‘No, you won’t report it,’ Johno confidently told them, 

shaking his head. 
 ‘And 

just 

why … would we not do that?’ Golon asked. 

  Johno took the first photograph from the file. Without 
looking up he said, ‘I asked you before if you had weak 
hearts.’ 
  He glanced at Claus, who stood and took the 
photograph, handing it to Ronson. Johno gave them a 
moment to look at it. 
 

Finally, Ronson lifted his head. ‘What is this?’ 

background image

153 

  ‘That’s the boat, the Nan King, which exploded in 
Portsmouth, killing - in total – eight hundred people, 
sinking the Ark Royal. You’ll notice the name has been 
changed. But, with a boat of that size, you can easily 
match it to the Lloyd’s Register. These days they have 
photographs to stop fraud.’ 
  ‘Why are you showing us this?’ Golon asked, now 
holding the A4 black and white photograph. 
  Johno handed a second A4 photograph to Claus, who 
handed it over. Ronson held the two photographs next to 
each other. Clearly, it was the same ship. After a moment 
they both looked back to Johno. 
  ‘If you check the background of the second photo, 
you’ll just be able to identify where she took on board the 
explosives.’ 
  Golon lifted the photograph to his eye, focusing on a 
signpost, clearly French. ‘She put into a French port?’ he 
questioned, surprised, but not concerned. ‘When?’ 
  ‘Two days before she exploded,’ Johno quietly stated, 
a firm stare at Golon. 
  Ronson stared hard at Johno, his mouth inching down 
millimetre by millimetre. 
  Johno handed another two photographs to Claus, 
clearly showing Marseille in the background. Now both 
Golon and Ronson breathed quickly, glancing at the 
photographs, Ronson licking his dry lips.  
  Ronson finally faced Johno. ‘You –’ He glanced at 
Helen. ‘- and British Secret Service are certain that this 
ship, under a false name, stopped in Marseille?’ 
  Johno pursed his lips, lifted his eyebrows and nodded 
mockingly. 
  Minister Ronson announced, ‘Then, after due 
investigation, the French Government may have a great 
apology to make to the British people for allowing this 
ship to dock undetected. This could cost many people their 
jobs ... and be devastating news for our two countries.’ 

background image

154 

 

Johno eased forwards, resting his arms on the desk. He 

studied Ronson for a moment, before lifting another group 
of pages. ‘I asked you before if you had a weak heart, 
Minister.’ He laid out the photographs on the edge of the 
desk, four in a line, close-ups taken with a telescopic lens 
of two men talking with port officials. ‘Those two men, 
arranging the delivery of nine tonnes commercial grade 
explosive, are both DGSE – we have the proof.’ 
 

Johno waited for it to sink in, Blaum just as shocked as 

his French counterparts. Beesely, Otto and Helen all sat 
with the heads lowered, offering no comment. 
 

Ronson and Golon sat mesmerised by the photographs, 

Johno watching them shift and squirm, Ronson’s face 
reddening and Golon swallowing rapidly. Both of the 
French had to know that the very least that this news 
would do would be to get them both sacked. 
  That was before they factored in DGSE agents being 
involved with the Portsmouth explosion. That could 
clearly lead to allegations of criminal neglect, if not 
conspiracy, and the fall out with the British, Europe and 
the rest of the world would be devastating for French 
prestige, and their economy. 
  Golon’s resolve stiffened. ‘No one … in the French 
Security Services, would have assisted terrorists planning 
an attack on England.’ Ronson nodded his agreement with 
that statement as Golon spoke. 
  ‘Well then, gentlemen, first things first,’ Johno loudly 
stated. He handed over a page detailing Mr Frieserling’s 
particulars, complete with a small photograph of him in 
the corner, second a page on the nurse. ‘Those are the two 
people who … landed in Paris.’ 
 

He turned to Otto, who now clicked commands with a 

computer’s mouse. The screen facing the French came to 
life, part of the torture of Frieserling where he stated the 
names and details of his contacts. 

background image

155 

  Morbidly curious, the French watched for a minute 
before Otto cut the images, Johno handing over to Golon a 
page of detail, the detail that Frieserling had given up. 
  Johno explained, ‘That’s the information he gave us, 
and we’ve already checked it. You, Mister Golon, are 
welcome to check it again at your leisure … if you wish.’ 
  A nod towards Claus and the senior manager stepped 
out, returning and dragging a chair across, facing the 
French. Bound and gagged, a man in a crumpled suit was 
led in by two troopers, the man’s face bruised, his lip and 
eye cut. The troopers shoved him into the seat and stood 
behind, hands on the man’s shoulders after releasing his 
gag. 
  Golon recognised the man, a flurry of questions in 
French. For the most part Golon seemed outraged by one 
of his staff being treated in this manner, as Johno fully 
expected. 
  Ronson stood. ‘What is the meaning of this? You 
kidnapped this man?’ 
  ‘He,’ Johno calmly stated, ‘was the handler of the Mr 
Frieserling and his associate. On the sheet you have you’ll 
see the contact information Frieserling had for this man – 
your man. Including, when and where he was recruited … 
and where he attended training courses in France.’ 
  Golon again exchanged a flurry with his subordinate, 
this time the trussed prisoner simply looking away and 
refusing to answer. Roson joined in the questioning, not 
getting any answers; the French finally making eye 
contact, their concerned etched into the faces. 
  Johno made eye contact with Claus, a signal given. 
Claus stepped out again, signalling someone forwards, 
before dragging around two more chairs and placing them 
next to the prisoner. Two more men were dragged in, both 
of these dressed only in loose-fitting overalls, barefoot and 
clearly tortured. The troopers dumped their two charges 

background image

156 

into the chairs, the men semi-conscious and suffering from 
the effects of the torture. 
  Golon recognised the men from the photographs, 
stepping across and rapidly demanding answers in French. 
He did not get any. 
  Johno eased up and stood in front of the prisoners. 
Facing the semi-conscious men he said, ‘If you tell the 
truth you can leave here today with the French Minister.’ 
He eased back against the desk and folded his arms.   

 

 

The prisoner sat closest to Johno eased his head around 

to Golon, focusing his good eye, the other swollen. ‘We 
work for the Basel Freemason Group,’ he said in French. 
  Johno sat back down, ordering fresh drinks. Looking 
up and addressing the French he said, ‘Gentlemen, please, 
have a seat.’ 
  The French sat, clearly stunned and staring intently at 
their countrymen. 
  Johno explained, ‘We’ve traced the explosives, also 
French, donated by a senior member of The Basel 
Freemason Group. And, gentlemen, the Italian part of 
Basel must have known that if this ever got out it would be 
the French that got the blame, not them. 
  ‘We, K2, along with British Intelligence and the 
British Government, have enough evidence for a solid 
case, and we’re collecting more all the time. We also have 
the secret files that the Basel group have been searching 
for these past forty odd years, files that show a great deal 
of corruption at the heart of the European Union involving 
former French Ministers and French Companies; 
corruption, tax evasion, bribery and murder. It would 
obviously be very difficult for you … should that find its 
way to the courts and newspapers.’ 
  Ronson and Golon stared back as drinks were brought 
in, Johno ordering the prisoners removed. With the door 
closed the room fell eerily quiet. 

background image

157 

 

Golon finally said, in a less than confident voice, ‘Can 

we interrogate these men further?’ 
  Johno handed over three CDs of the interviews so far. 
‘It’s all on there. If you want more, you can talk to them 
here.’ 
  Ronson took a big breath. ‘When you invited us here, 
you knew all this.’ He glanced at Blaum. ‘We came … 
under a false pretext.’ Johno nodded his admission. ‘So 
what is your … agenda?’ Ronson pressed. 
  ‘Quite simple really. To find the people behind these 
terrorist attacks, and deal with them in a way that means 
Britain does not go to war with France.’ 
  ‘The Basel Group are too well connected,’ Golon 
suggested. ‘Too well embedded.’ 
 ‘Leave 

them … to us,’ Johno confidently suggested, 

gesturing towards the drinks placed down for the French, 
but not touched yet. The guests lifted their drinks, sipping 
silently for many seconds. 
 

We … will not survive this,’ Ronson softly stated.  
Helen looked away, those words a painful reminder of 

her own circumstances. Beesely noticed, closing in and 
placing a hand on her arm. 
  Johno lifted his gaze to Claus, who had remained 
standing throughout. Claus stepped to the desk and began 
tearing up the photographs and sheets, Johno tearing up 
the remainder of the file, Claus finally taking back the 
CDs and braking them over the side of the desk, all 
curiously observed by the French, heavy frowns at this 
odd action. 
  ‘If you co-operate with us, gentlemen, you’ll survive,’ 
Johno suggested.  
  ‘Co-operate … how?’ Golon enquired, suspicious of 
the statement. 
  ‘We have a common enemy, and we have a common 
goal,’ Johno began. ‘We both want to rid ourselves of the 
Basel Group, to find and punish those responsible for 

background image

158 

terrorist acts and, more importantly, to prevent it from 
happening again.’ 
  ‘Why did Basel get involved with this business?’ 
Golon asked, a pained expression. 
  ‘The UK Government threatened to send in forensic 
accountants to investigate all EU contracts, going back to 
the start of the EU.’ 
 

Golon and Ronson glanced at each other, slight shrugs. 

  Johno continued, ‘They were behind the radioactive 
dirty bomb attacks, meant as a warning for the British 
Government to back off. They also had a hand in the rogue 
CIA element that attacked us, making use of French 
gangs. Again, you would have got the blame, which I 
guess you did to a certain extent.’ 
  Ronson breathed in. ‘As you say, we have common 
goals. But are you saying that you –’ He gestured towards 
Helen. ‘- and British Intelligence will suppress this 
evidence?’ 
  John eased forwards, resting his elbows on the desk 
and interlacing his fingers. ‘We, and the British 
Government, have no desire to destroy the economy of 
Europe,’ he emphatically stated. ‘We’re also the holders of 
this evidence. The only other people to know everything 
are Basel, and they’re not going to incriminate themselves. 
By time we’ve finished burying the evidence there’ll only 
be memories left – nothing tangible. That … we’ll work 
very hard at.’ He waited, a sideways glance at Helen. 
  Ronson sipped his coffee, his features brightening. 
‘We will co-operate with you in every capacity - civil, the 
security services … and our military. You will have the 
fullest co-operation possible.’ 
  Johno eased back, a glance at Blaum before he again 
faced Minister Ronson. ‘You may wish to distance 
yourselves from us, we’re about to go to war with the 
Basel Group. We may not survive and we may end up in 
the newspapers.’ 

background image

159 

 

‘And this … war –’ Ronson began. 

 

‘Will break a lot of laws,’ Johno finished off. 

  Ronson spoke with his head lowered. ‘Considering 
what has happened, and what is at stake, you have my full 
co-operation.’ Now he lifted up. ‘Regardless. If this … 
evidence is all true, which I suspect it is, and we do 
nothing, we will make this problem worse for France – 
each day that passes.’ 
  Golon offered, ‘What we know about Basel will be 
here in the morning. If you need any logistical support –’ 
  ‘Probably best you let us get on with it, that way no 
chance of any leaks,’ Johno firmly suggested. ‘When we 
act, you’ll know it’s us.’ He shrugged. ‘After that, if we’re 
still alive, try if you can to contain things in France, play 
up the corruption and conspiracy stuff, blame the fucking 
Italians. But please, when you leave here, don’t discuss 
this on the phone, or to anyone that doesn’t need to know. 
If it leaks to the newspapers …’ He finished with a large 
Gallic shrug.  
  The French stood. Golon offered, ‘I will send you 
Pascal, who visited here before. He will be your liaison, 
should you need it.’ He placed down a business card. 
  Ronson faced Blaum, who had followed the French to 
their feet. ‘You have carried a heavy burden by the sounds 
of it. If there is anything you need, don’t hesitate to 
contact me.’ 
  They shook. Johno walked around, firm handshakes 
for the visitors before Claus showed them out. Blaum 
closed the door, standing with his back to it as he held the 
handle. He took in the faces. 
  Beesely motored himself around to Blaum. ‘Do you 
still have any doubts about who should be sat in that seat?’ 
  ‘None,’ Blaum said with a smile. ‘He is – as you 
English say – a chip off the old block.’ 
  ‘Damn right,’ Beesely affirmed. ‘And I’m more 
surprised than you are!’ 

background image

160 

  Blaum waved collectively at the room before stepping 
out and closing the door. 
 

Otto stood, letting out a long and heavy sigh. He faced 

Johno. ‘I could not have done that, nor do I think I would 
have tried such a method. I am … beginning to learn my 
limitations.’ He stepped out, Johno grabbing a beer from 
the fridge. 
 

Swivelling to face Helen Johno said, ‘Went OK then?’ 

  ‘As Otto just said, I don’t think I could have done 
that.’ 
 

‘Nonsense, you’re much better at this stuff than I am,’ 

Johno insisted. 
  Beesely motored around. ‘Helen, you’re used to doing 
things in a conventional sense. Johno sees people and 
objectives, not countries and departments - simple, but 
effective. And the French never had any choice at the end 
of the day, their objectives are the same as ours. We 
needed to give them just the right evidence in just the right 
way, leading them to a heart stopping moment of theatrics. 
And for that Johno deserves a bleeding Oscar!’ 
 

‘He is full of surprises,’ Helen admitted. ‘I had no idea 

that was about to happen.’ 
 

‘All his idea,’ Beesely insisted. 

 

Claus stepped back in. ‘They have taken the bait.’ 

 

‘Bait?’ Beesely queried. 

  ‘They’ve kidnapped Thomas,’ Johno explained, none 
too concerned, raising a flat palm to Beesely. ‘And before 
you ask, his idea.’ He turned to Claus. ‘Tracker working?’ 
  ‘Yes, sir. And we have received several messages. 
They are heading towards Rome.’ 
 

The desk phone came to life. ‘Sir?’ 

 ‘Yes?’ 
 

‘It’s a Senor Pepi for you.’ 

 

‘Good, put him through.’ 

 

‘Herr Director?’ came a mocking tone. 

 

‘This is he. That you, Mister Pepi?’ 

background image

161 

 ‘Of 

course.’ 

 

‘Well? Do I get to negotiate?’ 

 

‘You have not asked about your boy.’ 

 

‘To tell you the truth, I’d forgotten all about him.’ 

 

‘Vanker’ could be heard in the background. 

 

‘He is safe and well, not kidnapped, just accompanying 

us to the meeting to save him travelling back and forth.’ 
  ‘Good idea. You fix a meet, next couple of days, let 
me know.’ 
  Pepi paused at that, the suggestion of Thomas held by 
them for a few days. ‘We are preparing a meeting for 
tonight. Is Midnight OK with you?’ 
 

‘Midnight is fine, I’ll be coming alone.’ 

  ‘Fly to Rome and wait for my call, but be in Rome 
before 11pm.’ 
 

‘Sure. When in Rome.’ 

 

‘When in Rome … what?’ 

 

‘That’s the saying, when in Rome.’ 

  Pepi paused again. ‘Yes, but when in Rome … do 
what?’ 
 

‘Be there on time.’ 

 

Another pause came from Pepi’s end. ‘I will call later.’ 

The line went dead. 
 

‘When in Rome…?’ Helen repeated. 

 

‘You had me there as well,’ Beesely suggested. 

 

‘It’s … er … a code, just me an Thomas know.’ 

  ‘Oh,’ Helen let out, a deep ridge creasing her brow. 
‘For a minute there I thought you were just rambling on a 
pile of manure.’ 
 

‘They’ll find the bugs on Thomas,’ Beesely cautioned. 

‘Know it’s a set-up.’ 
  ‘First, grandpa, these bugs are extra special. They’re 
totally dormant electronically till he stamps his foot, then a 
short burst, untraceable. If they scan him … nothing. 
Second, his Gameboy has been modified. They can scan 

background image

162 

all day, take it apart – won’t be noticed unless you’re the 
frigging expert from hell!’   
  He tapped the desk phone. ‘There’s a Basel top table 
meeting tonight, somewhere near Rome. I want all 
passenger manifests from twelve-noon today till midnight 
heading that way, agents on the Italian border logging 
everyone.’ 
 ‘Yes, 

sir.’ 

 

‘They took the bait,’ Beesely repeated. ‘If the top table 

meet then we’ve got them, by God!’ 
  Johno nodded before raising a vertical finger, a coy 
smile breaking across his face. 
 

‘What?’ Helen asked. 

  Johno turned and tapped the desk phone. ‘Oliver 
Stanton.’ They waited ten seconds. 
 

‘Hello?’ came Stanton’s rich voice. 

 

‘Mister Stanton, Johno, got some good news.’ 

 ‘Yeah, 

what’s 

that? 

  ‘Just had a big meeting with the French, their Interior 
Minister himself and the head of the DGSE.’ 
 

‘That can’t have been pretty. What’s the good news?’ 

 

‘They’re on board.’ 

 ‘On 

board?’ 

  ‘They’re just as pissed-off with Basel as us, and now 
that they know their in the dock for helping with the 
attacks on the UK can’t be helpful enough. They’re 
sending a top liaison guy, offered us full support of the 
their entire intelligence services, army and anything else 
we like. Talk about lots of co-operation afterwards, closer 
links, them having a say in what we do. Bleeding 
marvellous.’ 
 

Beesely grinned to himself, noticed by Helen. 

  ‘Well … that’s … good news. Did you broker this 
deal, or Beesely?’ 
 

‘Not me!’ Beesely shouted. ‘The boy did it all himself. 

French falling over themselves to help out.’ 

background image

163 

  ‘Maybe they have their own agenda,’ Stanton 
cautioned. 
 

‘Doubt it,’ Johno countered with. ‘And with them right 

on the border, might just survive this fight.’ 
 

‘They’ll help? Directly?’ 

  ‘Yep, shooting war starts soon, they’re waiting for 
their part of the list.’ 
  ‘Christ, Johno. That’ll put it out in the open, with the 
French having a hold over you.’ 
 

‘Well … K2 is a European operation at heart.’ 

 

‘I got some people here, I’ll call you later.’ He cut the 

line. 
 

Johno laughed, almost silently.  

  Beesely shook his head. ‘You, my lad, are a devious 
little bag of shit!’ 
 

‘I’m lost,’ Helen offered. ‘What’s going on?’ 

 

Beesely faced her. ‘He just hinted to Stanton that we’re 

about to get into bed with the French, who can’t stand the 
Yanks, and that the French may influence K2 in the future. 
Right now Olly will be sweating, probably calling a top 
table meeting.’ 
  Claus stepped in, a strongly disapproving stare at 
Johno before he manipulated the video conferencing 
screen, switching it on and selecting CNN. He glared 
again at Johno before stepping out. 
 

ABSOLUTE CHOAS TODAY AS THE FABLED 

TEMPLAR’S TREASURE HAS BEEN CONFIRMED FOUND IN 
NOVA SCOTIA. THE PRESIDENT HAS ALREADY STATED 
THAT NO IMMEDIATE ALTERATION WILL BE MADE TO 
AMERICAN HISTORY, NOR HOLIDAYS SUCH AS COLUMBUS 
DAY

.’ 

  ‘Oh dear,’ Johno said with a grin. ‘Vatican won’t be 
pleased.’ 
  ‘Nor your new friends in the French Government,’ 
Helen pointed out. 

background image

164 

  ‘Why’s this happening today?’ Johno asked with a 
furrowed brow. He hit the phone. ‘Why was the Templar 
Treasure discovered today, it was supposed to wait?’ 
  ‘I believe, sir, that the eminent American geologist 
who found it made a mistake in the day required.’ 
  ‘Oh, OK.’ He eased back and faced Beesely and 
Helen. 
 

‘Be a lot of busy puppies in Rome tonight,’ she pointed 

out. 
  Johno blew out, his shoulder’s dropping. ‘We’re not 
ready. Besides, this news will probably run for days.’ 
  ‘Weeks!’ Beesely snapped, and unhappy stare at his 
offspring. 
 

‘Sir?’ came from the phone. 

 ‘Yes?’ 
 

‘Mr Stanton again.’ 

 

‘OK, put him through.’ 

 

‘Johno, you fucking arsehole!’ 

  ‘Who me?’ Johno cut the line. Turning back he 
shrugged. ‘Wrong number.’ 
 

background image

165 

Into the lion’s den 

 

 
Johno left a detailed plan of action with Beesely and Otto. 
He collected his modified shoes, with bounce-activated 
tracker, and set-off for Rome.  

Cheekily landing on a public highway in the Tivoli 

hills, near Villa Adrianna, Johno stepped down from an 
Agusta helicopter. He bent double for a few steps before 
straightening, taking out a cigarette and lighter and trying 
to light-up as several cars slowed, their drivers shocked at 
the sight of a helicopter in the road. 
  The Agusta took off immediately, Johno ambling to 
the gates of a large villa that the inconvenienced drivers 
had been heading toward. Stopping at the first guard, the 
man looking both surprised and annoyed at the 
unscheduled helicopter landing, he explained who he was. 
The guard stared back for a moment then lifted his radio. 
 
Pepi was taken to one side, away from the men gathering, 
an aid whispering in his ear. ‘Here?’ he asked, the aid 
nodding. 
 
The road up to the villa looked a long way, Johno flagging 
down the first vehicle, opening a door and slipping in 
without being invited to. 
  ‘Hey there, how you doing? You off to the big secret 
meet?’ 
 

‘You … are English?’ the passenger puzzled. 

 

‘Johno. Herr Director, K2.’ 

  The passenger glanced at the man in the front seat, 
who was now fully swivelled around and faced Johno as 
the car sped along a driveway lined with olive trees. 
 

‘So, what’s your name then?’ Johno lightly asked. 

background image

166 

  ‘I believe, Herr Johno, that we will discuss formal 
introductions at the meeting,’ the unhappy passenger 
insisted. 
 

Johno made a face. ‘Please yourself, grumpy.’ 

 

They sat in silence the minute it took to reach the villa, 

numerous guards awaiting the arrival of the vehicle. Johno 
eased out, taking a leisurely drag as he studied the large 
villa. Stepping across the gravel driveway the guards 
closed in. If they were armed, they were not overtly 
displaying their weapons.  
  ‘This way … sir,’ the first guard unhappily offered, 
leading Johno to a side entrance. 
  When they reached the door Johno asked, 
‘Tradesman’s entrance?’ 
  The guard did not understand, he and his colleagues 
keeping their distance as they gestured their unwelcome 
guest inside. Stepping inside Johno was welcomed by a 
stunningly beautiful women; mid-twenties, tall and with 
long hair, curled at the ends, now wearing a simple black 
dress that both highlighted and revealed her figure. 
 

‘Yeah, baby. How you doing?’ 

  Maria blinked, offering him a disapproving frown. 
‘Herr Johno, you are – I believe – in a relationship with an 
… older woman, who is married.’ 
  Johno laughed, knowing full well that his phone was 
on continuous transmit, wondering what Helen’s face 
would be like right about now as she sat in her office. 
  ‘Please,’ Maria coldly offered, gesturing to another 
room. 
  Johno stepped into an ornately and richly decorated 
drawing room, one side a continuous row of bookshelves, 
floor to ceiling, the opposite side a continuous wall of 
purple curtains. Sat behind a large, deep red veneered desk 
was Pepi, Cardinal Ramon off to one side. 
  Johno stepped to the desk. ‘Cardinal. How’re you on 
this fine evening?’ 

background image

167 

 

The door clicked shut, two guards stood just inside, the 

young lady never having stepped in. 
  Ramon eased upright, a neutral expression for Johno. 
‘Wondering why the world believes that the Templar 
treasure is in Nova Scotia.’ 
  Johno pulled over a chair and sat, laughing as he 
glanced at the books on the desk in front of him. ‘Least I 
could do to piss you off. But don’t worry, it’s only four 
boxes.’ 
  Pepi cut the end off a fresh cigar. ‘Quite an expensive 
joke.’ 
  ‘I can afford it,’ Johno replied, still focussed on 
Cardinal Ramon. ‘But don’t worry, the French have all the 
religious stuff we found in there.’ 
 

Ramon’s features turned sullen. ‘You gave them to the 

French?’ 
  Johno shrugged, making a face. ‘They were nicked by 
the Nazis during the war, from France, so now they got 
them back.’ 
  ‘Not quite correct,’ Ramon informed Johno. ‘Many of 
the items were already buried in Switzerland and Austria, 
found during the war and hidden in Switzerland at the 
close of the war.’ 
  ‘And did any catholic priests help the Nazis find 
them?’ Johno pointedly enquired. 
  Ramon sighed. ‘I believe, Johno, that you like to ask 
questions when you already know the answers.’ 
  ‘Yeah, you’re right,’ Johno admitted. ‘I saw the priest 
in Shue’s cave.’ 
  Pepi had lit his cigar, and now puffed out a fragrant 
pawl of smoke. ‘I won’t ask how you knew about this 
place.’ 
 

‘You can ask any question you like, me old mucker. As 

you … probably already know, we grabbed some of your 
security guards today and yesterday, gave them the chair–’ 
He turned a notch to Ramon. ‘- as we did with Molarini.’ 

background image

168 

 

Ramon did not react. 

  Pepi took a long drag. ‘And why – if you wish to 
negotiate with us – would you do such a thing?’ 
  ‘I like to have the upper hand when I’m negotiating. 
Bit of a crap negotiator,’ he toyed. ‘So I need all the help I 
can get.’ 
  Pepi carefully studied his early guest. ‘And do you 
believe that you hold all the aces in this game?’ 
  ‘I have a very good hand,’ Johno came back with, a 
confident and dangerous look for Pepi. 
  ‘Would you mind handing over your gun and phone 
before we go any further?’  
  ‘Not at all.’ Johno stood, placing down his phone and 
then reaching in and taking out his pistol, noting Pepi’s 
momentary reaction. 
 

Pepi put them both in a drawer, locking them in before 

easing up. ‘There are jammers on the roof, so no bugs will 
work. Still, we would prefer a private meeting – if you do 
not object?’ 
  He waved the guards forwards, who gave Johno a 
cursory frisk before running two humming electric 
scanners up and down him, Johno being careful not to put 
too much pressure on his left foot. The guards eventually 
nodded at Pepi and withdrew. 
  Pepi walked around the desk, Cardinal Ramon 
following. He took a long draw on his cigar. ‘You must 
think you are in a very strong position, allowing yourself 
to be taken?’ 
  Johno eased his face closer to his host. ‘This game 
would be no fun if I just came out and told you everything, 
now would it?’ 
  Pepi puzzled the oddly playful attitude Johno was 
presenting, gesturing his very early guest towards the 
door. In the corridor Thomas walked casually along, not 
reacting to seeing Johno and holding a plate full of 
savoury snacks. 

background image

169 

 

‘Stuffing ya’ face again?’ Johno asked. 

  Thomas shrugged. ‘When we going, I’m bored with 
this lot.’ 
  Johno hid a smile, Pepi offering the boy an unfriendly 
stare. 
  ‘He … is a very rude and presumptuous young man!’ 
Pepi stated. 
  ‘He’s the chairman of the board,’ Johno reminded 
them. ‘And that’s official.’ 
  Maria re-appeared, gesturing Johno towards a door, a 
chorus of muddled conversations coming from within. 
They all stepped inside. 
  This new room was bisected by a long thin table, big 
enough for perhaps twenty people, Johno guessed, 
fourteen seats arranged around it at the moment. The 
assembled guests stood in groups talking, holding plates 
and being served snacks and drinks by yet more beautiful 
girls, guards tucked discreetly into corners. The 
overlapping conversations quickly dissipated, people now 
facing Johno as he wondered if they were showing respect 
for Pepi or Ramon, or fear and indignation for himself. 
  Johno waved at them. ‘Don’t mind me, you carry on 
enjoying yourselves – I’m early. If I was Swiss I’d be on 
time!’  
  As Pepi spoke to his guests, in three different 
languages, Johno helped himself to a plate of food, 
Thomas pointing out tasty items. When Thomas looked up 
Johno turned to find Cardinal Diaz, less his robes, now 
dressed in a loose-fitting suit. Without a word, Diaz 
handed Johno a glass of white wine.  
  ‘Thanks, mate,’ Johno offered, downing the white 
wine in one go. ‘Nice enough.’ 
  Diaz features moved from unhappy, to surprised, to 
amused in just a second. ‘Could have been poison.’ 
  ‘And we could have poisoned you at the castle – but 
where’s the fun in that?’ 

background image

170 

 

Diaz studied Johno for several seconds, an odd look as 

he tried to figure out many things, before turning away 
and standing next to Ramon. 
  ‘He’s Cardinal Ramon’s bodyguard,’ Johno told 
Thomas before sampling more food, Thomas agreeing 
with a nod. 
  The assembled Basel members started to seat 
themselves, placing down their drinks, most keeping a 
careful eye on Johno. When the group had settled Johno 
walked forwards, Thomas following, and to the only seat 
left vacant, the left hand of Pepi.  
  Cardinal Ramon, however, sat off to one side, clearly 
not part of the group. Diaz sat behind him. Johno eased 
down, a playful wave and smile for those staring at him. 
 ‘Gentlemen,’ 

Pepi 

called. ‘We shall conduct this 

meeting in English for the benefit of our guest.’ 
  Johno offered the group ‘It’s nice to meet you all’ in 
Italian, German, French and Russian. 
  Pepi smiled widely. ‘We are here, brothers –’ Pepi 
slipped. ‘- gentlemen, at the request of Herr Johno, owner 
of the International Bank of Zurich … and, of course, K2. 
Herr Johno wishes to address this group, and negotiate. Of 
what is to be negotiated remains … open.’ 
  Thomas dragged a chair noisily across, plonking it 
down next to Johno and placing his plate of food on the 
table.  

Johno made room for him before noticing Pepi’s look. 

‘Oh, I’m sorry, my turn to speak?’ Pepi tipped his head. 
Johno stood. ‘I can’t see you all sitting down, so I’ll stand 
if you don’t mind. And also if you do mind … brothers.’ 
  He stepped around the table, pointing and naming 
seven of the twelve, causing some concerned looks. 
‘Afraid I can’t remember the names of the rest of you, I’m 
not that good with foreign names.’ As he circled he noted 
some unhappy glances toward Pepi from the named 
guests. 

background image

171 

 

 ‘We’re here tonight brothers because we all know that 

our two organisations have … traditionally opposed each 
other. If that had been known to me earlier on then we 
would have had this meeting earlier on. Gunter is dead, 
Beesely is not well and now I’m in charge. And … I have 
the files, those that were hidden with the Templar’s 
treasure.’  
 

He let it sink in as he patrolled around the table. Back 

at his original seat he poured himself a drink, resuming his 
patrol with the glass in his hand and continuing to step 
heavily with his left foot. 
 
Otto looked up from the computer screen on Helen’s desk. 
‘He is walking in a small circle, three metres radius.’ 
  ‘That’s the signal that he’s negotiating,’ Beesely 
stated. 
 

 
‘So,’ Johno began. ‘What would you like done with those 
files, brothers?’ 
  None of the ‘brothers’ made a comment; they 
remained guarded. 
 

‘I think, Herr Johno, they would wish them destroyed,’ 

Pepi said with an amused glint. 
  ‘Good job then that I’ve already destroyed them,’ 
Johno offered with a smirk as he walked around the table. 
  Pepi did not react. The members, however, glanced at 
each other and exchanged whispered comments. 
 

‘It is true,’ Pepi informed the surprised group. ‘He did 

destroy them.’ 
  Johno worked hard not react himself, wondering what 
else Pepi already knew. They didn’t know about his early 
arrival, or the master plan. Or so it seemed at the moment. 
He smiled confidently at Pepi, countering, and wiping out, 
Pepi’s prior confident smile. 

background image

172 

 

‘You destroyed the files?’ a member asked. ‘Why?’ 

 ‘Why 

do 

you think?’ Johno posed. 

  Pepi confidently suggested, ‘You have shares in most 
of the companies that would be affected.’ 
  ‘Correct. We’re a bank and an investment company. 
Wouldn’t be very good at our jobs if we harmed the 
companies we deal shares in.’ 
  ‘You could have made copies!’ a German man 
growled. 
  ‘Again, we’d be harming ourselves,’ Johno offered 
with a shrug. ‘And your spies in K2 know that we 
destroyed them without copying them.’ He stopped and 
faced Pepi, waiting. 
 

‘It is correct,’ Pepi informed the group. 

  ‘Then you have given up a valuable bargaining chip,’ 
another member noted, a French accent. 
 

‘Not always a good idea, brothers, to hold a gun to the 

head of those you wish to become friends with.’ 
 

Maria knocked and entered, a note for Pepi. As he read 

it Johno checked his watch. 11.20pm. Pepi finally looked 
up, his daughter remaining.  
 

Johno’s ambling path around the table now took him to 

her. ‘You haven’t told me your name.’ 
  ‘I am surprised you don’t know,’ she told him, a less 
than welcoming expression. 
 

‘Like I said, crap with names.’ 

 

‘Maria,’ Thomas said, his mouth full of food. 

  She glanced at Thomas. ‘Your boy has some bad 
habits, which – I understand – you encourage.’ 
 

Johno offered her a wide smile and a large shrug. 

  ‘You were saying,’ Pepi encouraged. ‘Something 
about holding a gun to your friend’s heads?’ 
  Johno faced the table. ‘If you gentlemen are serious 
about reaching an accommodation, then so are we at K2. 
And by that I mean me … at K2. The Swiss Government 
have had a standoff with you lot for forty years, so another 

background image

173 

twenty years won’t matter. And, in those twenty years, if 
we can save some money by scaling down our security 
levels, then that would be prudent.’ 
  ‘And are you here because you are concerned that the 
attempts to kill you will soon succeed,’ an elderly Italian 
man pointedly asked. 
  ‘None of those attempts - the assassins I mean - were 
your people, despite what anyone may have claimed.’ 
 

Several men moved their eyes towards Pepi, noticed by 

Johno.  
  ‘Many of those attempts were Vatican in origin, the 
most recent were French Secret Service … not you!’ He 
waited, wondering what Pepi would reveal; if anything. 
  The group’s smug host did not reveal anything about 
the French, the meeting with the French Minister still a 
mystery to them. Johno would soon know, a glance at 
Thomas, who now checked his watch. 
  ‘You check your watches a lot,’ Diaz noted from the 
rear, loud enough for everyone to hear. 
 

Johno faced him. ‘Swiss, you see. Very punctual.’ 

  ‘You, however, are English,’ Pepi pointed out. ‘And 
the little show of force you tried to arrange with the 
American Air Force here … has been cancelled by our 
friends in the Italian Government.’ 
  Johno did not miss a beat, the dangerous grin firmly 
fixed. ‘It’s good to have friends in high places. Makes you 
feel … confident about things.’ 
  ‘One minute,’ Thomas reported, just before the villa 
started to shake with the roar of jets. 
  As Diaz ran out, Johno casually poured himself 
another wine, a wink for Maria - who now looked far less 
confident. Someone had just shown up Pepi in front of her, 
and in front of the group. 
 

For a full sixty seconds the villa shook with the roar of 

jet aircraft diving in at low throttle, for minimum noise, 

background image

174 

before pulling up steeply with afterburners for maximum 
effect. Finally it was quiet, Johno checking his watch. 
 

‘They were a minute early,’ Thomas complained. 

  ‘Not Swiss,’ Johno offered the lad. He faced the 
nervous group. ‘So, where were we. Oh yes.’ He turned 
around to face Pepi squarely. ‘You were about to tell me 
how … all powerful you are.’ He waited, Pepi glaring up 
but offering no response. 
 

Johno walked around his adversary as he spoke, a wink 

at Ramon. ‘As I was saying, we are here to see if we can 
fix our differences. I also mentioned earlier that I like to 
negotiate from a position of strength.’ He plodded slowly 
around the table. ‘That doesn’t mean that you are in any 
danger, it just means that you need to be aware that K2 is a 
very capable organisation. 
  ‘As with the Russians and Americans during the cold 
war, we could do a lot of harm to each other. But, who 
would win? We would both spend a great deal of money, 
we would both risk all we have.’ 
  ‘There is wisdom to that,’ a portly Italian offered, the 
man heavily tanned and looking like he had recently 
returned from a holiday. Other members agreed, Johno 
pleased at the dissent that was building. 
 

He faced Pepi. ‘What do you say, Senor Pepi. Can we 

avoid each other? Keep a respectful distance?’ 
  ‘I think you will kill us all at the first opportunity,’ 
Pepi snarled, losing his composure. 
  Johno checked his watch. ‘Interesting you should say 
that.’ 
  The top of a window cracked, a hole appearing in the 
ceiling and white plaster snowing down onto the table and 
guests. Diaz was on his feet again, opening the door. 
  ‘No!’ Johno shouted at Diaz, a finger pointed directly 
at the man. ‘Don’t step outside the villa, you’ll be killed!’ 
Diaz hesitated. ‘Look from inside.’   

background image

175 

Diaz disappeared into the corridor as guards went to 

the windows, pistols drawn. Some members now stood, 
some were under the table already. And Pepi was now 
looking the most frightened of them all. 
  ‘Don’t touch the curtains!’ Johno shouted at them. 
‘You’ll be shot!’ He faced the assembled top table. ‘Stay 
in your seats, you will not be harmed.’ 
  ‘What is this?’ Pepi roared, regaining some of his 
composure. 
  ‘What it is, is what you said. You said … I’d kill you 
at the first opportunity. Well, this is the first opportunity, 
and you know what … I’m not going to kill you.’ 

Diaz burst back in a minute later as Johno tried, and 

failed, to make ‘small talk’ with Maria. ‘The guards 
outside are dead, all the chauffeurs, and the dogs in the 
rear. They’re all dead.’ 
  A chorus of overlapping concerned complaints filled 
the air behind Johno as he focused on Diaz. ‘You took my 
advice.’ 
  Diaz forced a deep breath. ‘Why? Why stop me? I 
would have been killed.’ 
  ‘A man of your quality shouldn’t die like that. At the 
very least, you should have the chance to fight.’ 
  Diaz and Johno exchanged looks, slight nods, a 
message exchanged. 
 

Turning back to face the group Johno noted one guard 

stood levelling his pistol at him, a second with his pistol to 
Thomas’s head, Pepi himself also now holding a gun as 
the group expressed their concern, not least in Pepi’s 
security arrangements. ‘Everyone relax,’ Johno offered, 
waving men down. ‘You won’t be harmed.’ 
  ‘We should not be in a situation where we could be 
harmed!’ a man protested, towards Pepi and not Johno.  
  ‘Please, gentlemen,’ Johno called, finally giving up 
and sipping his drink. He sat and waited. 
 

‘What comes next?’ Pepi demanded. 

background image

176 

  ‘Outside are two dozen K2 agents,’ Johno informed 
him. He checked his watch again. ‘But in a minute’s time 
more will land. Get me my phone, I’ll tell them I’m safe.’ 
  After several seconds of indecision Pepi faced Diaz, 
throwing him a key, the cardinal’s bodyguard stepping 
quickly out. 
  With his phone returned Johno pressed the green 
button. ‘It’s me, everything’s fine. Do not … enter the 
villa. Withdraw our people. All … of them.’   
  The roar of numerous helicopters shook the villa, 
dozens passing at low altitude, the effect on the nervous 
old men multiplied by the previous fly-by. They waited, 
Johno and Pepi playing ‘stare down’, Pepi disadvantaged 
by numerous calls to him by the members. Finally it was 
quiet again, the drone of helicopters a distance rumble. 
  Johno suggested, ‘Why don’t you send for more 
people. I’ll wait. When they get here you can secure the 
area and prove to yourself that none of my people are out 
there.’ 
  Pepi stood and stepped out, leaving Johno chatting to 
the members, being as reassuring as he could given that he 
hated them all and was planning on catching them and 
dismembering them. 
  Pepi returned in a more resilient mood, unwrapping a 
fresh cigar, casually cutting the end off and lighting it. 
‘Brothers,’ he called. ‘Our associates will be here soon, so 
to the police. And I do not believe that Herr Johno would 
sacrifice himself and the boy. He is playing a game.’ 
  ‘That’s very true, Pepsi,’ Johno responded, his host 
frowning slightly at the mispronunciation of his name. 
From where he sat Johno swivelled and faced the group. 
‘Gentlemen, you will not be harmed, not this night. Pepi is 
correct, this is my little game, to let you know what you’re 
up against. Pepi stated earlier that I would kill you at the 
first opportunity. Well, I could have killed you all tonight. 
You need to ask yourselves … why I didn’t. 

background image

177 

  ‘The answer is this; I see no point in this conflict. I 
inherited this conflict, I didn’t choose it. If you wish to 
negotiate, then discuss amongst yourselves, gentlemen, 
what we can do to end this. Put some proposals together, 
arrange another meeting … somewhere you feel safe.’ He 
stood. ‘Thomas.’ 
  Thomas ignored the guard with a pistol aimed at him, 
walking around to Johno.  

‘We’ll take a car. And Pepsi, if we’re interfered with 

then no one … will leave here alive.’ Johno turned. ‘Diaz, 
you’re driving us to Rome, just in case there’re any 
roadblocks.’ 
  Diaz made eye contact with Pepi, who reluctantly 
nodded after a few second’s thought. 

 

 
‘Very odd,’ Beesely grumbled. ‘Could have taken them all 
– all the top table!’ 
 ‘It 

was the recall message,’ Helen confirmed to the 

people assembled in her office. 
  ‘So, something amiss then,’ Beesely puzzled. ‘He saw 
something in there.’ 
 

‘He must have done,’ Otto suggested. 

  Claus stepped through the open door. ‘Thomas placed 
a bug in the meeting. The signal strength is not great, but 
they are talking openly and they do not know about it.’ 
  ‘Should get us some excellent intelligence,’ Helen 
enthused, straightening and stretching her back. 
 

* * * 

 
Two hours later Johno returned, being informed that Otto 
and Beesely were awake and in Beesely’s room. He 
knocked and entered. ‘Still up?’ 

background image

178 

  ‘No, had a nap,’ Beesely informed him, now sat-up in 
bed, he and Otto going over files. ‘Why the pull back?’ 
 

‘They knew about the American Air Force –’ 

 

‘As you predicted,’ Otto cut in with. 

  Johno lifted his eyebrows. ‘They also knew we 
destroyed the files.’ 
 

‘Ah,’ Otto let out, ‘not so good. A spy still here.’ 

 

‘Not just that. I had a good look at these old men, got a 

feel for them. If this lot are the best Basel has to offer then 
we deserve to be shot.’ 
 

‘Not the top table?’ Beesely assumed. 

  ‘You and Stanton wouldn’t react the way they did. 
They were terrified, disorganised. If that lot thought up the 
attacks and carried them out … I’m a Chinaman!’ 
 

‘Bunch of actors?’ Beesely thought out loud. 

 

‘No, I recognised most of their faces from what we’ve 

collected on them. Know what I’m thinking?’ Otto and 
Beesely waited. ‘P2.’ 
  ‘P2 was disbanded twenty years ago,’ Otto mused. 
‘You think maybe –’ 
 

‘No, not the same people, but similar modus operandi,’ 

Johno suggested to Beesely, a knowing look. 
  ‘Ah,’ Beesely let out. ‘Top table thinks it’s the top 
table, but is having it’s strings pulled from behind.’ 
  Johno offered a worried nod. ‘And they … ain’t going 
to show up on no share register.’ 
 

‘Groups within groups,’ Otto glumly repeated. 

  ‘I noticed cameras in the ceiling in the meeting room, 
so easy enough for the real power brokers to watch what 
was going on. But I did what was expected of me - I acted 
out the role - so no problem there.’ He made eye contact 
with Otto. ‘Even with lock-down someone got a message 
out.’ 
 

Otto sighed and lowered his head.  

  ‘We need to triple the search for the spies,’ Johno 
suggested. ‘Anyway, need some kip.’ 

background image

179 

 
One floor down he nodded at the troopers stood guard, 
knocking on Helen’s door and waiting for the door to be 
unlocked and un-bolted. As soon as he was inside, and the 
door locked, she jumped back into the warm bed. He 
hurriedly threw off his clothes and slipped in, snuggling 
up. 
 

‘Thomas OK?’ she asked. 

  ‘Fine, he loved it. Listen, did you report back to the 
UK that we destroyed the files.’ 
 

She hesitated. ‘Yes. Why?’ 

 

‘A leak. Could be their end.’ 

 

She turned over. ‘Unlikely.’ 

  ‘If Basel knew they’d have a problem with the Brit’s 
then the first thing they’d do would be to try and get 
someone in there, or compromise someone over there.’ 
 

She sighed. ‘Makes sense.’ 

  ‘Tomorrow, send a dummy message, something 
specific.’ 
 ‘A 

trap?’ 

  ‘Yep. Tell them … tell them we’re going to take over 
two specific companies, pick them out.’ 
  ‘If there is a leak, the share price will be forced up, 
making it hard for us to acquire the stock.’ 
 

‘You’re a clever girl,’ he teased. 

  ‘And you … have cold hands. Not to mention the fact 
that you’re in a relationship with an older woman –’ He 
laughed. ‘- married and with children.’ 

He nibbled on her shoulder. ‘And a bony arse!’ 
She elbowed him. ‘How was Maria’s arse?’ 
‘Gorgeous! But I go for the intelligent type. Be buying 

you a book on military history next week.’ 

 

background image

180 

“Find the Englander, Beesely” 

 

 
A heavy knock on the door at 6am and Johno jumped up, 
concerned. He slipped on his trousers, already in a t-shirt - 
normal for him to sleep in it. With his pistol in his hand he 
stopped at the door without opening it. ‘Yeah?’ 
 

‘It’s Grey, got a problem.’ 

  Johno unlocked the door, shoving the pistol through 
first and checking the faces. ‘Gimme five.’ He slammed 
the door. 
  ‘What’s wrong?’ Helen asked, her voice dryer than 
normal. 
  ‘Dunno.’ He dressed quickly, checking his pistol and 
phone before stepping out. 
  Grey led him towards the stairs, troopers in tow. ‘We 
found, and opened up, another metal door, opposite end of 
the treasure chamber – behind a foot of concrete!’ 
 ‘And?’ 
 

They stepped quickly down the stairs. 

 

‘Bodies,’ Grey informed him. ‘Some British.’ 

 

Johno stopped dead, a stunned look for Grey. ‘British!’ 

  Grey nodded, his expression suggesting that there was 
something else amiss with the bodies, other than the fact 
that they were British, something that would have seemed 
impossible considering how the treasure was hidden; and 
by whom. 
 

They rushed down the stairs, through the foyer and the 

Great Hall, into the courtyard and to the stairwell leading 
down. Troopers handed Johno a torch, following behind as 
Grey led the way into the chamber. A pearl-string of fixed 
lights helped with the illumination, but the floor, ceiling 
and walls were so utterly jet black that no light reflected. 
 

‘This second door had been welded shut. Thoroughly!’ 

Grey reported as they stepped past it. ‘And these bodies 

background image

181 

are the poor fools who moved the treasure, not knowing 
what lay ahead for them.’ 
  Johno illustrated a body with his torch, clearly not as 
old as the skeletons he had come across in the Czech 
Republic. ‘They weren’t shot, just locked in?’ 
 

‘Yep,’ Grey said with a heavy sigh. ‘Three are British, 

the rest Swiss or German, IDs on them dating from 1959 
up to 1962. One had a ticket dated to 1962, so I guess 
that’s when they got … locked in.’ 
  Johno stepped over the bodies, sizing up the small 
room, the same size and shape as the filing cabinet room. 
‘In here, they probably ran out of air quick.’ 
  ‘Fifteen people? Day at best,’ Grey offered. From his 
pocket he offered Johno the IDs of the British men. The 
first two IDs, a type of paper card, revealed nothing of 
interest; both men lived in London. The third identity card 
was a shock: Robert Beesely. 
  Johno slowly lifted his head, making eye contact with 
Grey. ‘Who knows –’ 
 ‘Just 

us.’ 

 

‘Everyone out! Close it!’ Johno turned. ‘I’ll be back.’ 

  In the courtyard he met Otto heading towards the 
chamber’s entrance. Gesturing Otto to follow he led him 
to Beesely’s room. Unlocked, Johno opened the door and 
stepped in, finding Beesely sat up in bed. Pointing at the 
nurse he curtly said, ‘Out.’ 
  Beesely curiously watched the nurse step quickly out. 
With the door closed Johno tossed the faded old ID card 
onto Beesely’s bed. He walked to the window, stuffing his 
hands in his pockets as he stared out at the misty dawn. 
 

Beesely lifted the card, stunned at finding his brother’s 

name on it. He recognised the date of birth, town of birth 
and address. ‘Where did you get this?’ 
  Without turning around Johno explained. ‘Off a body 
down below, one of the people who moved the Templar 
Treasure, and the files, then got killed for their troubles.’ 

background image

182 

 

He turned, Otto closing in and taking the card. ‘As far I 

know your brother died in … what, 1965? A car crash, 
wasn’t it?’ 
  ‘Yes, that’s …’ Beesely’s words trailed off. ‘The 
bodies were badly burnt, no open casket at the funeral. I 
identified him … from his possessions.’ 
  ‘My God,’ Otto let out in a whisper. ‘Your brother ... 
he was involved.’ 
 

Johno stepped slowly to the end of the bed. ‘Was your 

brother working for British Intelligence or the Lodge?’ 
  Beesely was stunned and confused. ‘What … Robert? 
No, he had an antique shop, along with a long list of failed 
ventures.’ 
  Johno nodded for a moment as his thought. ‘You said 
MI6 approached you, 1950s, wanted you to snuggle up to 
old boy Gunter.’ 
 

‘I turned them down.’ 

  ‘Maybe … Robert didn’t. Maybe, he needed the 
money. And with his wife being Gunter’s sister…’ 
  Beesely rubbed his face, taking a moment. ‘If they 
used him … used him to get near Gunter, then what the 
hell is his body doing downstairs? Gunter never found the 
treasure!’ 
  ‘I may know,’ Otto quietly offered. ‘There was a 
rumour … that Gunter organised the theft of the treasure 
and the files, but was betrayed. As you say, double 
crossed.’ 
  ‘So,’ Johno loudly began, stepping again to the 
windows. ‘MI6 sent Robert to snuggle up to Gunter, 
Gunter uses him for … for part of the theft, then the 
bookkeeper kills them all and fucks over Gunter, hiding 
the treasure here, poor old Gunter spending the next forty 
years looking for it.’ He turned, facing Beesely, his hands 
still in his pockets. 
 

‘My … God,’ Beesely let out, staring down at his bed. 

‘They used him.’ 

background image

183 

 ‘And 

is 

anyone in this room surprised by that?’ Johno 

scoffed. ‘Would they have cared if I got killed looking for 
the files and the list?’ 
  ‘British Intelligence has always known?’ Otto 
whispered, clearly stunned. 
  Johno suggested, ‘They probably figured Robert got 
caught by Gunter, faked his death.’ 
 

‘Is his wife –’ Beesely began. 

  ‘Down there? No,’ Johno informed him, walking 
across and handing him the other identity cards. 
  Beesely lifted the faded cards close to his eyes. 
‘Tucker? I knew him!’ 
 

‘Was he –’ Johno began. 

  ‘Yes, MI6. At least SOE, during the war, based in 
Switzerland in the late 1950’s setting up their P26 unit – 
sleeper army ready for a Russian invasion.’ 
  Otto stiffened. ‘Then the British used these men to try 
and get the files.’ 
 

‘So how did Gunter’s sister die?’ Johno posed. 

 

‘Not naturally!’ Otto suggested. 

  ‘No, she may have survived,’ Beesely suggested. 
‘British were never that ruthless. They probably shipped 
her off somewhere. Canada or New Zealand was the 
norm.’ 
  ‘Then let’s hope she died of old age,’ Johno stated. 
‘Otherwise, the inheritance…’ 
  ‘Christ, yes!’ Beesely let out. ‘If MI6 tracked her 
down, and she’s still alive –’ 
  ‘All this would be hers, manipulated by them.’ Johno 
finished off. 
  ‘She would be ninety … one,’ Otto informed them. 
‘So… unlikely.’ 
 

‘Bastards,’ Beesely let out in a whisper. 

 

‘War is war,’ Johno scoffed. 

background image

184 

  ‘I want his body sent back,’ Beesely told Otto. 
‘Discrete burial in the family plot. And these other men.’ 
He faced Johno. ‘Who else is down there?’ 
  ‘Swiss and Germans, fools who helped steal the 
treasure and files off the original Basel Group, then got 
locked in.’ 
  ‘Identify them, then their known associates,’ Beesely 
barked. ‘If this lot worked for the original group, they 
could identify them.’ 
 

Otto turned his head to Johno. ‘On the original list you 

found there are seven names hand written on the back. 
Faded, but we have the names. And … none of these 
people exist – anywhere!’ 
 

‘So, that’s them!’ Beesely suggested. 

 

‘No way to identify the fuckers,’ Johno admitted. 

  ‘Use old records, wartime and after, Wehrmacht 
records,’ Beesely ran off. ‘Swiss records back then were 
good I’m sure, no bomb damage to the records!’ 
 

‘I will arrange it,’ Otto offered. 

 

‘This bookkeeper …’ Beesely began. 

  ‘Killed by his own son, a catholic priest, now a 
cardinal,’ Johno explained. 
 

‘Son found out?’ Beesely softy asked after a moment’s 

reflection. 
  Johno looked at his shoes. ‘When the old man fell ill 
he contacted his son via the church - he was holed up in 
Malta. Son went out there, not so far from Rome, and 
found a deathbed confession from the old man – the same 
guy who helped steal the files, killing the people below. 
Apparently, the old boy didn’t want the Nazi founders of 
Basel – people like Gunter – having it, or the religious 
stuff. That’s why he nicked the files. Plan was to tell 
British Intelligence where they were.’ 
 

‘But he never did,’ Beesely surmised. 

background image

185 

  ‘No,’ Johno stated, facing the window again. ‘He 
disappeared, ended up in Malta.’ He stepped out without 
adding anything further. 
 

 
Mr Grey found Johno sat drinking tea in the restaurant ten 
minutes later. He sat and waited, staring at Johno’s forlorn 
features. 
  Johno finally said, without looking up, ‘Brit’s 
approached Beesely back in the fifties, wanted him to 
snuggle up to Gunter, get him on our side, spy against the 
Russians. He refused, his brother didn’t. And being 
married to Gunter’s sister … well, got himself killed for it. 
Other Brit’s look like MI6.’ 
 

‘After the files?’ Grey quietly asked. 

  Johno nodded. ‘Make sure all the names of the Swiss 
and Germans go to Claus. Might give us a lead.’ 
 

‘Got something that might cheer you.’ 

 

Johno made eye contact; neutral, tired features. 

  ‘I led the attack on that villa in Tivoli, taking out the 
guards. Couple of oddities showed up on thermal cameras, 
vents in the grounds.’ 
 Johno’s brow slowly creased. ‘Something 
underground?’ 
  ‘A big cellar, plus a tunnel going to another villa, 
lower down the slope. We noticed several cars there, and 
guards, so we skirted around them.’ 
 

Johno stared into his tea. Softly he announced, ‘People 

I met weren’t the top table.’ 
 

‘No?’ Grey puzzled. 

  Johno shook his head. ‘They’re the front end, the 
public end. Someone else behind them pulling the strings.’ 
  ‘Hence the secret underground facility, someone 
watching the proceedings. Good strategy. You grab the top 
table thinking that’s them and any police action stops 

background image

186 

there. I guess P2 actually learnt something from the last 
police raid.’ 
  ‘And if we don’t hit the inner group they’ll recruit a 
few more people, Tupperware parties as normal.’ 
 

‘It worries me that you know what a Tupperware party 

is!’ Grey whispered. 
  Johno lifted his phone. ‘Managers meet in ten 
minutes.’ Putting the phone away he said, ‘Oh. Diaz, not a 
cardinal at all, Ramon’s bodyguard.’ 
 

Grey laughed. ‘Knew it.’ 

 

‘You know what I think, who he’s working for…?’ 

 

Grey tipped his head. ‘Who?’ 

 ‘Mossad.’ 
 

Grey shrugged. ‘Be a bit cheeky.’ 

 

 

 

* * * 

 
With everyone assembled, Claus gave an update: ‘We 
have had many hours working on the list, and we have 
added the top-table members who Johno met. We have 
also identified several men who travelled with them, are 
linked, but were not at the meeting.’ 
 

‘How old?’ Johno asked. 

  Claus lifted his notes. ‘Three Germans, from seventy-
four to eighty-six.’ 
 

‘Old enough to have served in the war, some of them,’ 

Johno noted. 
  Claus added, ‘One French, also eighty, and two Swiss 
nationals, although they became citizens at the end of the 
war.’ 
 

‘No Italians?’ Johno queried. 

 

‘In the top table, yes,’ Claus informed him. 

  ‘Can any of those names be matched to the hand-
written names on the original list?’ Johno asked. 
 

‘None,’ Claus adamantly came back with. 

background image

187 

 

‘Try!’ Johno forcefully stated. ‘Even if you have to go 

back to wartime records and photographs. That … is the 
priority for all resources’. 
 

‘We have refined the list –’ a manager offered. 

  ‘Bloody irrelevant unless we get the men behind it,’ 
Johno cut in with. ‘The top table are being controlled from 
behind. They’re not … the real decision makes.’ 
  The managers glanced at each other, surprised and 
confused. 
 

Helen lifted her pen, getting Johno’s attention. ‘I spoke 

to Claus earlier and got two companies that we may be 
interested in, sent a message to the UK.’ 
  Johno nodded. ‘Claus, I want any unusual activity in 
those companies brought to our attention.’ 
 

‘Moment.’ He made a quick call to the bank. A minute 

later he announced, ‘Interesting. Already a sharp increase 
in share price on opening of the markets to trade.’ 
 

‘Any reason for it?’ Johno queried. 

  ‘No news on Reuters,’ Claus insisted with a confident 
grin. 
  Johno lifted his phone and direct dialled a number. 
‘That you, wrinkly?’ 
 

‘Johno?’ came the voice General Sir Christopher Rose. 

 

‘Yeah, listen up. Your end, leaky as hell, direct dial to 

Basel. Fix it.’ He hung up. 
 

Otto eased forwards. ‘They have been compromised?’ 

 

Johno gave a quick nod, a disappointed look. 

  ‘Some good news, sir,’ Claus offered. ‘We left 
cameras on the roads approaching the villa in Tivoli. We 
have a great may car registrations.’ 
 

‘Match them all up,’ Johno said, sounding dejected. 

  Claus added, ‘Many match to an Italian private 
security company. They are indirectly owned by a 
Strasbourg based company, which owns many hotels here 
in Switzerland, Austria, Bavaria, Italy.’ 

background image

188 

  ‘These men,’ Otto suggested, ‘probably stay in their 
own hotels.’ 
  Johno nodded as he thought, a glance at Beesely. 
‘Let’s get their reservation system hacked, get in there and 
steal it, then get the credit card details. We’re looking for 
an old bunch who’re not top-table or Basel members, but 
who skirt around the edges.’ 
  ‘Thomas’s Gameboy, left under the table,’ Otto 
explained, ‘has stopped transmitting, as arranged, in case 
it is found. We have the conversation recorded after you 
left.’ 
  A manager raised a pen. ‘I have been through the 
tapes, one part of interest.’ Everyone focused on the man, 
keen to hear. ‘After the top-table departed, Senor Pepi had 
a conversation with two German men. They were clearly 
his superiors, concerned at the fly-by and the shooting of 
the guards. One single piece of information for us to use; 
they mentioned the risk to a project – a risk from us – 
something involving a hotel in Lindau, on the Bodensee.’ 
  ‘The junction of Switzerland, Austria and Germany,’ 
Otto informed the British in the room. 
 

‘We have people there?’ Johno asked the manager. 

 

‘We have sent ten agents –’ 

  ‘Send ‘A’ squadron immediately,’ Johno ordered. 
‘Another twenty agents behind them. Every road, train, 
airport or access point. Sniper rifles and silences; if they 
get the chance to kidnap them, do so. I want a list of 
people staying at that hotel, then their credit card details, 
plus any functions going on – especially EU related. Do it 
now, back in thirty minutes.’ 
 

The managers rushed out. 

  When the door closed Johno focused on Claus, now 
stood. ‘If we get four or more out of the seven of the old 
fuckers we take them. Now, today. Get those details cross-
matched.’ 

background image

189 

  Claus stepped out, almost immediately returning. 
‘Pascal, from the DGSE, is here.’ 
  ‘Get him a coffee,’ Johno curtly suggested, Claus 
closing the door. 
 

‘So, might get lucky,’ Beesely put in. 

 

‘Let’s hope so,’ Helen offered. 

 

‘They have been careless,’ Otto suggested. ‘You know, 

if we capture them, we do not need to kill the members.’ 
 

Beesely faced Johno, Helen turning. 

 

Johno considered it. ‘How long till they re-group?’ 

 

‘Someone else will take charge,’ Helen suggested. 

  ‘Need to make a statement,’ Beesely encouraged. 
‘Discourage this kind of thing.’ 
  Johno made eye contact with Otto. ‘Didn’t the French 
promise us some files on Basel.’ 
 

Otto nodded, standing and stepping out, returning with 

several files, some quite old. 
  Johno stood. ‘Please, tell me there’s some wrinkly old 
Nazis in there.’ 
  Helen received a file, Johno one, another handed to 
Beesely. They started to scan the detail. 
  ‘This is a summary of the founders,’ Otto said as he 
read. ‘Ah, they have a name. They are referred to here as 
the Cogs.’ 
 

‘Cogs of a machine … make it go?’ Beesely wondered. 

  ‘These dates are 1955 to 1963, eight men on the list,’ 
Otto added. 
  ‘Some bound to have died,’ Helen commented as she 
read.  

Otto added, ‘I recognise some of these names, they are 

on the old list.’ 
 

‘No fucking use then, they don’t exist!’ Johno scoffed, 

flicking through his file. 
  Otto lifted his head, a smile forming. ‘Their wartime 
service numbers are here, on five of the men.’ 

background image

190 

  ‘Excellent,’ Johno enthused. ‘Look them up, get a 
photo and place of birth.’ 
  Otto stepped out with a single sheet, Claus stepping 
back in. 
  ‘Sir, there is a meeting of several EU Ministers in 
Lindau today. They are discussing some of the largest EU 
contracts ever tabled – new roads, bridges and dams in the 
new East European countries: Poland, Hungary, Estonia, 
Latvia and others.’ 
  ‘And our boys want to secure it,’ Johno suggested. 
‘Next ten years worth of dodgy contracts.’ 
  Claus straightened, a glint in his eye. ‘We will be 
sending the chairman of our construction company?’ 
 

‘He’s in school,’ Helen informed them. 

 

‘Fetch him,’ Johno told Claus. 

 

‘Johno!’ Helen snapped. ‘He has school!’ 

  ‘OK, OK,’ he conceded. ‘Claus, leave the little 
monster in school.’ 
 

‘Ma’am?’ came from the desk phone. 

 

‘Yes?’ Helen answered. 

 

‘Mr Stanton on video conference.’ 

 ‘OK.’ 
  Claus switched the large screen on, moving it around, 
the image of Stanton and his top table coming into view. 
 

‘You hear me?’ Stanton asked. 

  ‘Yeah,’ Johno replied, checking is watch. ‘You’re up 
late.’ 
 

‘Johno, I took the decision that what has happened, and 

what is about to happen, was too important for the group 
not to be involved. We’ve discussed it at length.’ 
  ‘Well, that was always your choice, and your right,’ 
Johno offered. 
  ‘Our planes were stopped last night, as you predicted. 
But we picked up the French on radar. Quite a row has 
broken out with the Italians. Apparently, the French 

background image

191 

Interior Minister was quite rude ... over the navigational 
errors
 made.’ 
 

Johno and Beesely smiled, making eye contact. 

 

‘Anything new?’ Stanton enquired 

 

‘We’ve figured out that the top table is just a front, real 

power brokers working in secret and manipulating them 
all. He pointed at the screen. ‘That’s not how you lot…?’ 
 

‘Not, it damn well isn’t!’ Stanton insisted. 

  ‘Just checking. There’s a group of seven old Nazis – 
Germans and Swiss, one French, all around eighty -’ 
 

‘Then it’s good you have friends like us. That group is 

on file. They were chased after the war by OSS, eventually 
striking a deal in return for spying on the Russians. All … 
of them are currently reported dead.’ 
 

‘Not quite so dead,’ Beesely pointed out. 

 

‘So it would seem,’ Stanton admitted. ‘We’re emailing 

you now their faces and other identifying traits. Plus a list 
of interests, businesses and family.’ 
  ‘When, exactly, did you come up with this?’ Helen 
delicately enquired. 
  ‘After we put all our resources on the subject, NSA 
computers working flat out.’ 
  ‘There’s a big meet in Lindau, Bodensee, today,’ 
Johno informed the Americans. ‘Our stiffs may be there.’ 
  ‘Unlikely,’ Stanton suggested. ‘They’ll have a camera 
set-up, satellite link to their safe and comfortable homes.’ 
 

‘Get the NSA all over Lindau today,’ Johno suggested. 

‘EU building contracts for the new EU countries.’ 
  Stanton made a note, nodding at a man to his right. 
‘OK, Johno, we’ve wandered off track a bit. The Lodge 
has met, top table, and voted on a number of issues. First, 
you have or complete support in your fight against Basel. 
What they did in England cannot go unpunished. And, as 
you pointed out, what comes next? In effect, the USA just 
declared war on Basel. So, what do you need?’ 

background image

192 

 ‘Your 

computer 

thingys –’ He glanced at Helen. ‘- our 

bigger than ours. We’ll email you the list, all other details. 
Then we need email intercepts, credit card use. Need to 
know where they all are. In particular, we need to find the 
old stiffs.’ 
  ‘They’ve survived up to now off the radar,’ Stanton 
pointed out. ‘They’re no fools.’ 
 

‘No, but they are still involved in EU contracts, not sat 

on a beach somewhere. That’s their weakness, their 
keenness to keep playing the game. How long will your 
computers take?’ 
  ‘All set up. Send us what you have, you’ll get 
streaming data back in minutes.’ 
  Johno tipped his head at Otto, who stepped out, 
walking behind the screen. ‘Be with you in minutes.’ 
 

‘You should already have the satellite images.’ 

 

‘Satellite images?’ Johno queried. 

 

‘Mr Grey asked for them, images of that villa.’ 

 ‘Ah, 

good.’ 

  ‘Our technical liaison staff and security will be with 
you soon by helicopter - Mr Grey knows them all. We’re 
all off now, back on-line in six hours.’ 
 

‘Any asset help?’ Johno nudged. 

  ‘Landing in Germany as we speak. Call if there’s a 
problem.’ 
  Johno stood. ‘Mr Stanton … sir, thank you for your 
assistance, and Nova Scotia was an operational necessity – 
it distracted our friends for a while.’ 
  Stanton’s look suggested he was not buying that. The 
screen went back to the digital clock. 
  ‘Can we have the coins back?’ Johno shouted at the 
blank screen. 
 

‘So,’ Beesely cheerfully began. ‘Got all the support we 

need.’ 
  Johno faced Helen, pointing at the desk phone. ‘Ask 
for the French guy, there’s a love.’ 

background image

193 

 

Pascal stepped in a moment later, a trooper at his side. 

Johno dismissed the trooper, ordering refreshments for 
Pascal. 
  ‘Thank your government for the aircraft,’ Johno 
offered. ‘Did they fly from Corsica?’ 
 

‘Yes, and quite a diplomatic row.’ 

  ‘Never mind, the Wops will have a lot more to worry 
about soon,’ Beesely told Pascal, motoring closer. He 
stopped level with the French liaison and faced Johno. 
‘What are we doing with the treasure, boy?’ 
  Johno gave it some thought. ‘Sending back where it 
came from, I guess.’ 
  Pascal’s eyes widened, focussed on Johno. ‘You will 
send it … to us?’ 
 

‘Most of it. Got to keep a few souvenirs. Besides, you 

can decide if the Vatican gets the religious stuff, your 
bleeding headache.’ 
 

‘When…?’ Pascal asked in a strained whisper. 

  Johno lifted his phone. ‘Who many trunks of Templar 
coins are there?’ 
 ‘Forty-six, 

sir.’ 

  ‘Send thirty to Paris, plus all the religious icons, not 
the Arabic stuff. Send ten to the bank society.’ 
 ‘Yes, 

sir.’ 

  ‘Thank you,’ Pascal offered, quietly stunned. ‘May I 
notify our Government?’ 
  ‘No hurry,’ Johno encouraged with a dismissive wave 
as Otto returned, greeting Pascal.  

‘Your files are being put to good use,’ Otto told the 

man. 
  Pascal offered a formal head-tip. ‘What else will you 
need?’ 
  ‘Not much,’ Johno said, a big sigh issued. ‘Yanks are 
sending us … assets.’ 
 

‘Ah. I see.’  

 

Johno could see Pascal’s grey matter working away. 

background image

194 

  ‘Ma’am?’ came from the desk phone. ‘American 
helicopters approaching.’ 
 

‘Thank you,’ Helen said towards the phone. 

 

‘Helicopters?’ Pascal queried. 

  ‘Best not to ask,’ Beesely suggested, finishing with a 
wink. 
  ‘Get yourself a room,’ Johno encouraged. ‘Settle in, 
get yourself some food. Then help our staff go through 
your files, check-up on French members and current 
whereabouts.’ He stood, Pascal following him up and 
being led out. 

 

 
Johno welcomed Grey’s associates at the drawbridge, 
noting now how respectful they were towards him and 
finally feeling like a member of The Lodge. With K2 
guards taking the Americans’ kit bags down to the East 
Camp barracks, Grey assembled the fit looking men and 
led them inside for a briefing. In the courtyard the ten ex-
SAS troopers caught their attention, greetings – and rude 
comments - exchanged, coffees organised from the 
vending machines, Johno in the thick of it and loving 
every minute. As he explained to the Americans he was – 
at heart – a foot soldier. 
  An American said, ‘Had enough of you fags in 
Afghanistan, always stealing our fucking kit!’ 
 

He got back, ‘Where’s ya designer sunglasses and fake 

tan?’ from a trooper. 
  Another British man asked, ‘Did you bring your 
literary agent with you?’ 
  ‘Look who’s talking,’ an American challenged. ‘All 
Saddam had to do to get Bravo Two Zero talking was 
offer a three book deal – then he couldn’t shut ‘em up!’ 
They laughed. 

background image

195 

  The body bags emerging from the courtyard got the 
visitors attention, the explanation of how they died 
causing a few grimaces. 
 

An alarm suddenly sounded, the tannoy ordering ready 

squads to the town. 
  Johno lifted his phone as troopers rushed to vehicles, 
the Americans readying their weapons. ‘What’s up?’ 
 

‘Sir, Thomas is missing, his driver and guard dead!’ 

  Johno took an involuntary breath. ‘Roadblocks at ten 
kilometres.’ He ran inside. 
  Noticing Pascal he grabbed the man’s arm. ‘My boy’s 
been kidnapped! Get a photo to your border police!’ He 
strode quickly along the companionway to the office. 
 

‘They’ve grabbed Thomas,’ Beesely informed him. 

  ‘Knowing Thomas … he’s got yesterday’s clothes on. 
He would’ve been showing off those fucking shoes!’ 
  ‘The tracker!’ Helen gasped. She fired up the 
computer, Johno impatiently stood at her shoulder as 
Beesely motored around. A minute later and she clicked 
‘refresh’ on the software that they had used yesterday. A 
map appeared, displaying Zug. 
  Johno pointed at a red blip. ‘That’s not his school, 
that’s the road South East.’ 
 

‘There!’ Helen pointed, a fresh blip. 

 

Johno lifted his phone. ‘Condor Squadron up! Condor! 

Thomas is moving south east, ten kilometres from the 
school.’ 
  Beesely tapped Johno’s arm. ‘He might lead us to 
them.’ 
 

Helen focused on Beesely, an unhappy glare. ‘He may 

also go to a safe house, being held by the heavy mob.’ 
  ‘There’s a lot at stake here,’ Beesely softly countered 
with. ‘Many lives.’ 
 

Johno slumped into his chair, Beesely motoring around 

to him as Otto entered. 

background image

196 

 

‘We’ll find him,’ Beesely offered in a reassuring tone. 

‘They haven’t spotted the tracker.’ 
  ‘Should have sent the little fucker to Lindau,’ Johno 
muttered, Helen looking away. 
 

Otto paced for two minutes, nothing said. 

 

‘Ma’am?’ came from the desk phone. 

 

‘Go ahead,’ Helen responded, leaning closer. 

  ‘The kidnappers have transferred to a waiting 
helicopter, an Agusta. It is heading east, our helicopters 
are following.’ 
  ‘They can’t,’ Johno admitted. ‘Agustas are faster than 
Apaches. Pull back the Apaches, we’ll use the tracker. Get 
our people in our Agustas.’ 
 

‘Yes, sir,’ came from the desk phone. 

 

‘They won’t catch up,’ Beesely delicately pointed out. 

  ‘The tracker will help,’ Johno responded in a resigned 
tone. He rubbed his face. ‘Till it’s out of range.’ 
 

Helen checked the screen. ‘Moving east rapidly.’ 

 

‘Send his picture to Interpol,’ Johno quietly suggested, 

his head lowered. ‘Cover all the bases.’ He checked his 
watch. ‘Managers meeting at twelve noon, then we decide 
if we move on the list. Let the Lodge know we move on 
the list … may move on the list tonight, decision at noon.’ 
 

‘Kev and his people have returned,’ Otto informed the 

group. 
  Feeling suddenly drained, Johno lifted his gaze. ‘How 
many boys?’ 
 

‘Thirty-six,’ Otto answered, his eyebrows raised. 

  ‘Thirty-six?’ Johno repeated, concerned. ‘General 
Rose must know exactly what we’re up to. Fucking 
containment will be lousy.’ He turned his head towards 
Helen. ‘Send for that tosser, Kev, will you.’ 
  She made the call, Kev appearing two minutes later 
with Mr Grey. 
  ‘I just heard,’ Kev said. ‘Any news on the nipper?’ 
Johno shook his head. 

background image

197 

  Helen checked the computer screen. ‘They’re in 
Austria. Looks like they’ve stopped. I guess these blue 
dots are our helicopters.’ Otto confirmed they were. 
‘They’ll be there in minutes.’ 
 

‘Who’d you round up?’ Johno barked at Kev. 

 

‘Lots of good boys, twelve only left in the last year.’ 

  ‘They’d still be under orders?’ Johno questioned, 
referring to the two-year period after service where SAS 
troopers could be called back for service. 
  ‘General Rose grabbed us all in Swindon,’ Kev 
explained. ‘Had a word. We’s all to do as ya’ ask.’ 
  ‘Fucking great!’ He took a breath. ‘He knows, we 
know, no one mentions it. Like being married and 
cheating,’ Johno coldly stated. 
 

Helen focused on him. ‘Charming.’ 

 

Otto tapped the computer screen. ‘They have stopped.’ 

He spoke into his satellite phone. ‘Report.’ As he listened 
his features sank. ‘Return our units.’ Johno waited 
expectantly. Otto explained, ‘They found Thomas’s 
clothes, and his shoes, on an isolated road. Witnesses said 
that one helicopter landed and two took off.’ 
  ‘They stripped him and swapped aircraft,’ Johno 
stated. ‘Clever little puppies.’ 
  Otto added, ‘The second helicopter was a Bell 
Jetranger. It headed north.’ 
 

‘Be under the radar,’ Helen pointed out. 

 

‘We’re wasting time,’ Beesely suggested. ‘Best hope is 

to take them all down. Someone will talk.’ 
  Johno slowly took in the faces. Beesely, Kev, Grey, 
Otto then Helen. ‘What do you say, Otto?’ 
  ‘They must know we have something planned, hence 
the move to grab Thomas.’ 
  ‘Grabbing Thomas won’t stop me,’ Johno snapped 
back. ‘Pepi knows that. This is more like his work, save 
face with the top table, throw them a minor victory.’ 

background image

198 

  He took in Helen’s concerned, yet sympathetic look. 
‘What do you say?’ 
 

‘All this computer searching, they’ll find out before the 

day’s out. Regardless of Thomas’s situation, we need to 
move quickly.’ 
 

Johno made eye contact with Grey. ‘I have two targets 

that are … unreachable to mere mortals. And, your boss 
probably won’t like who we hit.’ He made the sign of the 
cross. 
 

Grey considered what Johno was suggesting. ‘My team 

could do it. Mr Stanton has pledged full backing and told 
me to assist you any which way. So, strictly speaking, not 
breaking any rules.’ 
 

Johno tilted his head. ‘Be hell to pay if you’re caught.’ 

 

Grey was adamant. ‘I don’t get caught.’ 

  Johno rubbed his eyes. ‘If we fuck this up, we lose 
everything and set Europe ablaze.’ He made eye contact 
with Beesely. 
  ‘Eisenhower. D-Day,’ Beesely brashly stated, a wave 
of his hand. ‘Sending your people into harms way, 
everything risked on one move!’ 
 

‘He was a lot better at this stuff than me,’ Johno firmly 

pointed out to Beesely. 
  ‘Rubbish,’ Beesely came straight back with. ‘He was 
lucky. If the weather in the English Channel had picked up 
we would have lost!’ 
  Johno checked his watch again, sighing. ‘Notify all 
assets… 7pm kick-off. Get into position before then.’ He 
took in their faces. In a hoarse whisper he said, ‘It’s D-
Day, boys and girls. All out war. Someone check the 
weather in the English Channel.’ 
 

Otto stepped out, followed by Kev and Grey. 

  Johno took a loud breath, rubbing his face. Facing 
Helen he said, ‘See if there was anything on the news in 
Italy about those guards we killed.’ 
 

She Googled it. ‘Nothing.’ 

background image

199 

  ‘So, they covered it up to save face,’ Beesely 
suggested. 
 

Claus stepped in. ‘Sir, the list.’ He handed over a hefty 

document. 
 

Reading it Johno said, ‘Those in Spain and Portugal go 

to Kev, numbers permitting. Those in Germany, or 
anywhere north of Switzerland, go to the Yanks. Here, 
Austria and Italy go to K2. Any overseas, outside of 
Europe, go to the Americans. Any around the 
Mediterranean go to Mossad. South of France goes to 
Edwardo whatshisface.’ 
  He handed back the list, Claus studying it quickly. 
‘That would give the Americans over a hundred.’ 
  ‘OK … how about we do Bavaria as well,’ Johno 
offered. 
 

‘That would reduce the list by … almost forty.’ 

 ‘Fine.’ 
  ‘Of the Germans, twenty-six are abroad,’ Claus 
informed the group. 
  ‘Makes it easier,’ Helen put in. ‘But what about the 
French? We’ll upset them … operating on their home turf. 
Besides, they said they’d help.’ 
 

Johno considered it. ‘How many in France?’ 

 

‘Less than fifty,’ Claus reported. ‘As you said, many in 

the South of France.’ 
  Beesely faced Claus. ‘Those north of Lyon, give them 
to Pascal, ask him to have them arrested on mafia 
membership tonight.’ 
  ‘How many does that leave in the South?’ Helen 
asked. 
 

Claus ran a finger down the list. ‘No more than twenty-

eight.’ 
  ‘Fine,’ Johno offered. ‘Send them to Edwardo, 
activating his account in Panama.’ 
 

Claus made several notes. 

 

‘How many on holiday in the Med’?’ Helen asked. 

background image

200 

  ‘I believe around twenty, no more,’ Claus informed 
her. 
 

‘Further a field?’ Helen asked. 

 ‘Thirty.’ 
  She faced Johno. ‘Wrong time of year for holidays, 
autumn.’ 
  ‘Two … are in Israel,’ Claus pointed out, tipping his 
head. 
  ‘That’s unfortunate for them,’ Beesely pointedly 
remarked. 
  Helen eased back. ‘And with a bit of luck, the main 
players close at hand in Lindau.’ 
 

Johno eased up onto his feet. Pointing directly at Helen 

he said, ‘No one tell the British anything, just in case.’ 
  ‘After this, I’d be lucky if they didn’t arrest me on 
sight!’ Helen suggested as she stood. 
 

background image

201 

Eve of battle nerves 

 

 
Johno stood on the companionway, resting his weight on 
the wooden balustrade and watching the feverish activity 
down below. 
  Mavo approached and stood level. ‘We gonna get a 
crack at these boys as well?’ 
 

Johno did not look around. ‘You’re not, no. You, Bilbo 

and few select others will come with me when we go for 
Thomas.’ 
 

After a moment’s reflection Mavo said, ‘Fair enough.’ 

  ‘Besides, Thomas may lead us right to the power 
brokers.’ 
 

Mavo nodded to himself. ‘You seen the courtyard?’ 

 

Johno straightened, stretching his back. ‘Lead on.’ 

  The bustle in the Great Hall and courtyard reminded 
Johno of the last attack, when the wounded and the able-
bodied had assembled there. Now he figured there were 
close to two hundred people gathered in groups, the Swiss 
issuing tickets, maps, pistols, wads of money, night-sights, 
sniper rifles. It was quite the small army. 
  He eased up onto the first table, the men closest 
turning to face him. ‘Your attention please!’ The crowd 
approached, the noise level falling. He pointed at the 
courtyard. ‘Get them in here.’ 
 He 

waited. 

  ‘Gentlemen. K2 agents. Troopers.’ He waived 
dismissively. ‘Yanks!’ A few laughs went around at the 
last word. ‘Tonight we strike back … at those who have 
plagued us all along. Some of you, most of you, do not 
know that K2 was specifically formed by old man Gunter - 
with the direct help of the Swiss Government - to 
specifically counterbalance the Basel Group of 
Freemasons, those we go to fight. 

background image

202 

 

‘That group was put together by former German Army 

officers, Nazis, using their stolen gold to form businesses 
in Europe. In addition to those businesses, they formed - 
or infiltrated - European Freemason groups, who might 
otherwise have been as peaceful as their English 
counterparts; coffee mornings and Tupperware parties. 
 ‘Unfortunately, 

greed 

seems 

to have got the better of 

them, and they’ve turned their hand to terrorism. They 
were indirectly behind the nerve gas attack here, they lent 
a hand with the mercenary attack on us, and they directly 
assisted Luchenkov’s attack on the castle, killing our 
guards – your friends and colleagues. 
  ‘If they’re not stopped they’ll grow, becoming keener 
to break the law and do whatever they please. We cannot 
allow that to happen. The Swiss Government is behind 
you, the British Government, and now the American and 
French Governments have joined us. Later today that 
group may grow further – after I have a little chat. 
 

‘When you leave here you take a great risk of death or 

incarceration. And make no mistake, some of those you’re 
going after will know how to defend themselves. But they 
do not have our skills, nor our resolve. If any of you are 
caught we shall do everything we can to get you out – 
assuming we’re still alive and breathing in the morning.  
 

‘When you are out there tonight, please keep a look out 

for Thomas. He’s missing, being held by one of these 
fuckers. But knowing Thomas, they’ll probably offer us 
large sums to take him back.’   
  A chorus of laughs swept around the Great Hall, 
echoing. 
 

‘Double-check everything, leave nothing to chance. If I 

don’t get the chance later, good luck. British, on me. Rest 
of you, as you were.’ 
  He clambered down, leading the British contingent 
into the bright mid-morning light and onto the grass. They 
assembled around him. 

background image

203 

 

‘Gentleman. And troopers.’ He took in their faces, Kev 

and Mavo at the front. ‘We’re going after the idiots 
responsible for Portsmouth.’  
 

The men glanced at each other. 

  ‘And that’s something you can never repeat, for 
Britain’s sake as much as anyone else. These … mafia 
maggots helped Luchenkov. But if the news gets out then 
some of the British press – OK, all of the fuckers – will 
attack the Europeans. But it wasn’t the Europeans’ fault. 
You have to be careful where you lay the blame. Blame 
the people, not the country! 
  ‘When you’re out tonight, don’t forget what these 
fuckers had a hand in; show no mercy, make examples of 
them. If their families get in the way, don’t shot-up the in-
laws, the publicity will turn against us. As you should 
know by now we’re going to mutilate these fuckers - a 
ritualistic killing. That will tie them all together. If you 
can’t do that without risk, just shoot the fuckers, making 
sure you leave behind a calling card. OK, any questions?’ 
  The troopers glanced at each other, most looking 
confident. 
  One man raised a hand. ‘We get a job here 
afterwards?’ 
  ‘All of you can. After … the heat dies down. You’ll 
have cash to get you to the job. After that … fuck off 
abroad for two weeks, relax and kick back - further away 
the better. We have hotels and safe houses all over the 
world, just call Kev or one of the others here and we’ll 
give you a list.’ 
  He scanned their faces. ‘OK, as the saying goes … to 
your duties, fall out.’ 
  With the men dispersed, just Mavo remaining, Johno 
took a final stroll through the park area. The mist had 
cleared, the sun breaking through the clouds in the 
distance and bathing the far shore in light. The breeze 
coming off the lake was chill and fresh, the lake surface 

background image

204 

choppy, uniform layers of white wave-crests no more than 
a few inches high. 
  No matter how many deep breaths he took in and let 
out he could not shake the foreboding, the feeling of 
impending doom, even with all the allies lined up behind 
him. He lit up, turning and taking in the vehicles coming 
and going. With his phone chirping he lifted it. ‘Yeah?’ 
 

‘Sir, disposition of ‘C’ and ‘D’ squadrons?’ 

  ‘Italy. Get them in unseen, check the list for where to 
go. And our best field agents to Italy as well.’ He stepped 
slowly up the grass, Mavo loyally stood ready at his 
shoulder. 
 

‘Did you get nervous before op’s?’ Mavo asked. 

 

‘Most of the time … no. Used to think I was too thick 

to know the risks.’ 
  ‘Driving after the Scud’s in Iraq I wasn’t afraid at all, 
but I think that’s because we drove after them. Parachuting 
into some place was always more scary.’ 
  ‘I did four drops in Bosnia and Kosovo. Can’t say I 
was that bothered. After Kosovo, after I got my health 
back, I did do some work, but all cities, no field work 
really.’ 
 

‘What do you mean, got your health back?’ 

 They 

exchanged 

smiles. 

 

‘You, Helen and the kid make quite a team.’ 

 

Johno stopped smiling. ‘Before I took on the baggage

I wouldn’t have hesitated about anything.’ 
 

‘Oh, dear, Johno Williams becoming human.’ 

 

‘No need to swear, fucker.’ 

  ‘All that money, and here you are … right in the shit. 
If you get shot tonight you deserve the largest gravestone 
with the largest message ever – this fucker had it all, then 
blew it!’ 
 

Johno faced him. ‘You’re not helping!’ 

background image

205 

  ‘There’s gotta be some way of fucking up these guys, 
something you’re missing. You got the French on board, 
just need the rest on board.’ 
  ‘I’m already considering that. Might work, or it might 
just tip them off.’ 
 

‘Do it at the last minute.’ 

 

‘No time for manoeuvring then.’ 

 

‘Sir?’ came from his phone. 

 ‘Yeah?’ 
  ‘Some interesting developments from the Americans, 
sir.’ 
 

‘On my way.’ He faced Mavo. ‘Yanks got something.’ 

  ‘There you go, Uncle Sam to the rescue. Few weeks 
late, but eventually … over paid, over sexed, and over 
‘ere
!’ 
 

They walked in, laughing. 

 
Helen and Beesely sat examining an email as Johno 
walked in. 
 ‘What’s 

up?’ 

  Helen explained, ‘The NSA computer has thrown up 
what they believe are the seven power brokers. Credit card 
use and flights puts them in all the right places, matches to 
Pepi – and aliases they found for Pepi - but they’re not 
current Basel members. This guy -’ She tapped the screen 
‘- was in Rome last night. NSA even have mobile phone 
mapping on them. Right now five of them are in Northern 
Italy, a hilltop retreat at Cervinia, less than fifty miles 
direct flight from here, just across the border and a dead 
end valley.’ 
  ‘So no approach by road without being seen,’ Johno 
mused. These guys ain’t stupid, they’ve had a lot of 
practise.’ 
 

Otto appeared, glancing at the email. 

background image

206 

 

Johno suggested to Otto, ‘Get Blaum, and see if he can 

the get Italian Prime Minister himself here. If not, the 
highest ranker he can get.’ 
  ‘Cervinia,’ Otto noted as he focused again on the 
computer screen. ‘I have been skiing there many times.’ 
He pointed at the email. ‘I know this ski-lodge, it is 
isolated. This time of year, most certainly empty.’ 
 

 ‘Not so empty,’ Beesely pointed out. ‘Five of the them 

are there!’ 
  Otto made strong eye contact with Johno. ‘That could 
be a very good stroke of luck. Also, from where the 
helicopters swapped, a short flight if they doubled back.’ 
 

‘They’re there now,’ Helen pointedly remarked. ‘They 

may not be staying the night, especially if they get a whiff 
of what we’re about to do around Europe.’ 
  ‘We can’t launch a helicopter attack in Italian 
territory,’ Johno sighed. 
  Otto brightened. ‘Ah, this ski lodge is owned by 
someone I know of.’ 
  ‘Buy it!’ Beesely snapped. ‘We can then send some 
boys in there!’ 
  Otto lifted his phone. ‘Put me through to Henri 
Founche, owner of the luxury ski chalet at the head of the 
Cervinia valley.’ 
 They 

all 

waited. 

  ‘Henri? Otto Schessel, International Bank of Zurich. 
Yes, how are you? Good. Your chalet in Cervinia, I’d like 
to buy it. Sorry, this is not negotiable. Yes, that is a threat. 
Would you like the threat in writing? No. Fine. Your 
price, please. It is worth three million euros? I will give 
you five, wired immediately. Thank you, always a 
pleasure. One more thing, not a word of this to anyone, 
especially at the chalet. Fax confirmation of ownership 
immediately. Thank you.’ 

background image

207 

  Johno lifted his phone. ‘Send helicopters for ‘A’ 
Squadron, bring ‘em back. Prepare an assault on Cervinia 
immediately. Ready Apaches.’ 
  ‘Might just catch them having lunch!’ Beesely 
enthused. 
  ‘Still going to need Blaum and someone from the 
Italian Government,’ Johno insisted, Otto stepping out. 
 

‘Another email from the NSA,’ Helen brought to their 

attention. ‘One more puppy in … Lindau, of all places. 
Last one … well, well … at the villa in Tivoli.’ 
  ‘Get their mobile signatures, their frequencies, I know 
the boys here got the kit that can track them,’ Johno urged. 
 

 
Blaum arrived with the Italian Ambassador an hour later, 
the courtyard cleared, many men having left already. Their 
visitor was entertained by Claus in the restaurant for 
twenty minutes as they waited for the Italian Interior 
Minister to arrive by helicopter. 

Otto greeted the Italian Minister at the drawbridge, just 

as Johno and Mavo climbed into a helicopter, a twenty-
minute flight to Cervinia. Blaum brought the Ambassador 
downstairs with Claus and into Helen’s office, the two 
groups meeting up. 
 

Otto did the introductions. ‘Minister, Ambassador, this 

is Sir Morris Beesely, formerly of British Intelligence.’ 
  ‘I have … heard much,’ the Minister cautiously 
offered. They shook. 
 

‘Likewise,’ Beesely grumbled, surprising the guest. 

 

‘And this is Dame Helen Eddington-Small, until a few 

weeks ago, the director of British Intelligence.’ 
  The Minster shook her hand with a heavy frown, the 
Ambassador likewise. 
 

Otto continued, ‘This is a representative of the CIA –’ 

That caused the Minister to stop and blink before offering 

background image

208 

a handshake. ‘- and this gentlemen is from the French 
security service, the DGSE.’ 
  ‘Quite … quite a gathering,’ the Minister nervously 
noted as he sat, refreshments ordered. 
  Otto and Beesely were both present, but Helen was 
taking this meeting. She got straight to the point. ‘Let me 
start, Minister, by stating quite firmly that by tomorrow 
night your government will have fallen on corruption 
charges.’ 
  The Italians stared back, horrified and glancing at 
Blaum. 
  She continued, ‘But, in the short term, whilst you are 
still the Interior Minister, we’d like your help with 
something.’ The Minister simply stared back. ‘I trust you 
are familiar with the Cervinia ski area, the exclusive spa 
lodge at the top of the valley?’ 
  ‘I believe so,’ the Minister answered, his initial shock 
still firmly in place. 
 

‘Well, we have just bought it … and a few minutes ago 

launched a large scale helicopter assault to seize the 
criminals and terrorist there, holding our people hostage.’ 
 

The Italians sat frozen, just staring, their mouths open. 

The Minister shook off his surprise and took in the faces. 
‘This is a joke?’ 
 

Helen opened the file in front of her. ‘You are familiar 

with The Basel Group of Freemasons, gentlemen?’ The 
Minister swallowed. Helen continued, ‘You, Minister have 
close associations with these two individuals.’ 
 

Claus handed over the photographs, the Italians taking 

in the faces they both knew.  
 

‘I know these men, they are well respected –’ 

  ‘Terrorists,’ Helen finished off. ‘The British, French, 
Swiss and American Governments are all preparing 
extradition requests on terrorist charges. As a courtesy, 
Minister, we are here – the various intelligence agencies – 

background image

209 

to see what you have to say for yourself. Before we 
consider adding your name to the list.’ 
 

The Minister sat frozen to his seat. 

  Helen added, opening the file, ‘We have concrete 
proof, not only of mafia involvement in money laundering, 
but of bribery, insider dealing and murder … and also now 
terrorism. The question remains, Minister, what was your 
involvement with Basel?’ 
 

She eased back and waited. 

  The Minister glanced at Blaum, at the various faces, 
then finally back to Helen. ‘I am not … involved with 
these people - I just know them. I have no business 
dealings with them and, as a Minister in the Italian 
Government, of course I am not involved in any such 
matters.’ 
  ‘Let me be perfectly candid with you, Minister.’ She 
sat forwards, resting her arms on the desk, interlacing her 
fingers. ‘Some of the … intelligence agencies that have 
developed a problem with Basel, and your link to them, 
are not seeking extradition.’ She made a ‘pistol’ sign with 
her hand, forefinger and thumb. 
  ‘What are you saying?’ the Minister gasped, his now 
Ambassador wide-eyed. 
  ‘It’s come to our attention that some … agencies, 
would rather see you … removed. Permanently. Car 
accident, heart attack, ski accident – broken neck. That 
would make it less damaging to … European politics.’ 
 

‘You know of a definite threat?’ 

  Helen opened the folder, handing over the first 
photograph. The Minister studied it, looking a little lost. 
  ‘That’s the Nan King, the ship that exploded in 
Portsmouth.’ 
 

Claus handed over the second photograph. 

  Helen explained, ‘That’s it loading with explosives … 
in Marseille.’ 

background image

210 

 

The Italians glanced at Pascal as Claus handed over the 

photographs of the DGSE agents at Marseille. 
  ‘Do you know who those gentlemen work for?’ Helen 
asked. 
  Pascal answered. ‘They were … interrogated. They 
work for a man called Guido Pepi.’ The Italians both 
flinched. Pascal added, ‘The leader of the Basel 
Freemason Group, linked to known mafia contacts.’ 
  Helen offered the Minister a sympathetic look. ‘You 
see where this leaves you, Minister. And what do you 
think the newspapers of Great Britain, and the world, will 
think when they learn of the deaths of a thousand of 
British people – at the hands of the Italian mafia.’ 
 

The Minister turned to Blaum for support. 

  ‘It is true,’ Blaum solemnly stated. ‘I have seen the 
evidence myself.’ 
  The Minister put a hand over his mouth, staring at the 
photographs. For many seconds no one said anything as 
the Minister consider his future. He eventually lowered his 
hand, giving a large shrug – a plea. 
  ‘Minister, you can redeem yourself – in some small 
part – by assisting us against the Basel Group. If not, you 
may well have that heart attack before you get back to 
your helicopter. You will, however, resign at 7pm 
tonight.’ 
  He nodded, very gently, the colour gone from is face. 
‘What … what do you want me to do?’ 
 

‘As we began with, you can sign a document giving us 

permission to organise a hostage rescue on Italian soil. 
The area is isolated, and we own it, so minimum casualties 
or problems. The area is mostly deserted this time of year, 
so we have that in our favour.’ 
  ‘And … will I still be sought?’ the Minister asked, 
avoiding making eye contact. 
  ‘The Governments represented here will waiver their 
actions against, if you assist today, and … let us know 

background image

211 

what you know about Basel … and the secret German 
group that controls their top table.’ 
  The Minister and Ambassador both frowned their lack 
of understanding.  

‘German group?’ the Ambassador queried. 
‘Didn’t you know?’ Helen toyed. ‘Know who really 

controls it, the Nazis who used stolen gold to found the 
group?’ 

‘It is true,’ Blaum put in. 
The Ambassador looked more shocked than the 

Minister. 

‘You look … surprised, Ambassador,’ Helen toyed. 

‘Did you think that the top table and Pepi made the 
decisions?’ 

Otto clicked on the computer, playing the recording of 

Pepi talking with the German. Oddly enough, the 
Ambassador recognised Pepi’s voice. 

Claus offered the Minister a form to sign. The Minister 

hesitated before adding his signature. Blaum signed as 
witness, Pascal as witness, finally handing it to the 
Ambassador. 
 

‘I cannot put my name to that,’ the man suggested. 
‘Why?’ Helen delicately enquired. ‘Wouldn’t the 

Grandmaster of your Lodge like it?’ 

The Ambassador suddenly realised why he was in the 

meeting. Helen pressed a button on the desk phone, two 
troopers stepping in and cocking their weapons. 

‘You, Ambassador, will be having a heart attack later, 

being found in a hotel room with a prostitute and some 
cocaine. Of course, that is not my final decision. Some 
here would rather you got the chair.’ 

The Minister turned fully to face his Ambassador. 

‘You … you are Basel?’ 

‘I want to make a deal,’ the Ambassador offered, 

staring at the troopers. 

background image

212 

Helen walked around the desk, handing the 

Ambassador a notepad and pen. ‘These gentlemen will 
take you to a room. What happens after that depends on 
what you write down. And how quickly.’ 

She waved him out, closing the door and sitting. ‘So, 

Minister, what do you think you’ll do … after leaving 
office?’ 

 

 
The route to the Italian border and Cervinia was a steady 
climb into Alpine valleys, breaking through a ceiling of 
grey clouds at two thousand metres and then into the 
bright sunshine, pilots and passengers winching at the 
brilliance and placing on sunglasses. Passing over a 
permanently snow-covered knoll in the hills above 
Zermat, the Schwaree Range, Johno could see that 
numerous die-hard skiers were out enjoying some very-
late season exercise, off-piste. 

Johno’s lead Agusta crossed the knoll at little more 

than twenty metres above the snow, skiers stopping and 
looking up – or falling over. Five black Agusta helicopters 
roared over the skiers, followed by four Squirrel 
helicopters, finally a line of five Apaches - quite a 
spectacle – especially when witnessed from above as the 
skiers descended the steep slopes. Crossing the ridge the 
passengers’ stomachs were in their mouths as negative ‘g-
force’ resulted from a climb followed by a dive. 

‘Five minutes,’ came over the radio. ‘Crossing the 

Italian border soon.’ 

‘Airborne One, this is Helen. Green light.’ 
‘Copy,’ went back. 
Johno turned his head, facing Kev, Mavo and Bilbo. 

‘Still awake?’ 

‘If we crash in the snow, I’m eating your kidneys,’ 

Mavo told him. 

background image

213 

‘Johno’s kidneys?’ Kev challenged. ‘Use them to make 

a fire, they’re twenty percent proof!’ 
 
Alaine Iconnou, a portly forty-five year old Italian, 
checked the chalet’s register. His guest party of eleven 
were booked-in for two days, two guests arriving later 
today, three departing tomorrow. Everything seemed in 
order, but it was always wise to triple check with this 
party. 
  At first he thought he heard thunder, tipping his head 
and listening. Then the sound started to remind him of an 
avalanche, a quick panic before he remembered the 
season. He stepped around the reception desk with a room-
maid, the young lady also curious about the growing 
reverberations, stepping to the large front windows and 
looking down the valley as the sound increased. 
  His panic grew as the building started shaking, the 
maid suggesting an earthquake, but at the same time 
doubting her own theory. The sight of three Apaches in a 
row descending into view, less than fifty yards from where 
he now stood, was a shock; not least because they seemed 
be bristling with missiles. When they opened fire on the 
road in front of the chalet-hotel he dived to the floor, the 
maid screaming and joining him when she realised that it 
was probably a good move. The roar was intense as the 
sounds of the tarmac road tearing up filled the foyer. 
 
Johno observed from two hundred feet above. He clicked 
on the radio. ‘Hit the windows, just those showing no 
thermal images inside, and any other areas where it’s safe 
to fire – avoid any casualties.’ 
  At the rear of the chalet the log-shed shredded. The 
chalet’s roof tiles shattered and fell, the chimney reduced 
to dust, the garage for the ski equipment caving in after the 
walls gave way, the chalet’s ski equipment destroyed. 

background image

214 

  With the conservatory and hot tub reduced to broken 
glass, Johno’s helicopter put down on the lawn. The 
troopers piled out and into the lying position, shooting out 
the glass of windows and doors on this side of the chalet, 
Johno lying prone as the helicopter quickly lifted off, the 
second Augusta already moving in to land. 
  The four of them ran forwards across the lawn, 
stopping with their backs to the lodge’s thick stone walls 
as the second helicopter touched down, the troopers out 
before it had even settled, their ride pulling off 
immediately. With both teams against the wall, Johno sent 
two troopers around the front, two around the rear, Mavo 
now on his stomach and holding open the door. Jumping 
over Mavo the remainder stormed in, stopping and 
kneeling just inside the door. 
  Along the length of the lounge people lay face down, 
Johno shouting at them to stay down in several languages. 
With four K2 agents now through the door behind him he 
stood and ordered the people trussed. Using plastic ties the 
four men and two women were roughly bound, the women 
desperately enquiring as to what was happening. 
  When everyone was securely tied, and sat upright, 
Johno gave them a quick look over. Two looked like 
bodyguards, one man obviously too young, the women 
definitely not Basel, but maybe family members. With the 
building still reverberating from the roar of helicopters 
Johno moved out from the lounge. ‘On me!’ 
  In the foyer area the manager and the maid were still 
on the floor, but crawling along. Running forwards as a 
squad, their weapons covering every angle, Johno grabbed 
the manager, lifting him against the front of the reception 
desk. 
 

‘Who are you?’ Johno barked. 

 

‘I am the … the manager. Iconnou.’ 

background image

215 

  Johno produced a page and thrust it into his face. 
‘We’re the new owners – the International Bank of Zurich 
- otherwise known as K2.’ 
  The manager’s expression swiftly moved from shock 
towards abject terror. 
  ‘I’m going to ask you a question. Answer it wrong, 
you’ll be tortured. Where … are they?’ 
  With his hands raised the manager reluctantly 
answered, ‘Rooms one to six. But now, they play snooker. 
Basement.’ 
  Johno moved his face to within an inch of the 
manager’s nose as troopers tied up the maid. ‘Is there a 
boy here? A prisoner?’ The manager shook his head, a 
heavy frown. ‘Gather all your staff here. Now. You will 
not
 be harmed.’ 
  The manager grabbed the reception desk phone as 
Johno lifted his radio. ‘They’re in the basement. Search 
the upper rooms for any stragglers.’ He lowered the radio. 
‘On me!’ 
  The open door, and the steps going down, were 
obvious, a quick look in revealing a well lit area at the 
base of the steps, no one visible. Johno dropped to his 
belly, placing his head down on the first step, looking side 
on. A snooker table was evident, a cue on the floor, no one 
playing. Reaching awkwardly in with his MP5 he fired on 
the table, a long burst shredding the green felt and grey 
slate underneath. 
  ‘Raus! Or we grenade!’ He waited. Nothing, and no 
one, was forthcoming. 
  Turning onto his back he whispered, ‘Outside. 
Window on cellar, shoot it up, stick your head in.’ 
  Bilbo and two others ran outside, Johno swivelling 
back to the stairs, MP5 focussed on the table. He fired 
another burst to distract anyone away from the windows. 
Then he waited. A short burst of fire was rapidly followed 

background image

216 

by another, glass landing across the carpeted floor of the 
basement games room. 
  ‘Clear!’ came a voice, echoing both up from the 
recreation room and from an open door to the road. 
 

Johno eased up with a hand from Kev, before stepping 

quickly down into the basement, back against the wall and 
weapon prone. ‘Clear!’ he shouted, rushing to the left of 
the large room, Kev and Mavo following him down and 
now spreading out.  
 

‘Nothing!’ came from Mavo as he reached the far wall. 

  ‘Look for trap doors,’ Johno suggested. ‘I know these 
fuckers.’ 
  They began their search, pulling out cabinets, moving 
pictures from walls, pulling up the carpet tiles – all the 
time with Bilbo wedged through a high window, covering 
them. 
  Kev opened the dartboard cupboard and tapped on the 
wooden backing with the mussel of his MP5. Hollow. He 
backed out quickly, his movements noticed by the others. 
He put a finger to his lips then pointed, Johno closing in. 
  Firing at an angle, to save hitting those inside – just 
scaring them – Kev put ten rounds into the wood, 
obviously hollow.   
  They waited, the roar from the helicopters bursting 
through the smashed windows. Johno pointed at Kev, 
directing him to the far side, back to the wall. Mavo was 
directed opposite, lying down on his side, weapon aimed 
up at the wood. With the men in place he moved next to 
the dartboard, his back to the cellar’s stone wall. He took a 
good grip on the top of the door and yanked it forwards, 
not affecting it. He pulled it towards himself, a good yank, 
the false door opening on Kev’s side. 
  A flurry of small calibre pistol rounds came through 
the wood, Mavo firing back, but aiming low. Kev dropped 
to his knees, MP5 angled in and fired at the stone floor, 

background image

217 

ricochets spraying whoever was inside. A cry and a gasp 
could be heard. 
 

‘Raus!’ Kev shouted. 

 

Nothing came back. 

  Mavo could see shadows against the walls, so fired a 
burst. More cries registered as those inside were hit by 
ricochet. 
 

‘Kev! Smoke!’ Johno ordered. 

  Kev yanked a green smoke grenade off his webbing, 
pulled the pin, waited for it to start gassing then tossed it 
in. Johno pushed hard on the door from his side, closing it, 
Kev putting his foot against the base. Banging on the door 
came a few seconds later, Kev holding it firm for another 
five seconds. 
 

‘Ready?’ Johno asked. ‘Now Kev!’ 

 

Kev moved off to the side, back to the wall as the first 

man came through. Choking, and covered in blood, the 
elderly man dropped to the floor gasping for breath. In his 
expensive grey suit he tried to crawl forwards, finding it 
almost impossible; these were not fit young soldiers, these 
men were over eighty. 
 

The second fell forwards, stumbling over his associate, 

rapidly followed by two more. Then a muffled shot echoed 
out of the room, everyone staying down. 
  The blast of wind coming from the smashed windows 
helped to circulate the green smoke, which was clinging to 
the upper third of the room and rapidly dissipating.  Kev 
put his head in, staying low. One man lay unconscious, 
another slumped – having taken his own life. 
 

‘Clear!’ he shouted. 

 

Troopers grabbed the arms of the old men and dragged 

them across the room, tying their hands behind their backs 
with plastic ties; three conscious and wounded, one 
unconscious and one obviously dead. 

background image

218 

  Johno lifted his radio. ‘Medics to the basement! 
Targets taken, situation secure, no sign of Thomas, update 
base.’  

He took in the old men, and blood on their faces and 

hands from numerous small cuts. ‘Make sure these fuckers 
don’t die on us, check their wounds.’ He grabbed the most 
resilient of the old men, lifting him to a seat. The man 
looked defiantly up as Johno retrieved a hand-sized 
blowtorch. With his face inching close Johno said, ‘Bet ya 
I can get rid of that smirk.’ 
  The blowtorch clicked on, a small blue flame just an 
inch long, close enough to the prisoner for him to winch 
back. ‘Where’s the boy?’ 
 

The old man focused on the blue flame. ‘Pepi has him. 

Italia. Tivoli,’ came in a heavily accented Germanic voice. 
  Johno straightened, knocking off the flame. Softly, he 
ordered, ‘Get them outside.’ 
  At the top of the stairs he walked briskly through the 
foyer, just as breezy as the basement now with its 
windows smashed, and into the lounge. The staff sat 
assembled, alongside the remaining guests, all terrified. 
  Johno lifted the manager, putting his MP5 into the 
man’s neck. ‘Which are staff, which guests?’ 
  The manager wasn’t handcuffed and now hurriedly 
pointed out three guests and four bodyguards. Johno 
pointed at the bodyguards, sliding his finger towards the 
door, an Agusta waiting on the lawn. K2 agents grabbed 
the nominated men, bundling them outside. Johno 
approached a group of two women and one young man, all 
dressed in floral polo-neck jumpers. 
  He stood in front of the terrified trio, the cold wind 
circulating around the room – a hint of green smoke, the 
roar of the helicopters shaking everything. He 
dispassionately studied them for several seconds. As he 
did so the old men were dragged out. A scream from the 
first woman, aged in her mid forties, labelled her clearly as 

background image

219 

family, the comforting hand from the young man 
suggesting he was her son. 
  Johno continued to study the family group as the four 
geriatric prisoners were dragged past, followed by a body 
bag – the woman now hysterical. He eased closer. ‘Do you 
know what these men did during the war?’ 
  He waited. The son stared up defiantly, the woman 
confused. 
  ‘They were all ‘SS’ – Nazi officers,’ Joho coldly 
stated. ‘And tomorrow every newspaper in Europe will 
have their pictures and their stories.’ Now the family 
looked more confused than concerned. Johno continued, 
‘They’ve also been involved in corruption, murder, and 
mafia membership for sixty years. Most recently, they 
arranged the kidnap of my son.’ 
 

The family stared back up, shocked. 

  ‘Tomorrow your faces will be all across the 
newspapers of the world, the seed of Nazis. You’ll be 
arrested, your assets seized.’ 
  He thumbed towards the hotels main door. ‘Start 
walking down the road, and remember the name Basel 
Freemasons. Those old fuckers founded and controlled the 
group.’ He stiffened and stepped back. ‘Go, get out of my 
sight.’ 
  The young man led the two women out as Johno 
turned to the hotel’s staff. 
  ‘Apologies, but – as your new boss – you are all 
sacked. P45s in the post.’ He handed two sheets to a man 
dressed in a chefs outfit. ‘That’s our proof of ownership, 
and permission from the Italian Interior Minister to launch 
this counter terrorist raid. You will all be compensated 
fifty thousand Euros, in a month’s time, depending on 
what you say to the newspapers. And tonight, keep in 
mind that these old men were those controlling the Basel 
Freemason Group. Look out for it on the news, then 
consider what danger you’re in by having worked here – 

background image

220 

and known them. They’re mafia, wanted in France, 
American, England and Switzerland on terrorist charges. 
You may not want to advertise the fact you knew them.’ 
 

Keeping a hand on the manager’s shoulder he thumbed 

the remaining staff towards the door. As the last maid ran 
through the door he lifted his radio. ‘Everyone out. Recall, 
recall.’ 
  He faced the manager. ‘You’re coming with us,’ he 
informed the terrified man. ‘If you help us you won’t be 
harmed and you’ll make some money. Understand?’ 

The manager nodded, before being firmly nudged 

towards the lawn. 
 
Pulling up the valley in his Agusta, Johno ordered: 
‘Apaches, destroy the chalet.’ 
 
Crossing the brilliant white snow-covered peaks, Johno 
could hear humming. It grew rapidly louder, becoming 
distinctly the ‘Dam Busters’ theme. Allowing himself a 
reluctant smile Johno ordered the singing piped back to 
Zug. 
 
Helen’s desk phone came to life, Beesely sat close, the 
wordless singing taking a moment to understand. 
 

She hit a button. ‘That you, Johno?’ 

  ‘We got four, one took his own life. No casualties on 
our side. Thomas at the villa. Johno out.’ 
 

Blaum and Otto stepped in with expectant looks. 

 

Helen lifted her head. ‘They got them. Heading back.’ 

  ‘Excellent,’ Blaum enthused, but controlling his joy. 
‘Any … sign of Thomas?’ 
 

‘Being held in Tivoli, east of Rome. I guess we’ll hit it 

tonight.’ She made eye contact with Beesely, the 
concerned etched into her face. 
 

‘Ma’am?’ came from the phone. 

 

Helen eased towards the phone. ‘Yes?’ 

background image

221 

  ‘A man has been apprehended in Lindau. He has the 
correct credit card and mobile number to match the 
primary suspects.’ 
 ‘How 

old?’ 

  ‘He is estimated to be mid eighties and Italian, 
Ma’am.’ 
  ‘Good. Thank you.’ She eased back, making eye 
contact with Otto. ‘Just the villa remaining.’ 
 

‘How’s the dispersal?’ Beesely asked Otto. 

  ‘About eighty percent of targets have been issued. 
Some are moving around Europe as we speak, so we must 
wait for them to settle – at home or in a hotel.’ 
 

‘Ma’am?’ came out of the phone again. 

 ‘Yes?’ 
 

‘A General Rose, Ma’am.’ 

 

She made eye contact with Beesely. ‘Put him through.’ 

 ‘Helen?’ 
 ‘Yes, 

General.’ 

 

‘French President and his Interior Minister just arrived 

at Number Ten, urgent – private – meeting regarding you 
lot. Any clues?’  
  ‘Yes. The French are very sorry for their countrymen 
being involved with Basel and are completely on board. In 
fact, they’re offering us material assistance. Got a DGSE 
liaison officer here. 
 ‘You 

have?’ 

 ‘And 

CIA.’ 

 

‘Oh. Well, what’s happening?’ 

 

‘Six out of seven of the founders – the power brokers – 

are in our custody. Johno just led a helicopter assault into 
the Italian Alps.’ 
 

‘Jesus. Won’t the Italians jump up and down?’ 

  ‘There Interior Minister was here … gave us written 
permission.’ 
  ‘You put a gun to his head?’ Everyone in the room 
glanced at each other. ‘Helen?’ 

background image

222 

  ‘He’ll be resigning later. The Italian Ambassador to 
Switzerland just had a heart attack in a hotel room, 
furnished with a prostitute and some cocaine.’ 
 

‘Jesus. Well ... er … well done anyway. What’s next?’ 

 

‘Plausible deniability.’ She hung up. 

  Blaum asked, ‘May I ask, Helen, if you … wish your 
old job back?’ 
  She lowered her head for a moment. ‘Couldn’t 
happen.’ She took a deep breath. ‘Once you’re out … 
that’s it. And being here would … taint me.’ 
 

They sent you!’ Otto pointed out. 

 

They … used her!’ Beesely snapped. ‘Praying on her 

sense of loyalty. And after tonight, we’d all be lucky to be 
allowed back into the UK.’ 
 

‘But you are, in a way, fighting their battle as much as 

ours,’ Blaum puzzled. 
  ‘No medals in this game,’ Beesely spat out. ‘Do the 
right thing, then bury it as best as possible. My brother’s 
body is downstairs and they knew all along. The 
bookkeeper took the treasure in 1962, my brother’s death 
registered in 1965 – after they figured he wasn’t coming 
back … and to stop me from looking for him.’ 
 

Otto nodded. ‘And in 1963 Gunter sent his new young 

wife to you –’ 
  ‘See what I knew, probably,’ Beesely quietly stated, 
staring at the floor. 
 

background image

223 

Every silver lining, has a dark cloud 

 

 
The troopers stood waiting for Johno at the drawbridge, 
walking in with him. 
  ‘What’s next?’ Kev keenly asked, buoyed by their 
success. 
 

‘Italy. Thomas is at that poxy villa,’ he replied as they 

walked across the cobblestones. ‘There’s something 
underneath it. Anyway, we got the satellite images, have a 
butchers.’ 
 

In the great hall he stopped and grouped the men. ‘Get 

some food, rest, check your kit. We’ll set off for Italy 
around 8pm, probably hit them midnight. Briefing just 
before 8pm, yeah?’ 
 

The troopers headed off, Mavo and Kev staying close. 

In Helen’s office Johno slumped, ordering doughnuts and 
coffee, Mavo and Kev leant against the companionway 
railing. 
 

Beesely motored around. ‘OK?’ 

  Johno nodded. ‘Went smooth, never knew what hit 
them. One shot himself under the chin, rest are heading to 
the chair room with their guards.’ 
  Blaum put in, ‘They have considerable assets. We 
estimated they may have fifty billion pounds in assets.’ 
  Helen suggested, ‘We’ll get what we can. Americans 
have identified dozens of Cayman Island accounts for 
these gentlemen - dozens more proxy companies with 
shares all over the world.’ 
 

Johno absently nodded, lifting his phone. ‘Can you put 

me though to Pepi at his villa in Tivoli.’ 
 

Everyone waited expectantly. 

 

‘Herr Johno, what a pleasure,’ came Pepi’s voice. 

 

‘Start … running.’ 

 

Pepi hesitated. ‘What do you mean?’ 

background image

224 

  ‘We have six out of seven of your bosses, last one at 
your villa. Why don’t you give them a call. In fact, ring 
their families, the ones that were with them at Cervinia 
today.’ 
  The line went dead, Johno lowering the phone. ‘Must 
have been something I said,’ he muttered without looking 
up, his food and drink brought in and placed down. 
 

‘What’s the plan?’ Beesely asked. 

  Johno rubbed the bridge of his nose, closing his eyes 
for a moment as he spoke. ‘We got six out of seven, and 
they might talk. Pepsi must know it’s over.’ He opened his 
eyes and slowly raised his head. ‘Fucker might just roll 
over and make a deal.’ He lifted his drink, noting a slight 
film to it. He sniffed, his features hardening. Tossing the 
cup over his shoulder he told Otto, ‘Woman who just 
served that … get her!’ 
 

Otto stepped out, returning a few seconds later with the 

woman and two guards, Mavo and Kev focused on her. 
Terrified, she faced Johno. 
  Johno stared up at her. ‘If I have that cup analysed, 
what’s the result going to show?’ 
  ‘Answer!’ Otto shouted at her after she failed to 
respond. 
  Johno made soft eye contact with the woman before 
looking away. ‘What hold do they have over you?’ 
 

‘They have my daughter,’ she admitted, now frantic. 

 

‘We’ve been on lockdown –’ Beesely began. 

 

‘Who’s your contact?’ Johno asked her. 

 

‘A junior manager - Michelle.’ 

  Otto stormed out. Ten seconds later a shot rang out, 
followed by a few screams. When Otto returned he waved 
the woman out, taken by the guards, and sat without a 
word. 
  ‘I guess that plugs that leak,’ Helen muttered, wide-
eyed. 

background image

225 

  Johno reached for his food, then tossed it over his 
shoulder when he realised what he was about to eat. 
Lifting his phone he said, ‘I want all food and drink in our 
private kitchen removed and destroyed, absolutely 
everything. Ta, love.’ 
 ‘Lucky,’ 

Beesely 

noted. 

  ‘Half-arsed attempt,’ Johno scoffed. ‘Must have got 
desperate. Not even a decent fucking poison.’ He rubbed 
his face. ‘OK, tonight. Briefing 8pm, then we hit the villa.’ 
  ‘They know you’re coming,’ Helen pointed out, 
obviously disapproving of the idea. 
 

‘Still gotta look,’ Johno sighed. 

 

‘He’ll run,’ Beesely firmly suggested. 

  Johno made brief eye contact, a quick, reluctant nod. 
Facing Otto he said, ‘We need a distraction, east side of 
Rome, every copper busy, every highway blocked.’ 
  ‘I will arrange it,’ Otto responded, still appearing 
angered. 
 

 

* * * 

 
Otto stepped level to Johno at the drawbridge, Johno 
watching people coming and going as he took a fag break. 
He clasped his hands behind his back, observing the scene. 
‘We have revised the list, much information from the 
bodyguards of the old Germans, some from the manager 
of the chalet – regular visitors to see the Germans. 
Some… politicians.’ 

Johno turned his head at the last part, saying nothing. 

 

Otto continued, ‘We have a good idea of the structures 

and assets now, two of the Germans talking, two died 
during… interrogation. The elderly French man resists.’ 
 

‘Tough old fucker. Old school.’ 

 

Otto nodded unseen as they observed the busy scene in 

front of the castle. 
 

‘Do we have enough people?’ 

background image

226 

  ‘Yes. We have Herr Shue’s men moving against ten 
people in Austria, many of whom are already known to 
them. One of these men is an art collector, a secret horde 
of illegal items. They will … liberate it, as part of the 
process. 
  ‘The interrogations have revealed many Italians, so 
most of our people are there. Four are in America, so we 
have notified Mr Stanton through his liaison here. One 
individual is, unfortunately for him, now residing in 
Panama. One is in Argentina and two in South Africa.’ 
  ‘Looks like were going to win then,’ Johno quietly 
acknowledged, no enthusiasm in his voice. 
 

Otto glanced at the side of Johno’s head. ‘We will find 

Thomas.’ 
  Johno blew out slowly. ‘He’s probably making a 
nuisance of himself. Be lucky if they don’t kill the little 
sod for being so abusive to them.’ 
  Otto tipped his head. ‘I can imagine. He will not be 
a… model prisoner.’ 
  ‘If the Italian mafia are sensible … they’ll go all out 
for us, today, before it’s too late.’ 
  Otto again studied the side of Johno’s head. ‘Leave 
that to me. Make your plans, get Thomas back.’ He turned 
and walked briskly off, Johno glancing over his shoulder. 
 
In the command centre Otto met Pascal, gesturing the 
Frenchman to a quiet corner. ‘The Americans and British 
are sending special forces here, just thirty men each, for a 
joint exercise – in fact a photo opportunity – with the 
Swiss, a joint ‘counter terrorism’ effort for the TV 
cameras. 
 

‘I suggested to them - the British and Americans that is 

- that you might send some troops, but they were not so 
keen.’ Pascal straightened. Otto added, ‘Naturally, if you 
send some troops we would make them welcome and so 

background image

227 

add to the TV spectacle. Once here, the British and 
Americans could not object, this is a Swiss facility.’ 
  ‘I have a call to make,’ Pascal suggested, his pride 
clearly dented. 
 

 

Otto stepped to the American liaison, closing to a 
confidential distance and whispering. ‘A small point of 
interest. The French insist on sending troops here to 
protect us whilst our forces are away, a joint exercise with 
the Swiss for the TV cameras – a counter terrorism 
exercise. They have asked if the … annoying Americans 
could be out of the way when the TV cameras are around.’ 
 

‘Bloody French,’ the Lodge’s liaison whispered. 

  Otto tipped his head and shrugged. ‘Of course, Johno 
wants your people here. So, if there is a small force here 
when the TV cameras arrive…’ 
  The liaison officer offered Otto a dangerous smile, 
stepping away quickly. 
 
Stanton held the phone to his ear. ‘They said what? 
Fucking French! I’m sending a detachment from 
Germany. Fuck ‘em!’ He slammed the phone down. 
 
Colonel Golon, DGSE, listened to the call. ‘They said 
what? Not welcome? If the Swiss say we are welcome, 
then we are welcome. This is Europe, not America! I’ll 
arrange a detachment.’ 
 
Minister Blaum answered his office phone. ‘Otto, how 
goes it?’ 
  ‘With Basel, well enough. Thomas is being held in 
Italy, that is our next concern, but there is a small political 
row breaking out here.’ 
 ‘Political 

row?’ 

  ‘Yes. The Americans, French and British are all 
offering to send small detachments here while our men are 

background image

228 

away – which we need. But they are competing to be the 
ones … seen to be protecting us. I think that if we have no 
Swiss soldiers visible it may look bad.’ 
 

‘Yes, certainly. This is our country!’ 

  ‘We have arranged TV news cameras to film the 
soldiers, making it look like a joint venture counter-
terrorism exercise, which should deter any attacks – or any 
retaliation from the mafia.’ 
  ‘Yes, a good idea. But are you sure you want TV 
cameras at Zug?’ 
 

‘It is necessary, tonight, to help protect this facility.’ 

 

‘OK, I’ll arrange a Swiss detachment. One hour. They 

were on standby – just in case.’ 
 ‘Thank 

you, 

Minister.’ 

 
General Sir Christopher Rose answered his mobile phone. 
‘Johno?’ 
 

‘No, this is Otto. Johno is busy, and – to tell the truth – 

he did not want me to make this call.’ 
 

‘Make what call?’ 

  ‘The French are sending troops to Zug, to protect us 
when our people are off … doing what is about to happen, 
although they don’t fully know what we have planned.’ 
 

‘Neither do I!’ General Rose complained. 

 

‘Anyway, the French have arranged TV cameras –’ 

 ‘TV?’ 
  ‘And they will make a big issue about how helpful 
they have been –’ 
  ‘Ah, I understand. Their President is in close contact 
with our new PM –’ 
  ‘Who is probably unaware that French and American 
soldiers will be filmed shortly, and yet –’ 
  ‘No British? Be hell to pay tomorrow if the British 
press get hold of it. I’m going to organise some troops, sit 
tight.’ He hung up. 

background image

229 

Pleased with himself, Otto sought out Beesely – who 

roared wit laughter when Otto explained what he had 
done. 

 

 
Thomas banged on the storeroom door; his uncomfortable 
temporary prison. 
 

‘What is it?’ came a voice, one of Pepi’s guards. 

 

‘I need to take a dump!’ 

 ‘A 

what?’ 

 

‘A dump, you stupid foreigner!’ 

 

The door opened, a slap issued. ‘What is a … dump?’ 

 

‘I need to go to the toilet, moron.’ 

 

That earned him another slap. ‘This way.’ 

 

With no toilets in the basement of the villa he was led 

upstairs, Maria waiting at the top step. 
  With his tongue poking out the side of his mouth he 
smiled at her voluptuous form. ‘What’ll you do for twenty 
dollars?’ 
 

She slapped him. ‘You are a pig! Like your father.’ 

  Rubbing his head, but still smiling, he said, ‘I’m 
chairman of Encosol. Want a job? You could set on my 
knee?’ 
  She slapped him again, nudging him forwards toward 
the toilet, just a few steps along the corridor. ‘It is an 
internal toilet, no windows, no way out.’ 
 

‘OK, OK, keep ya knickers on.’ 

  She pushed him in, pulling the door closed and 
slamming it. Immediately he checked the room. It was a 
very nice bathroom, ornately decorated; toilet, b-day, 
shower, sink, cupboard, no windows, no exit. 
  ‘Bugger.’ He relieved himself, spraying the floor and 
the towels. Having flushed the toilet he took a hand towel, 
stuffing it around the toilet bend out of sight. Noticing the 
water level now oddly low, due to the blocked pipe and 

background image

230 

the water being pushed around, he turned on the cold 
water tap, took a mouthful and spat it back out into the 
toilet. 
 

With an ear at the door Maria wonder just what the hell 

was going in inside. Every time she though he was 
finished another dribble would register through the door. 
 

Finally he opened the door. ‘Still here, love?’ 

 

She pushed him forwards. 

 

‘Oh, forgot to flush,’ he said, a glint in his eyes. Maria 

turned, Thomas rushing down the stairs. He got to the 
bottom, a smirk for the guards, two steps taken and a 
scream from above sending them running up the stairs. He 
jogged into the storeroom and pulled the door closed as 
the bathroom flooded. 
 

* * * 

 
As Helen and Johno sat silently eating in the restaurant 
they became aware of the dull drone of helicopters. They 
exchanged quizzical frowns, Johno getting up and walking 
two steps to the windows, Chinooks coming into view 
across the lake. He lifted his phone. ‘Who’s arriving?’ 
  ‘American Delta Force from Germany, sir. They will 
protect this facility tonight.’ 
 

‘That’s nice of them. Who organised that?’ 

 

‘Herr Otto, sir.’ 

 

‘OK.’ He sat back down. 

 

‘Who is it?’ Helen enquired as she picked at her food. 

 

‘Yanks. They’re going to hold the fort tonight.’ 

  They both peered skyward as a line of helicopters 
passed directly overhead.  
 

‘They look like French,’ Helen noted. 

 

Otto stepped into the restaurant, sitting and taking one 

of Johno’s chips. 
 

‘Visitors?’ Helen asked him. 

background image

231 

‘The French were feeling left out, because the 

Americans were on their way,’ Otto explained. ‘And now, 
the British are put out because the French are here. SAS 
detachment landing at Zug shortly, Swiss Army in the East 
Camp.’ 
 

Johno absently nodded. ‘Get a dozen doctors set-up for 

eight o’clock, Great Hall, we can’t stick any wounded in 
the local hospitals.’ Otto shot Helen a concerned look. 
Johno added, ‘Get every helicopter we can on standby, 
fuelled, ready to fetch wounded, bring our people back.’ 
  ‘I will arrange it,’ Otto assured them. ‘Have you 
rested?’ 
  Johno moved chips around on his plate with a fork. 
‘Can’t sleep. I’ll get some kip on the flight out. Aircraft 
and helicopters always make me sleepy.’ 
  ‘We have arranged re-fuelling on Corsica and at 
several private airstrips in Northern Italy,’ Otto informed 
Johno, not getting a response. He added, ‘The final old 
man is still at the villa.’ 
  Helen suggested, ‘Must think the Italian police will 
stop us.’ 
  ‘He might be right,’ Johno muttered. ‘They know 
we’re coming.’ 
  A manager stepped in. Addressing Johno the man 
quickly got out, ‘Sir, late season grass fires are moving 
close to Tivoli.’ 
  Johno stared at Helen as he thought, then jumped up. 
Pointing at the manager he loudly ordered, ‘Get the strike 
force ready now!’ The manager ran out, Otto and Helen 
standing.  Johno grabbed Otto by the arm. ‘Get those fires 
spreading … like fucking wildfire. Find the wind 
direction, then start fires a mile from the villa, then all 
over – keep the police busy!’ 
 

Otto rushed out. 

  ‘That’ll give us an edge,’ Helen enthusiastically 
suggested. 

background image

232 

  ‘Big fucking edge,’ Johno agreed. ‘They can’t stay in 
the villa breathing smoke.’ He lifted his phone. ‘I want 
napalm grenades, ten of them, to my helicopter.’ 

 

* * * 

 
In the courtyard Johno stepped briskly out, Kev, Mavo and 
Bilbo in tow – all now in civilian clothes, MP5s slung. 
They approached the Delta Force detachment, fifteen men 
lined up against the wall in an assortment of uniforms with 
irregular equipment, green kitbags on the floor behind 
them.  
  Johno approached the officer in charge, a captain. 
They shook. ‘Welcome to Schloss Diane - a quiet country 
retreat.’ 
 

The officer grinned. ‘I’ve heard rumours.’ 

 

‘They’re all true. Listen, got any medics?’ 

  ‘Two field medics, but most of the boys are well 
trained.’ 
 

‘They’ll be a triage set-up here in an hour or so, muck 

in.’ 
  ‘Triage?’ the officer questioned. ‘We expecting 
trouble?’ 
  ‘Here … unlikely. But we’re off on a joint mission 
with the CIA. If any of our boys get hit – no hospitals.’ 
 

The officer nodded. ‘Got ya. We’ll help out.’ 

  ‘Arm and deploy your men, co-ordinate with our 
managers. And Colonel, around here – assume nothing. 
We have infiltrators and we get attacked regular. Right 
now we’re off to pull the dragon’s tail, the head may come 
here looking for us.’ 
  ‘Jesus.’ The captain faced his men. ‘Get back on the 
clock, boys!’ 
  Johno slapped the man on the shoulder and stepped 
though the drawbridge. The French had landed on the east 
road, now walking up the compound in squads and 

background image

233 

escorted by a scattering of K2 guards. He waited for the 
senior officer, offering a handshake. ‘You speak English.’ 
 ‘Yes.’ 
 

‘Got any medics?’ 

 

The officer blinked. ‘Four.’ 

 ‘Inside, 

triage, 

stand to your men, we’re expecting 

trouble. I have to go, but hopefully see you in the 
morning.’ 
  Jumping into Range Rovers the troopers watched the 
French assemble, the Swiss Army now marching up the 
road in neat lines, and in even neater uniforms. At Zug’s 
small airfield John’s party jumped down as the British 
Rapid Reaction Force assembled their jeeps, a C130 
Hercules halted at the far end of the runway. 
  Captain Turner drove over when he noticed Johno. 
They shook. ‘You off?’ 
 

‘Duty calls,’ Johno sullenly stated. 

  ‘And we should be the one’s executing that fucking 
duty!’ Turner quietly snarled. 
  ‘Can’t,’ Johno pointed out. ‘This ain’t war, this is 
murder.’ 
 

‘I know what’s going on, some of it anyway, rest of the 

boys don’t.’ 
  ‘Keep it that way, we may be in jail by morning. 
Anyway, French and Yanks at the castle, so keep the 
peace. But don’t get complacent, we have a bad knack of 
getting bombed.’ 
 

Johno stepped away, taking in the sight; six Agustas in 

a row, six Squirrels, an Apache flying north a mile to the 
east. The Agustas would refuel near Genoa, then on to 
Corsica, approaching the Italian coast well south of Rome, 
at night and using night vision goggles under the radar. 
With just five men per aircraft the helicopters usual 
maximum range of three hundred nautical miles would be 
extended, the approach route being the exact opposite of 
that expected. 

background image

234 

  Johno faced the Squirrels, much slower than the 
Agustas. He pointed at the first helicopter, lifted his arm 
high and made a circular pattern, ending by pointing to the 
south. The first Squirrel pulled and turned, the rest 
following in sequence, keenly observed by the SAS 
troopers as they waited in their jeeps at the edge of the 
airfield. 
  With the Squirrels moving out of sight and dusk 
coming on, Johno and the ‘old dogs’ clambered into their 
spacious Agusta, taking off a minute later. His headset on, 
night-goggles ready, Johno reached across to the centre 
control panel and pressed transmit.  
  ‘Operations, this is Kilo-two-alpha … airborne. Be 
back before you know it. Out.’ 
  Kev nervously asked, ‘We … er … flying through the 
Alps … at night, low level like?’ 
  ‘Yep,’ Johno replied. ‘But don’t worry, it’s all white, 
easy to follow. And if we crash, soft snow to land on.’ 
 

The pilot shot him a look. ‘First, across the Alps, under 

the weather and under the radar,’ he said in his accented 
voice. ‘Then across the water at ten metres. Any problems, 
it will be over very quickly.’ 
 

‘Cheery fucker,’ Kev commented. 

 

 
Thomas touched the side his face. It was still very sore, 
but the blood had dried. He licked the cut on his lip then 
started again on the door hinges. 
 

His storeroom cell had plenty of sharp edges, a pair of 

scissors was now coming in very handy. The bottom 
hinges had already gone, the top just a matter of forcing 
the pin out. Then he would wait till they were asleep. 
  He sniffed. ‘Great, the fucking house is on fire!’ he 
muttered. 

background image

235 

  Dropping the scissors he clambered across the boxes 
and to the window, standing on a paper shredder and 
reaching up. Locking his fingers around the window bars 
he lifted himself awkwardly up, suppressing the pain in his 
elbows as they pressed into the concrete. Straining to peer 
out of the small window he could see flashing blue lights 
down the valley, orange flames in the distance and lots of 
smoke.  
 

He dropped down. This would be his opportunity; they 

would be distracted. Working hard on the last hinge he 
banged the scissor handle with an increasingly sore palm, 
ignoring the pain with an angered determination. It popped 
out. He put an ear to the door, noting someone 
approaching. 
  The door was unlocked, pulled, the door falling 
forwards onto the man, crashing to the floor. Thomas 
jumped forwards, onto the door then off, running up the 
stairs. A hard slap from Maria stopped him dead. She 
managed to get the injured side, opening up his cut. 
Grabbing him by the collar of his jacket she dragged him 
into the conference room, throwing him to the floor. 
 

‘Bitch!’ he screamed at her, struggling to his feet. Pepi 

stood at the window with the remaining German, the man 
being referred to as ‘Holts’. Thomas had seen the same 
man earlier, a guard now watching Thomas as Maria 
stepped to the window, joining Pepi. 
  ‘The fires are getting closer?’ she asked, peering over 
his shoulder. 
  ‘The wind seems to have changed direction,’ Pepi 
responded. ‘We’ll soon have to leave, but the road to 
Rome is blocked by fires. A petrol station went up.’ 
 

‘What about helicopters?’ Holts asked. 

  ‘They will not fly because of the smoke,’ Pepi 
explained. 
 

‘I have heard many helicopters!’ Holts challenged. 

 

‘Police and water-dropping helicopters.’ 

background image

236 

  Something exploded in the distance, a bright flash 
followed by cascading stars of light with long tails of 
smoke. 
 

Holts pointed. ‘What was that?’ 

  Another explosion caught their attention, closer this 
time, in the vineyard and with the same cascading balls of 
fire. A third explosion in the olive grove, looking like a 
firework display. 
 

‘Helicopter!’ Holts pointed out. ‘There. Very low!’ 

 

‘It’s K2!’ Pepi shouted. 

 

Thomas laughed, causing the men to turn. 

  The next explosion rattled the window, the spectators 
retreating away from the glass, grabbing Thomas and 
leading him towards the door. The fourth explosion took 
out the window, a ball of burning napalm igniting the 
curtains, a burst of machinegun fire and a blast of pungent 
smoke and wind entering the villa. 
 

‘The tunnels!’ Pepi shouted, leading the way. 

 
Leaning out of the Agusta’s door Johno dropped the next 
napalm grenade, past the villas roof and onto the gravel at 
the rear, next to a car. Three armed guards running out and 
taking aim were in the wrong place at the wrong time, 
engulfed in flames a moment later. Slowing and circling, 
Johno dropped the last two grenades into the vineyard, 
ordering the chopper down and onto the road where it 
widened at the lower villa, the anticipated entrance to the 
Pepi’s secret basement. 
  Piling out and running forwards everyone opened up 
on the lower villa, aiming at the tops of the windows to 
keep down the heads of anyone inside. A guard appeared 
to the right of the villa, taken down by Bilbo with a short 
burst. 
 

A car to the left turned on its lights, starting up. Mavo 

and Kev opened up, long bursts through the windscreen. 
The car’s headlights died. Mavo checked the driver, 

background image

237 

another short burst to the head, Johno now to the villa 
door. 
  A short burst at the lock and he kicked the door open, 
jumping back against the wall. Kev landed against the wall 
opposite as a burst of fire came out. Johno waved him 
down, Kev kneeling, holding his MP5 on its side, flat to 
the floor as he fired. A scream echoed out of the door. 
 

Johno reached in a fired a short burst, sweeping left to 

right, Bilbo now to the side window and firing through it. 
Another scream came through the dark. 
 

Johno changed magazine, nodded to Kev, then stormed 

in whilst holding his fire. With his back to the hall wall he 
could see two men on the floor, short bursts to each. ‘Hall 
clear!’ 
  Kev moved inside, followed by Mavo, moving to the 
first room of this single story villa. ‘Clear!’ 
  Johno and Mavo stepped over the bodies, a cursory 
look into the back room. 
  ‘Back room clear!’ Johno shouted, a signal at Mavo 
towards the kitchen area. 
  Something moved, a reactionary burst from both of 
them, someone falling forwards. Moving in they checked 
the body. 
 

‘Clear!’ Mavo shouted. 

 ‘Bilbo?’ 

Johno 

called. 

 

‘Back door,’ came back. 

 

‘Johno!’ came from the front door. 

  Johno lowered his weapon and headed back down the 
hall. ‘Check outside for secret passages,’ he ordered, four 
K2 agents running inside. 
  Finding a light switch Johno turned on the lights. 
‘Look for a secret door!’ 
 

Five minutes of searching revealed nothing. 

 

‘Must be outside,’ Kev suggested. 

  ‘Check the floor,’ Johno suggested, the men now 
stamping down, moving furniture. 

background image

238 

  ‘Johno! Here!’ came from outside, causing the squad 
to move out, the men starting to cough in the smoke-filled 
air. 
  ‘Here!’ a Swiss-accented voice called through the 
smoke, the sounds of intermittent machinegun fire mixed 
with distant police sirens, the crackle of burning wood 
close by. 
  Ten yards through the olive grove and towards the 
main villa Johno found the men stood at an entrance to a 
concrete passage, a heavy metal door sunk into it. 
 

‘We will need much explosives for this,’ the K2 agent 

unhappily reported. 
 

Johno banged the heavy metal door with a fist. ‘Solid. 

One man stay here, rest on the villa.’ 
 

He led them up the slope and through the vine terraces, 

the sounds of intermittent gunfire coming from the villa, 
their view fogged by the drifting smoke. Lifting his radio 
he said, ‘Forces at the villa, we’re coming up the east 
vineyard, check your fire.’ 
 

Noticing someone who was definitely not one of theirs, 

brightly illuminated by the burning villa, Bilbo took the 
man down with a short burst. On the gravel outside the 
villa they navigated around the cars bent-double, the 
vehicles windows now broken. Perspex crunched under 
foot. A troop of four K2 guards ran from their left towards 
the villa door, linking up. 
  Johno halted everyone, waving them down to the 
kneeling position on the gravel and lifting his radio. 
‘Anyone inside the villa, report.’ 
  ‘This is Max. Some guards here, no one else. 
Basement door locked.’ 
  ‘Put the lights on, we’re coming in the front door, 
check your fire.’ 
  The upstairs lights came on, Johno leading the men 
inside and putting on all the lights. Along the hall he 
stepped to where he remembered seeing a door that could 

background image

239 

have been a basement entrance. At the heavy wooden door 
he turned the handle. Locked. Stepping back and waving 
away the men he fired on the lock; a long burst followed 
by a swift kick, the door giving. The steps inside were 
already illuminated, a clear passage evident, smooth 
magnolia walls and no one visible. 
 

‘Flashbangs,’ Johno mouthed to Kev.  

  Kev slung his weapon, pulling out two of the stun 
grenades, pulling the chord and throwing them down as 
Johno dropped to his belly, getting the best view. 
 

Two loud bangs echoed up, but no other sounds.  
He turned his head to Mavo. ‘Lift my legs, push me 

down,’ he whispered. Mavo grabbed one leg, Bilbo the 
other, a nod from Johno resulting in his going head first 
down the stone steps on his belly, MP5 forwards. 
 

Movement, a guard in a suit. He fired, cutting the man 

down. 
 

Hitting the bottom he rolled left, focusing his attention 

behind the steps. Another guard, a burst to the face – 
knocking the man backwards. He eased quickly up to the 
kneeling position, checking the large basement. ‘Clear!’ 
  The men charged down with their backs to the wall, 
weapons prone.  

The room housed numerous computer screens, desks 

and filing cabinets. The centre of the room hosted a sofa 
and a coffee table, the far end a small kitchen and another 
sofa.  

A bank of monitors caught Johno’s attention – it was 

how they observed the top table meetings. Walking down 
the length of the room he quickly scanned for an exit, 
finding a door behind the steps. ‘Here!’ he shouted, 
focusing his weapon on the door. 
  Kev closed in, turning the handle and easing it open, 
finding a well lit passageway heading further down. 
‘Clear,’ he whispered. 

background image

240 

  Bilbo readied his stun grenades, co-ordinated through 
eye contact with Kev, and chucked them down. Two 
bangs echoed back up. Again on his stomach, Johno 
peered in. Turning onto his back and arching it he eased 
down the steps, Kev holding his legs. 
  As Johno’s feet reached the lip of the steps he said, 
‘Fucking mile long passage. Let go.’ 
  Sliding down he rolled onto his front at the base, sure 
now that this passage was clear, just being able to see the 
end through the haze of smoke left by the stun grenades. 
He stood. ‘Kev with me, rest wait,’ he said as he ran 
forwards. 
  Reaching the first corner he halted, checking the bend 
and finding another long passage, at least fifty yards. 
Turning back he waved Kev forwards and then ran further 
in, his footsteps echoing along the lengthy corridor. 
Conscious of the fact that this was a death-trap, and easy 
to defend, he kept his weapon levelled forwards. 
  At the next bend he stopped again, panting. Glancing 
around the bend he let out, ‘Fuck’s sake!’ Another 
passage, another fifty yards. With a deep breath he ran on, 
the echo of Kev’s boots behind him. 
  He finally reached a metal door. Wasting no time he 
pushed it forwards and stepped into the smoke-filled night. 
Dropping and crawling he checked the immediate area, a 
siding off the main road whose gravel could hold three of 
four cars. Now there were none. 
  A police car shot past, not seeing Johno through the 
dark and the smoke. He stepped back to the entrance.  
 

‘Anything?’ Kev asked,  

 

‘Long gone.’ He nudged Kev back in. ‘C’mon. Run.’ 

 

They met Bilbo at the first bend, despite Johno’s prior 

order, Johno ordering everyone back to the villa. In the 
basement he stopped for a glass of water, washing the 
smoke away from his eyes. 

background image

241 

  ‘Here!’ someone called, Johno stepping quickly to the 
storeroom, its door off its hinges. On the wall above the 
door was a word written in blood. ‘Sicily’. 
 

Johno could not resist a quick smile. ‘Good lad.’ 

  He stepped back into the basement, shouting orders. 
‘Get any computers and disks, as many files as we can 
carry, call back the choppers.’ 
  As K2 agents loaded files into boxes Kev passed 
around a mug of cold water, Johno stood taking in the 
faces as he panted. ‘Welcome to Friday the 13

th

.’ 

 

‘Not the 13

th

 today,’ Mavo puzzled. 

  Johno explained, ‘When the French attacked the 
original Knights Templars it was Friday the thirteenth. 
Black Friday. That’s where the name comes from, and 
why thirteen is unlucky.’ 
 ‘And 

tonight 

these Freemasons get burnt at the stake,’ 

Bilbo noted. 
  Johno tipped his head towards Bilbo, agreeing with 
that statement. ‘C’mon.’ He led them upstairs and out, 
retracing their route, the villa now host to more than 
twenty K2 agents. He grabbed many of them, sending 
them down for files, before the fires already taking hold 
took the entire villa. Lifting his satellite phone, just 
outside the main door, he said, ‘Put me though to Helen.’ 
 ‘Helen 

here.’ 

  ‘They skipped the villa, long exit tunnel, two hundred 
yards long. They’re heading for Sicily, so get some people 
down there. Right now they’re probably driving south, see 
what you can do.’ 
 

‘Any signs that Thomas was there?’ 

  ‘Yeah, he left us some breadcrumbs. Any signs of 
police moving towards us?’ 
 

‘No, they’re quite, quite busy.’ 

  ‘Work us out a route to Sicily, refuelling stops. How 
goes… the other matter?’ 

background image

242 

  ‘Twenty-four confirmed … dealt with. Hitting the 
news in various places. French have announced the 
‘recovery’ of the Templar treasure, getting massive 
coverage. So far, two casualties, one dead.’ 
 ‘What 

nationality?’ 

 

‘One of Shue’s men, in Austria.’ 

 

‘OK. Anything else?’ 

  ‘All on schedule. Head south, we’ll work out a 
refuelling stop in five minutes.’ 
 

‘Johno out.’ He pocketed the phone, pointing down the 

vineyard with a chopping motion, Kev demolishing the 
ornate bird bath as they went. 
 

background image

243 

Those that live by the sword 

 

 

 
Cardinal Ramon paced up and down in his spacious 
quarters, the TV in the corner showing the Italian news. 
He had already seen the British news and film of the 
soldiers at Zug; French, British, Swiss and American. All 
of these countries had now seemed to formally endorse 
K2, a serious concern for him. 
  The call from Pepi had been disturbingly frantic, 
several members of the top table having been murdered. 
What was even more frightening was what Italian TV had 
described as their method of execution. 
  He stopped in front of the TV, his hands clasped 
behind his back. The Italian Ambassador to Switzerland 
was dead, of a heart attack, found in a Bern hotel room 
with a prostitute and cocaine, the Interior Minister 
resigning – after a visit to K2. 
  Diaz knocked and entered, approaching quickly. ‘It is 
confirmed, the French have forty trunks of coins, the bulk 
of the treasure, and all of the religious artefacts.’ 
  Ramon sighed. ‘Then tomorrow we must make a 
petition to the French Government.’ 
  A weapon cocked behind them, both men turning. 
Ramon stood in his robes, Diaz in a suit, both now facing 
Mr Grey as he levelled a pistol with a silencer towards 
them. 
 

‘You,’ Diaz muttered. 

 

Ramon faced his bodyguard. ‘You know this man?’ 

  ‘American, special forces, working for K2,’ Diaz 
snarled. 
  Grey stepped sideways to the door, locking it before 
walking casually forwards with a slight grin. ‘So, 
gentlemen, seen the news?’ 

background image

244 

  Ramon straightened. ‘You will not harm me. Not 
here,’ he snarled. 
 

Grey offered him a sadistic smile as he closed the gap. 

‘By tomorrow … most members of the Basel Group will 
have been killed, and not in a very pleasant way. That 
includes the top table, most of whom have already been 
dealt with – or captured and tortured – by K2. Including, 
the five old Nazis who founded it back in the fifties. 
 

‘The villa in Tivoli has been destroyed, everyone there 

killed, Pepi on the run. The hilltop retreat in Cervinia - 
well destroyed - all the Basel Group records recovered by 
K2. Probably make for some interesting reading, wouldn’t 
you say, Cardinal?’ 
   Ramon had lost his bluster, his hands dropping. 
 

Grey added, teasing, ‘And all this time your right hand 

man was a deep cover agent for Mossad.’ 
  Ramon frowned at Grey, not quite sure who he had 
been referring to, finally turning his head to Diaz. 
 

Grey focused on Diaz, who hadn’t moved – or reacted. 

‘Shouldn’t have told me you were a Marine. I did some 
checking and my associates are the best there is. Found 
your service record and a photo – which is close, granted – 
and the death certificate of the original Almondo Diaz, 
part Italian, part Mexican. Had someone fly down to his 
home town, check him out properly, talk to his folks.’ 
  Ramon was still staring at Diaz as his right hand man 
for the past twenty years turned to him. Diaz raised a hand 
and waved, childlike. ‘Shalom.’ 
 

Ramon gasped, taking a step back. 

  Grey levelled his gun at Diaz, two shots through the 
heart, the man falling backwards with a surprised stare. 
  Now Ramon was very confused. Stood over Diaz, but 
facing Grey he said, ‘Why … if he was Mossad?’ 
 

‘Because a Mossad agent would have taken that secret 

to the grave with him, not risk admitting it here, a room 
that could be bugged or filmed. Besides, he wasn’t 

background image

245 

Mossad, I checked. He was working for Basel, keeping an 
eye on you.’ 
  ‘Basel?’ Ramon gasped. ‘They … they did not trust 
me?’ 
  Grey laughed as he stepped forwards. ‘Idiot.’ He hit 
Ramon in the throat; not enough force to kill him, but 
enough to stop him talking – or crying out – as Grey did 
what he had to do. 
 
Twenty minutes later the smoke detector’s wailing caused 
guards to break down Cardinal Ramon’s door. Rushing in 
and waving their hands at the smoke they stopped dead 
when they found Ramon. Hanging upside down, naked, 
nailed to a heavy wooden wardrobe, the cleric has been 
crucified. A line of rosary beads hung from the crucifix in 
his mouth, his torso burnt, the smell of petrol still 
pervasive – mixed with the stench of burnt flesh. 
 

* * * 

 
In Sharm-el-Sheik, Egyptian Sinai, Alberto Molarini sat 
with a Russian girl less than half his age, both now 
enjoying a mild night on the veranda of a private villa 
within the grounds of the Hyatt Regency hotel. A plane 
passed loudly overhead, heading to the airport just a few 
miles along the coast. 
  Lowering her head Katerina noticed the blood coming 
from Alberto’s left eye. She called his name, getting no 
response. Standing, she could now see a lot of blood. She 
rushed inside to call reception. Upon her return she failed 
to notice his partially open mouth, a crucifix and rosary 
beads inside. 
  The sugar crystal used to penetrate his eye socket and 
brain would dissolve rapidly, not showing up on a cursory 
Egyptian post mortem, especially not with the rudimentary 
facilities available at Sharm-el-Sheik. The body would be 

background image

246 

taken to Cairo, or sent to Italy, giving the sugar plenty of 
time to dissipate. 

 

* * * 

 
On the balcony of his room in Bentota Beach Hotel, Sri 
Lanka, Hans Grummon watched people in the next room 
throw food to the numerous chipmunks that inhabited the 
trees between the hotel and the beach. 
  A knock on the door and he walked past his sleeping 
wife, opening the door to a hotel worker. Five foot two tall 
and painfully thin, the dark skinned man walked in, 
spraying as he went. ‘Mosquito.’ 
  Hans observed the little man. ‘If you want fewer 
mosquitoes, why do you have a pond in the fucking foyer? 
Huh? I’ve looked at this pond closely, it is a breeding 
ground for fucking mosquitoes!’ 
  The little man ignored him, diligently spraying the 
room, regardless of the health issues for the guests, 
eventually stepping past the large German and closing the 
door. 
 ‘Dumbkopf!’ 
  Hans went back to the balcony, not least to avoid 
breathing the spray. His wife he didn’t care about, she 
could breath it all she wanted as she slept. On the next 
balcony the people had stopped feeding the squirrels.  

He breathed-in the warm night air, peered over the 

balcony and then tumbled, only registering the push 
afterwards. He hit the sand on his back, injured by his own 
hefty bulk, too stunned to cry out. 
  Something was placed into his mouth, forced in, 
choking him. A slash.  

He now registered that he could breath though the hole 

in his neck, just before the lowering blood pressure in his 
brain robbed him of further thought on the matter. 

 

background image

247 

* * * 

 
Sosua beach, Dominica Republic, was quiet, just a 
sprinkling of tourists. The area and its resorts typically 
filled up quickly when the Americans and Canadians were 
on college breaks or bank holidays, keen for a cheap trip 
to the sun with even cheaper booze. 
 

Now Gunter Schwab patrolled the beach, the noon sun 

blocked by the clouds, the day humid and warm. Several 
young Dominican girls had smiled as he passed, Gunter’s 
pocket stuffed with ten dollar bills, any one of which 
could have secured a blow-job in a quiet corner of this 
poor country. 
  An attractive and shapely girl, in her early twenties, 
walked brazenly across. ‘Hello, Mister. You want to have 
some fun?’ 
 

Gunter smiled; he respected the direct approach. 

 

She led him west up the beach and behind a house to a 

secluded area. A man stepped out, giving her more money 
that she could earn legitimately in a year. Gunter stopped, 
wondering if the man was her pimp. The cocking of a 
pistol behind him, and a nudge, ruled that out; this was a 
mugging. 
  Ten minutes later he hung by his ankles from a tree, 
his intestines reaching down to the floor, a crucifix and 
rosary beads stuffed into the back of his throat, his face 
burnt and blackened. 
 

‘Target 127 dealt with,’ reached K2 operations. 

 

 
Johno greeted the dawn on the hills above Messina, Sicily, 
an eye on the ferry port far below. Kev handed him a 
coffee in a white foam cup bought from a local garage. 
Bilbo sat at the wheel of a hired Mercedes, Mavo asleep in 
the back, all the doors now resting open. Two other 

background image

248 

Mercedes parked in the viewpoint, K2 agents sipping 
coffee. 
  With his phone starting to bleep, Johno lifted it. 
‘Yeah?’ 
  ‘It’s Helen. That ferry port you’re above is locked 
down tight on both sides, has been since – well – two 
hours after you left the villa. And it’s a six to eight hour 
drive from Rome!’ 
 

‘They probably flew. What about mobile trackers?’ 

 

‘Both off since the villa.’ 

 

‘Guess they figured that one. Any private flights in?’ 

 

‘Lots of them.’ 

 

‘Be a love, get me the name and address of the biggest 

gangster on the Island -’ 
 

‘Such a person … is likely to be in bed with his fellow 

Italians.’ 
 

‘Any Basel list people based here?’ 

 

‘None, I just looked.’ 

 

‘Then be a love and do as I ask, organise some cash in 

the capital here. Which is what?’ 
  ‘Palermo. Take A90 north and then west along the 
coast, couple of hours, beautiful drive.’ 
 

‘How’s the list?’ 

  ‘Two hundred and sixty one confirmed so far. Many 
far and wide not confirmed, many listed as missing.’ 
 

‘And the top table?’ 

 

‘All bar one. He’s running and hiding.’ 

 

‘And the news?’ 

  ‘Being sidelined in France, Switzerland, Austria at the 
moment, some in the UK – blaming the mafia – Italians 
going crazy, not least because five Junior Ministers dead, 
all linked in the style of execution. They’re calling it P3.’ 
 

‘One more than the P2 fiasco. Good.’ 

  ‘German news is bad, their Chancellor launching a 
large-scale inquiry into the deaths, but their media is 
blaming the mafia. We’ve arranged some quite costly 

background image

249 

financial irregularities, and where we have influence we 
have German politicians suggesting that they distance 
themselves from Italian corruption. That will keep them 
busy for a while. Plus, they haven’t noticed yet two Junior 
Ministers not reporting in for work, a few high-ranking 
civil servants or two German MEPs.’ 
 

‘Be hell when that news hits,’ Johno suggested. 

  ‘Otto has some ideas there - he’s plotting something. 
The death of a certain ex-Prime Minister has been 
announced as a heart attack in Nice, South of France.’ 
 ‘Tidy. 

How 

you holding up?’ 

  ‘Got a few hours sleep, no incidents here. Did a walk 
around the courtyard, pressed the flesh. Big test will come 
today when the news hits properly.’ 
  ‘Get me the details of the mafia guy - I want a warm 
welcome. Ta, love.’ He stood and stretched, finished the 
coffee and nudged Kev back towards the car, noting the 
snoring Mavo in the rear. 
 

 

The reception, at a hilltop villa above Palermo, was not 
exactly warm, the inhabitants now both intrigued – and 
concerned. Otto had had a long chat with the mafia boss, 
Salvatore Bono, in Italian, before transferring five million 
pounds in good faith; the arrival of Johno’s convoy being 
seen as a mixed blessing. 
 

They drove into a pleasant courtyard shaded with trees, 

a gurgling fountain at the centre. Children ran out of sight 
as Bono and his sons stepped down from the villa’s main 
entrance to greet their guests. 
 

‘Senor Bono?’ Johno asked. 

  Bono turned to one of his sons, his own English not 
great. 
  ‘My father greets you. You are Herr Joanah?’ the 
young man offered, heavily accented. 

background image

250 

  ‘Johno,’ his visitor corrected. ‘John-oh. The other was 
swallowed by a whale.’ He was gestured inside, coffee 
waiting. 
 

They found the darkened interior cool, the day already 

warm outside, the tiring and laborious journey three hours 
from Messina. The troopers plonked down, the K2 guards 
standing near the door. 
 

Johno rubbed his face as his hosts sat. ‘Tell your father 

that we thank him for seeing us, and offering us his 
hospitality.’ 
 

The son translated. Finally, he asked Johno, ‘What is it 

that you wish?’ 
  ‘We wish to find a man that has kidnapped my son. 
His name is Guido Pepi.’ 
  The hosts recoiled at the name. The son quietly 
protested, ‘This man … he is well known, and very 
powerful.’ 
  Johno rubbed the bridge of his nose, where he had 
been wearing sunglasses. ‘We are stronger. We have taken 
his businesses, killed his people, burnt down his villa.’ 
  Looking horrified, the son translated, many words 
exchanged with his father and brothers. Finally the son 
asked, ‘You wish us only to assist in finding your son?’ 
  ‘Yes. You have already been paid, for which we ask 
for you kind assistance.’ 
  After an exchange with their father, two other sons 
stepped out. The first son offered, ‘We will ask everyone 
we know to look out for this man and to report it.’ 
  ‘Fine. Thank your father for his assistance … and ask 
if these weary travellers could have a bite to eat.’ 
 
An hour later Johno and Kev lay slouched on loungers in 
the midday sun, warming-up despite the chill breeze 
across the mountains. The view was magnificent towards 
the coast and Palermo, their rest only interrupted by an 

background image

251 

inquisitive goat that tried several times to nibble Kev’s 
shoes. 
 

Johno’s phone chirped. ‘Yeah?’ 

 

‘It’s me,’ Helen began. ‘Any news?’ 

  ‘Nope. Mafia don dude is asking around, we’re 
sunbathing after our goat’s cheese toasties and lamb 
something stew.’ 
  ‘News has hit all over, right round the world. Being 
helped by the Italian Prime Minister resigning. No news 
from inside the Vatican.’ 
 ‘Did 

Grey…?’ 

 

‘Yes. Both of them, and Diaz – who was Basel.’ 

  ‘Diaz was Basel?’ Johno considered it. ‘So, they were 
keeping an eye on Cardinal Ramon, eh? No bleeding 
honour amongst thieves these days!’ 
  ‘German news is the worst but, thanks to someone’s 
idea, they are all linked to the deaths in Italy and P3. 
Police aren’t looking too hard, certainly not this way.’ 
 

‘How many men did we lose?’ 

  ‘Ten wounded, couple savaged by dogs, six gunshot 
wounds, lost a few of Shue’s men. Mr Grey says that two 
Americans were killed, but they had no ID on them, no 
prints registered. Couple of Edwardo’s people were killed, 
but they were freelancers, Italian of all things, so French 
playing hell with the Italians. German TV showing their 
citizens dead all over the world – Caribbean, Sri Lanka, 
Malta -’ 
 

Johno stood. ‘Oh, you idiot!’ 

 ‘What?’ 
  ‘No, not you, me. Malta! Vatican has a secret hotel 
there inside a seminary, Pepi’s top table used it for 
meetings.’ 
 

Kev jumped up. 

 

‘You think that’s where he’s gone?’ Helen asked. 

background image

252 

 

‘Definitely! Thomas heard Sicily, which must just be a 

stopping over point. Get the choppers ready, send our best 
people to Malta, we’re driving back to the helicopters.’ 
  The team rapidly departed, Bono thanked, told he 
could keep the money. It had turned out to be a profitable 
morning’s work for him and his family – labouring over a 
very profitable lamb stew. 
 

* * * 

 
‘Grey?’ Johno shouted down his phone. 
 

‘Yeah? What’ up?’ 

 

‘Malta. See if Stanton has any assets close by – Navy. 

Our friend could get a boat to North Africa.’ 
 

‘Leave it with me.’ 

 

* * * 

 
Fatigued, Steffan Lodz, the remaining Basel founder, 
made a simple mistake; he swiped his credit card in a 
Palermo hotel. The credit details went by phone to the 
Italian hub for MasterCard, linked to Germany and Lodz’s 
account there. On its way there it was intercepted by the 
NSA, the name matching a ‘watch list’. The transaction – 
date, time, amount and place – was shunted to a computer 
in the USA where it was re-examined. It matched the 
required details, bounced to a supervisor station with a 
‘match’ warning. He noted the department who were 
interested in it, then sent it on. The Lodge took the email, 
bouncing it across to K2 a minute later. The junior K2 
operator noted the flags, sending it onto his manager. The 
manager’s software flashed red, the detail displayed. He 
‘actioned’ it, bouncing the detail to the Telephony 
Department. 
 

‘Ma’am?’ came from Helen’s phone. 

 ‘Yes?’ 

background image

253 

  ‘The credit card of Steffan Lodz has just been used, 
Palermo, the Grand Hotel Wagner. He is the man know as 
Holts, last whereabouts was the villa in Tivoli.’ 
  ‘Contact Bono in Palermo, ask him if he would be so 
kind as to have him picked up – seeing as how we’ve been 
so generous up to now.’ 
 ‘Yes, 

Ma’am’ 

 

‘Foolish man,’ Beesely commented. 

 

‘Pepi may be with him,’ Helen tentatively suggested. 

 

‘No, I do not believe that one … would be so foolish,’ 

Otto put in. ‘And this credit card use may be a decoy. 
These men have survived in the shadows a long time to be 
making such simple mistakes.’ 
  Beesely faced Otto, a slight shrug. ‘He probably 
believes that we don’t know his real name. He can’t know 
if the others talked.’ 

 

* * * 

 
Dame Helen approached Pascal in the command centre, 
appearing as if she had just been passing. ‘How are you?’ 
she asked in French. 
  ‘Concerned, of course,’ he replied. ‘If my superiors 
had fully known what you had panned…’ 
  ‘Us? We haven’t done anything. And there’s no 
evidence that we did.’ She held her gaze on him. 
 

He tipped his head, a resigned shrug. 

  ‘Anyway, on another matter. It looks like Pepi, the 
Grandmaster of Basel, is in Malta, trying to get a boat to 
Libya. The Americans are carefully co-ordinating things, 
planning to catch him and then offer him back to the 
Europeans, probably the Germans, to show how helpful 
they – the Americans - are.’ 
  Pascal stiffened. ‘Malta, and the Mediterranean, are 
European. Not American!’ 

background image

254 

  Helen eased closer. ‘Perhaps … you could mention 
that to your … superiors.’ 
 

Pascal walked quickly outside, mumbling to himself. 

 

 
The sun was now settling behind the Sicilian mountains as 
Johno’s convoy reached Catania’s Fontanarossa airport. 
With the vehicles stopped next to the helicopters Johno 
called Helen. 
 ‘Johno?’ 
 

‘Yeah, we’re at … Catatonia –’ 

 

‘Catania,’ Helen corrected. ‘The other is a band.’ 

 

‘Well, we’re there, flying direct to Malta, our choppers 

have the range.’ 
 

‘There’s a small fishing town just down the coast from 

you called … Agusta.’ 
  ‘We should be taking off from there then,’ Johno 
joked, sounding tired. He glanced towards the ocean, 
sniffing the brine on the breeze. 
  ‘Well don’t go anywhere just yet, there’s a French 
Military helicopter on its way to you.’ 
 

‘Why?’ Johno puzzled. 

 

‘It’s off their aircraft carrier, Charles de Gaulle, which 

was the other side of Sicily, heading towards Marseille. 
They’ve turned it around, now it’s steaming towards 
Malta.’ 
 ‘And 

...?’ 

  ‘Seems the French had learnt that the Americans were 
planning on grabbing Pepi if he made his way to the North 
African coast. The were a little … peeved, so now they 
want to lend a hand – keep it European.’ 
 

‘Nice of them,’ Johno quipped. 

 

‘Besides, Pepi is their most wanted at the moment.’ 

  ‘I’m not planning on letting Pepi sit in the dock and 
sing his heart out!’ 

background image

255 

  ‘Neither are the French. They most definitely would 
not want Marseille dragged up.’ 
 

‘Yeah, suppose. So what’s this frog helicopter for?’ 

  ‘Pilots on it, they’ll guide you onto their aircraft 
carrier.’ 
  ‘They’ll what?’ Johno loudly queried, Kev and Mavo 
closing in. 
 

‘French idea, organise the search from there.’ 

 

‘And does Stanton know that?’ 

 

‘He … will do shortly.’ 

  ‘He’ll be pissed – I’d better call him. What’s the time 
in the States now?’ 
 ‘11am 

ish.’ 

 

‘OK,’ Johno sighed. ‘Any other news?’ 

 

‘Whole world is focusing on P3, they’re getting all the 

blame.’ 
 

‘We have people in Malta?’ 

  ‘Dozens, going through airport records now. And 
we’ve got that seminary staked out.’ 
 

‘He’ll be inside,’ Johno confidently stated. 

  ‘We’ll have to tread carefully. Maltese authorities 
won’t want to storm a Vatican seminary,’ Helen 
cautioned. 
  ‘Maltese authorities will want rid of him. I’ll have a 
word.’ 
 

‘Would that be a … tactful word, or a Johno word?’ 

  ‘It’ll be a tactful Johno word. Call you later.’ He 
pressed red followed by green, the troopers watching. ‘Get 
me Stanton.’ 
 

‘Johno?’ came from the phone a few seconds later. 

 ‘Yeah, 

you 

OK, 

Boss?’ 

 ‘No, 

I’m 

worried.’ 

 

‘Why’s that?’ Johno enquired. 

  ‘Because you’re asking after my health - for the first 
time ever. What’ve you done?’ 

background image

256 

  ‘Nothing. We’re sat here in Catatonia in Sicily, at the 
airport, about to board a French aircraft carrier.’ 
 

‘You … what?’ 

 

‘Yeah, French aircraft carrier. 

 

‘The Charles de Gaulle?’ 

 ‘Could 

be.’ 

 

‘They’ve only got one, so it’ll have to be!’ 

  ‘Well, whatever. Anyway, they found out that your 
navy are trying to stop Pepi getting to North Africa –’ 
 

‘And that pissed them off!’ 

 

‘Guess so. Anyway, here’s what I want you to do.’ 

 ‘What you … want me … to do?’ 
  ‘Yep, ‘cause you’re a big man who can see the big 
picture.’ 
 

‘Johno?’ Stanton called, concern in his voice. 

 

‘Listen, what would it achieve if you grabbed Pepi and 

handed him to the Europeans?’ 
 

‘They’d … be grateful?’ Stanton testily asked. 

  ‘Unlikely. They’d be shown up by you, which would 
achieve nothing for anyone, especially not Franco-Yanko 
relations. Whereas, if you lot assisted the Frogs, letting 
them take the lead – given that this is Euroland’s 
backwater - then the French would be happy with you, 
improving Franco-Yanko relations, and your boys would 
be seen as being … magnanimous. As well as helpful little 
fuckers. Besides, you can wind up the French for years, 
making out how you came to their rescue.’ 
  ‘Johno …’ Stanton sighed. ‘You’re a good tactical 
thinker. What did you have in mind?’ 
 

‘What tubs you got around here?’ 

  ‘Italy is home to our Sixth Fleet, Task Force Sixty is 
not far off at the moment.’ 
 

‘Could you be a love and a make a call?’ 

 

‘Give me an hour. Where do you need the net?’ 

  ‘Throw some ships around Malta, but Pepi ain’t 
heading anywhere other than Malta. He’ll go to ground 

background image

257 

there for weeks, or months. Place he’s at is above the cliffs 
on the south west side. If your lot can be there before 
dawn tomorrow we’ll scare the bugger. His room does, 
apparently, have a nice sea view.’ 
  Stanton could be heard chuckling. ‘I’ll get back to 
you.’  
  Johno hung up as a grey French helicopter came into 
view, the troopers carefully observing it. He stepped up to 
them. ‘That’s the cavalry, French Navy.’ 
 

‘What for?’ Kev asked. 

  ‘We’re taking our choppers onto their aircraft carrier, 
heading for Malta in the morning.’ 
 

‘We are?’ Mavo puzzled with a heavy frown. 

  ‘Politics, boys. Best not to try and understand it, I 
don’t.’ He shook his head. 
  The troopers watched with interest at the helicopter 
landed nearby, three French pilots in flight suits stepping 
out. 
 

 

Airborne now and heading south-west from Catania along 
the coast the sun started to set. The French pilot 
communicated with the Charles de Gaulle, the man sat 
now in the co-pilot’s seat. Johno, Mavo and Kev sat in the 
back, catching a quick sleep; they were exhausted. 
 

background image

258 

 

Anglo-French relations 

 

 
A gentle bump and Johno opened his eyes, nudging Kev, 
who’s head now lay on his shoulder. Through the 
windows Johno could see rows of red, green and yellow 
lights, the control tower brightly lit, the flight deck clear 
except for three grey French helicopters. 
  Men in coloured waistcoats and helmets opened the 
doors, causing a blast of aviation fuel and the roar of the 
engines as they wound down. Johno stepped down, 
sticking a cigarette on his lip, which was immediately 
grabbed away by the French co-pilot, offering him a stern 
look, as Johno registered the gentle movement of the ship 
underfoot. 
  ‘Sorry,’ Johno muttered as he followed the pilot. 
Beyond the helicopter’s rotor blades he straightened up 
and took in the massive control tower reaching up into the 
black night’s sky. 
 

Following the co-pilot he took the lift up to the bridge 

deck and into a boardroom, the ship’s Captain stood 
waiting with several of his senior officers – white shirts 
with black and gold rank insignia on their epaulettes - plus 
the DGSE officer Henri that Johno previously met at the 
castle, the night of the cruise missile attack. 
 

Johno shook his hand. ‘Hello again. No cruise missiles 

tonight?’ 
  Henri quickly explained to the officers, in French, 
before introducing the Captain and his officers in turn. 
 

‘Can we smoke in here?’ Johno asked. 

  ‘In here, yes,’ the grey-haired captain answered, 
heavily accented. ‘Many places … no.’ They all sat, Johno 
lighting up. When he noticed that the table-map was of 
Malta he put a finger to where to seminary was situated, 

background image

259 

just west of the town of Rabat, the officers taking a keen 
nautical note. 
  ‘What is it that you propose, Herr Director?’ Henri 
asked. 
 

Johno considered the odd use of his title in front of the 

French officers, also now considering the hard stare from 
the ship’s captain. ‘Your Government … has kindly 
offered its assistance in finding Guido Pepi, head of the 
mafia group responsible for the deaths around Europe.’ 
 

Henri lowered his head slightly, he knew the truth, the 

French officers glancing at each other. 
  Johno continued, ‘Who we believe is on Malta, 
possibly trying to get a boat to Tunisia, Libya or 
somewhere on the North African coast.’ 
  Henri offered, ‘We have sent his details to all of our 
contacts within the governments of those states.’ 
  Johno nodded towards him as he took a drag. Facing 
the captain he said, ‘The American 6

th

 Fleet had hoped to 

capture him, getting the credit.’ The French straightened, a 
few words exchanged. ‘But we wish to keep this a 
European operation,’ Johno quickly added. 
 

The captain nodded his agreement. ‘What is it that you 

would like us to do?’ 
 

‘Simple. A show of force to save any bloodshed.’ 

 

The captain and Henri exchanged a look. 

  ‘A practical approach,’ Henri offered, sounding 
enthused. 
  Johno thumbed towards the porthole. ‘Outside it’s 
night. If we have many ships, a flotilla, around Malta at 
dawn, our good friend will wake to find a nice view. He’s 
staying at a cliff-stop seminary, so the view of the ships 
might be enough to force a surrender without any shooting 
on Maltese soil.’ 
  ‘We will have to notify the Maltese authorities,’ the 
captain firmly stated. 

background image

260 

  Johno made eye contact, shaking his head. ‘No. Pepi 
has people in the Maltese Government, bribed by the 
mafia. They will be dealt with separately.’ 
 

The Captain did not look happy, a quick exchange with 

Henri. 
  ‘If I may,’ Johno cut in. ‘There are, are there not, 
provisions with the European Union Charter for this type 
of thing?’ 
 

‘I will have to check,’ Henri suggested 

  ‘Do so,’ Johno firmly suggested. ‘And if there is a 
problem, I will transfer to the American carrier that has 
already invited us there.’ 
  Henri stood, an unhappy glance at Johno before 
stepping out. 
  ‘If we move close to shore, what else would be 
required?’ the Captain bluntly asked. 
  ‘A helicopter assault on a Vatican seminary,’ Johno 
firmly stated, a hard stare for the Captain. 
  The Captain blinked, then stood. ‘If you will excuse 
me,’ he said as he stepped quickly out. 
  ‘What will you need, exactly?’ the second officer 
asked. 
 

‘Fifty men to surround the seminary, which is built like 

a castle. And don’t worry about the Maltese, they’ll get a 
call as we launch from various European Governments, 
putting the wind up them.’ 
  The remaining officer refreshed coffees for everyone 
as they waited. 
  Henri stepped back in with the captain a few minutes 
later. ‘Our Government says that we will co-operate in 
this. As you said, European Union provisions.’  

They sat as a junior officer brought in a telex message, 

handing it to the Captain. After a minute the Captain’s 
previously stern demeanour lightened rapidly towards 
surprise. 

‘Something?’ Johno knowingly enquired. 

background image

261 

  ‘The American Sixth Fleet has been placed at my 
disposal,’ the Captain stated, passing the telex to Henri. 
‘They stand ready to assist us as we require.’ 
  ‘Nice of them,’ Johno quipped as a startled Henri re-
read the telex. ‘So, gentlemen, why don’t we make some 
plans, ready for dawn.’ 
 
An hour later Johno was led down to the officer’s galley, 
finding his pilots, the troopers and K2 guards. 
 

‘You look well fed,’ he noted as he sat. 

  ‘Stuffed,’ Kev sighed. ‘Food on this wee tub’s better 
than most fucking hotels.’ 
 

Johno checked his watch. ‘Four hours, so rest here, kip 

if you can, then we give Malta the shock of its life.’ 
 

‘Is he there?’ Mavo stressed. 

  ‘Think so, but no definite intel’ from our boys on the 
ground, no positive ID. But the thermal imagers saw 
someone Thomas’s size setting fire to some curtains -’ 
  ‘Definitely the wee little bastard!’ Kev suggested, the 
men laughing. 
  ‘They’ll probably be glad to see the back of him,’ 
Johno suggested. ‘Anyway, I had an idea.’ 

 

* * * 

 
‘Good morning, ladies and gentlemen, this is your captain 
aboard this Air2000 flight. We’re now on final approach 
to Malta and be will be landing in ten minutes. The 
temperature on the ground in Malta today is a pleasant … 
what in God’s name!’ 
 

Passengers glanced at each other before peering out of 

the windows as a flight of F18s passed them closely. 
Looking down they could see the assembled armada, the 
huge aircraft carriers clear and distinct as the Air2000 737 
passenger aircraft came in on approach from the south 
west. 

background image

262 

 

 

* * * 

 
The seminary’s Abbot was awake just before dawn, his 
concern over his guest having caused him a restless night. 
From his room high up on the west wing he opened his 
curtains and glanced at the single layer of cloud in the 
distance, bisecting the dawn sky. Turning away from the 
window he suddenly stopped, a heavy frown forming. 
Inching around with a dreading and foreboding he turned 
back to the window, his mouth falling open, an 
involuntary gasp exploding from his lungs. 
  Guido Pepi woke with a start as the Abbot burst into 
his room. 
 

‘Get up!’ the Abbot roared. ‘See what you have done!’ 

 

‘What is it?’ Pepi asked, still groggy. 

  The Abbot strode purposefully across the large room 
and opened the curtains fully. ‘Take a look. See what you 
have brought down on us!’ 
  With all the shouting Maria came in from the room’s 
annex. She went immediately to the window, letting out a 
scream. In a nightgown Pepi rushed to the windows, 
stopping and staring at the horizon, pistol in hand. 
  The Abbot glanced at the pistol. Quietly, and 
sarcastically, he said, ‘I do not believe, Senor Pepi, that 
your pistol will be much use … against an aircraft carrier.’ 
 

The roar of jets shook the room, everyone looking up. 

 

‘Get dressed!’ Pepi shouted at Maria as he grabbed his 

clothes, Maria running into her room. 
  As he dressed, the roar continued, the Abbot stood 
watching him, his hands clasped in front of himself. ‘It is a 
very small island. And have you noticed the men on the 
cliff top?’ 
 

Dressed, Pepi stepped briskly to the Abbot, their faces 

almost touching. ‘They’ll give me the chair!’ he roared 
with venom. 

background image

263 

  Maria ran out from her room, she and Pepi 
immediately heading for the basement where Thomas was 
being held, the roar of jets continuing. Pepi unlocked the 
room holding Thomas, yanking on the door, which came 
away from its frame and clattered to the floor as he stared 
incredulously down at it. 
  ‘For fuck’s sake,’ could be heard from the room, a 
screwdriver thrown out, clattering around the stone floor. 
 

Pepi thrust his pistol in. ‘Out! Now!’ 

  ‘Time for breakfast, Pepsi Cola?’ Thomas asked, a 
black eye and several small cuts evident. 
  Pepi grabbed the boy, dragging him out and pushing 
him along the corridor. With two guards at the front, two 
behind, the group walked briskly down a narrow set of 
curved stone steps to a sub-level. Unbolting an old iron 
door they stepped rapidly through, the guards lifting 
electric torches as Maria nudged Thomas along. 
  A hundred yards further along the damp passageway 
they again unbolted a door, the little used metal squeaking 
loudly in protest at having been disturbed. A tight spiral 
staircase opened up, a thin shaft of sunlight throwing a 
dull brown hue across the central core of the steps. With 
their shoes clattering and echoing on the stone they 
ascended quickly in single file. 
  The room they emerged into was a remnant of the 
British Garrison from the Second World War, a gun 
emplacement that had been sealed at the end of the war, its 
hardware removed. The brown stone walls were adorned 
with old graffiti, the air heavy with the stink of people 
using it as a toilet. The sound of helicopters permeated the 
stone room, a rusted metal grill in the ceiling letting in the 
amber dawn light and the reverberations of rotor-blades. 

Pepi stepped immediately to another rusted metal door, 

unbolting it and pulling it back with a squeak. Stepping 
towards the black interior he was soon flying backwards, 
landing on his back and winded.  

background image

264 

Two pistols came into the edge of the light, Thomas 

ducking instinctively. Two shots hit the guard on the left, 
echoing loudly, the tinkle of spent cases hitting the stone 
floor.  Two shots immediately went into the chest of the 
guard on the right. 
  Maria screamed as four shots simultaneously sought 
out the last two guards emerging from the stairwell. Maria 
cowered down and covered her face, letting out another 
scream. 
 

Silence reclaimed the room. 

  Thomas lifted his head from where he had jumped 
down. From the dark shadows the pistols became arms, a 
black suit, then a distinctive moustache. His face lost 
control and smiled so widely it hurt him. He jumped up 
and ran across, hugging Johno, both pistols still firmly 
facing forwards. 
 ‘OK?’ 

Johno 

asked. 

 ‘Yes.’ 

 

Thomas let go as Johno stepped forwards, four 

troopers rushing in, ‘double-tapping’ each slumbered 
body. Maria and Pepi cowered as the shots echoed loudly 
around the small chamber. 
  ‘Clear!’ Mavo shouted, his weapon prone on the 
stairwell, kneeling against the wall. 
  Johno lowered his pistols, lowering his head to 
Thomas. ‘Did you behave for the nice people?’ 
 ‘No!’ 
 ‘Good 

lad.’ 

 

‘I got the hinges off the door … but couldn’t open it.’ 

 

‘Never mind,’ Johno offered. ‘Practice makes perfect.’ 

He stepped to Pepi. Whilst holding a pistol toward Pepi’s 
head he called, ‘Thomas.’ Thomas stepped closer. ‘A swift 
kick.’ 
 

Thomas kicked Pepi in the stomach, knocking the wind 

out of him. Bilbo kicked away Pepi’s pistol and dragged 

background image

265 

him upright, Maria stood close, hunched over and looking 
terrified. 
 

Johno holstered one pistol, putting the other in a jacket 

pocket. ‘OK, Pepsi, we’re short of time, so I’ll be brief. 
You have three choices, so listen carefully. One: we kill 
you and Maria right here - leave you for the rats. Two: we 
take you back and give you both the chair, sat opposite 
each other for maximum enjoyment. Three: you live to a 
ripe old age in America.’ 
  Pepi’s eyes widened at the last choice. ‘What do you 
mean,’ he gasped, still winded. ‘America?’ 
  ‘CIA have offered you a change of identity and new 
life for your family.’ 

‘In return for?’ Pepi knowingly asked. Johno waited, 

Pepi finally answering his own question, ‘In return I 
answer any question they have.’ 
 

‘Well done, you win a cookie. But it’s not that simple. 

In order to get into the clutches of the CIA you first have 
to be arrested by the French, who’re waiting up top.’ 
 

Pepi frowned. ‘French?’ 

  Johno nodded. ‘Then a lengthy show-trial, all 
European countries having a say, and what you’ll say at 
the trial will be scripted by us and the French. Then, a 
week after you are sentenced you appear to take your own 
life –’ 
 

‘Ending up with the CIA,’ Pepi finished off. 

   ‘And … your family,’ Johno emphasised. ‘So, what’s 
it to be?’ 
  Pepi reached across and held Maria’s hand. ‘What 
would any father do for his child?’ 
  Johno lit up. ‘He’d take the man who kidnapped his 
kid and crucify him upside down,’ Johno suggested. 
‘Which is what we did to Cardinal Ramon. Was it his men 
who kidnapped Thomas?’ 
 

Pepi reluctantly nodded. 

background image

266 

 

‘So, Pepsi, co-operate and you live. But piss us off any 

step of the way and we crucify Maria … upside down.’ 
  Pepi straightened, his chin out. He took a deep breath. 
‘I am ready.’ Thomas kicked his former captor towards the 
door. 
 
At the surface the group were greeted by two-dozen K2 
agents, twenty French commandos stood next to them in 
the weak dawn light. Johno waved the French forwards, a 
pair of handcuffs on Pepi a moment later, Maria led off by 
the K2 agents; she would be a bargaining chip during the 
lengthy trial. 
  With the sound of rotor blades coming from behind 
nearby brownstone houses, Johno and the troopers stepped 
towards the field from which their helicopters would pick 
them up. He lifted his phone. ‘This is Johno to all K2 staff, 
mission accomplished, Pepi arrested by the French, 
Thomas is safe. All K2 agents in or around Malta are to 
take a holiday here. Message to Helen - get on a plane for 
Malta. Message to all naval captains - there is a free bar 
tab and all hotel rooms will be paid for by the bank. Run 
ashore!’ 
  He stopped and turned to the troopers. ‘Dump your 
weapons, let the Swiss boys take ‘em back. We’re going 
for breakfast, followed by paddle, then a few drinkypoos.’ 
 

‘Sounds good,’ Kev enthused. 

 

Johno’s phone trilled a few minutes later. ‘Yeah?’ 

 

‘Johno, it’s Stanton. All done and dusted?’ 

  ‘Yeah. French have Pepi, he’ll co-operate during the 
trial, no mention of K2 – we’ll script him.’ 
 

‘You surprised me, Johno. I would have thought you’d 

have burnt him alive yourself.’ 
  ‘Tempted, but got to see the bigger picture. Not least 
getting our arses off the hook for all the carnage.’ 
  ‘A good tactical thinker, Johno. Some people here 
want you on the top table.’ 

background image

267 

  ‘I know you want to rope me in, Boss, but let’s not 
take long hot showers together, eh?’ 
 

Stanton laughed. ‘Get some rest, take a holiday!’ 

 

‘Funny you should say that.’ He hung up. Facing a K2 

agent he said, ‘Get us a couple of taxis,’ the man running 
off down the road. He leant against a rough stone wall, 
lighting up, Thomas letting out a loud sigh as a crowd of 
locals started to gather. ‘OK, short arse?’ 
 

‘Been awake for days,’ the boy complained. ‘I spent all 

night on the door to the cell.’ 
 ‘And?’ 
  ‘I finished it just as they opened the door, it fell on 
them.’ 
  Johno and Kev roared with laughter, Bilbo resting an 
elbow on the boy’s shoulder. Johno told the boy, ‘We’ll 
stay here till you say you’ve had enough. OK?’ 

‘OK. Dad.’ 
‘It’s Herr Director … in front of the hired help.’ 
Kev trod on Johno’s foot. 

background image

268 

Epilogue 

 
Waking from his nap, having been firmly nudged by 
Helen for his snoring, Johno lit up and watched the 
boisterous activity around the pool, the hotel guests mixed 
in with numerous K2 agents. Just as he was wondering 
where Thomas had got to the lad walked out from the 
hotel and onto the pool terrace, hand in hand with a girl 
that looked both taller and older than him. 
 

Johno tapped Helen’s leg and eased up, now wearing a 

t-shirt and shorts, his feet and lower legs pink from mild 
sunburn. Observing Thomas’ progress he could see that 
the girl was impressed by how many people greeted 
Thomas, the lad being quite mature in greeting them back.  

As the young couple neared, Johno stood and stepped 

away from the sun loungers. ‘Hey buddy.’ 

‘Johno, this is Oleysa.’ 
‘Oleysa? Ruski?’ Johno asked. 
‘Da!’ the girl happily replied. 
Johno put out a hand to shake. ‘Preev-yet. Kak dillar?’ 
The girl beamed. ‘Hroshow. Spaceba. Par Ruski?’ 
‘Chute chute,’ Johno offered, Helen now appearing at 

his side. 

‘This is Helen,’ Thomas introduced. 
Helen exchanged several sentences of perfect Russian 

with the girl, the young lady now feeling very welcome. 
Facing Johno Helen said, ‘Oleysa is the same age as 
Thomas, both … fifteen.’ 

Johno smiled broadly. ‘Both fifteen already, eh? How 

quickly they grow up. Where do all the years go?’ Thomas 
made eye contact: a firm, yet unspoken, warning issued 
without his new girlfriend noticing. 

In English Helen asked, ‘Your parents are here, this 

hotel?’ 

background image

269 

‘No, in the Hilton,’ the girl responded in reasonable 

English. ‘Tonight we go on Thomas’ grandpa’s yacht for 
dinner.’ 

‘Grandpa’s yacht, eh?’ Johno muttered, a slight frown 

forming, no clues as to anything about a yacht. ‘Does … 
grandpa know?’ 

‘Grandpa Beesely is here with Otto,’ Thomas informed 

them. 

‘He is?’ Johno puzzled. 
‘They arrived today, they’re in reception,’ Thomas 

informed his guardians. ‘Anyway, we’ll be staying on the 
yacht for a day or two.’ 

‘You will?’ Johno challenged. ‘Were we invited?’ 
Helen shot him a look.  
Thomas shrugged. ‘I’ll see you in a day or two.’ He 

turned, leading the girl off as Otto and Beesely appeared. 
Most of the K2 agents around the pool stood, Beesely 
annoyed at the formality and telling them all to relax. 

‘Hey old fucker,’ Johno flatly offered as Beesely 

motored his wheelchair closer. ‘How’s the … yacht?’ 

‘Was already here, apparently. We hired it this 

morning when Thomas started nagging. Still, after what 
he’s been through … least we could do.’ 

‘And noteworthy in the fact that he nagged you, not 

us!’ Johno stated, a glance at Helen. 

Otto peered over the balustrade at the view of the 

horseshoe bay, the cliffs that backed it, the busy beach and 
the inviting blue water. 

‘Have you got yourselves rooms?’ Helen asked 

Beesely. 

‘Apartments in Portamaso Marina, next to the Hilton. 

Very nice!’ 

‘When did you arrive?’ Johno asked, sitting on white 

plastic chair and lighting up.  

‘This morning,’ Beesely responded. ‘Right after the 

big meeting - in Basel, of all places.’ 

background image

270 

‘Big meeting?’ Helen repeated, Otto now closing in. 
‘We did not want to bother you with it,’ Otto informed 

them, stood in his suit, his hands clasped behind his back. 
‘We met with the representatives of Great Britain, France, 
Germany, Switzerland, Austria and Italy – to discuss the 
Basel assets we found and seized.’ 

‘They weren’t happy,’ Johno knowingly suggested, a 

slight grin evident. 

‘We knew it would be an issue,’ Otto explained. ‘So 

we… pre-empted the matter.’ 

‘We used our trump card,’ Beesely explained with a 

smile. ‘The bank society! They came up with cash, forty 
billion odd, paid off the interested governments for the 
share capital of the various corporations. In return, the 
society got the shares at around fifty-percent. Since some 
of the corporations were under investigation –’ 

‘Their share prices plummeting,’ Otto put in. 
‘- seemed a good deal,’ Beesely finished off. 
‘But we did not tell them about the gold, cash, jewels 

and art-works we recovered,’ Otto stated with a reserved 
Swiss smirk. ‘Besides, dealing with Basel cost us a lot of 
money, almost one and half billion pounds. And, so far, 
your generosity on this island has cost us two million 
pounds.’ 

‘How?’ Helen asked, staggered. 
Otto explained, a disapproving look for Johno, ‘Johno 

has run a tab at every bar and restaurant that serves the 
sailors visiting, as well as hotel rooms … and shops.’ 

‘Boys helped us, so we help them,’ Johno insisted. 

‘Besides, all goes into the local economy.’ He faced 
Beesely. ‘How’re the French and Yanks getting along?’ 

Beesely tipped his head and smiled. ‘Why don’t you 

ask them?’ 

‘Johno,’ came a deep, rich voice.  
Johno swivelled his head around, finding Mr Stanton 

and Mr Grey stood in casual suits, two plain-clothed 

background image

271 

bodyguards hanging back. He stood. ‘Well I’ll be 
buggered.’ They shook, Stanton noting Johno’s t-shirt: 
Screw with me – I’ll take your toys away. ‘How long you 
around?’ Johno asked Stanton as their visitor shook 
Helen’s hand. 

‘Couple of days. Me and Mr Grey are going diving on 

Gozo, something I’ve been meaning to try for a very long 
time.’ 

Johno faced Helen. ‘I dive. I could teach you how to 

go down on an old wreck.’ 

Stanton roared with laughter, cut short but Helen’s 

look. 

‘Why is that funny?’ Otto asked Beesely, everyone 

shooting Otto quick looks, even Helen. 

‘Dinner, 8pm,’ Stanton told the group. ‘Admirals and 

Captains will be joining us. Not least to thank you 
personally, Johno, for getting their enlisted men so drunk. 
Maltese Prime Minister will be there, although I doubt 
he’ll be thanking you – they’ve cancelled all police leave.’ 

‘Tell him we’ll pay for the damage,’ Johno quickly 

offered. 

‘What damage?’ Stanton asked as everyone focused on 

Johno. 

‘So … they haven’t noticed yet. Never mind then.’ 
‘Johno?’ Beesely pressed. 
‘Some of the sailors got kicked out of the hotels, slept 

in the Pope-Eye theme village, which seems to have 
collapsed under the weight, bits slipping into the sea.’ 

Stanton rolled his eyes. ‘I think we’ll adopt the naval 

attitude of don’t ask, don’t tell.’ 

‘Maltese Government … OK, with us?’ Johno gingerly 

posed. 

Stanton exchanged an uneasy look with Beesely. 

‘They’re down three Ministers that all happened to be in 
the same car wreck. News of their fella, Borg, being 
crucified upside down didn’t make the papers.’ 

background image

272 

 

Ten minutes later, with Stanton departed, a K2 guard 
walked over to Johno. Now sat sipping beer, Otto and 
Beesely sat shaded by a huge umbrella. ‘Sir, your special 
guest is here.’ 
 

‘Ah, good,’ Johno enthused. ‘Send him over.’ 

 

With the guard retreating Helen asked, ‘Special guest?’ 

 

‘Man we owe a lot to,’ Johno enigmatically stated. 

  As the cardinal walked out in his red robes, both the 
guests and the K2 agents sat up and took notice. He was 
led around to Johno’s party, Johno standing and arranging 
a chair for him, amused by the looks on the others’ faces. 
  ‘Cardinal,’ Johno offered as they shook. ‘Please, have 
a seat.’ 
  They both sat, Johno introducing the cleric to the 
group. The man was in his sixties, bald and heavily 
tanned, a weatherworn face. Otto, Beesely and Helen just 
sat staring, mesmerised by a catholic cardinal in their 
midst. 
  ‘This is Cardinal Schapphaust,’ Johno said. ‘If I’m 
pronouncing it correctly.’ 
 

‘A Swiss name?’ Otto puzzled. 

  ‘Yes,’ the cardinal responded, his English accented. ‘I 
was born in Basel.’ 
 

Helen and Beesely exchanged looks. 

  The cardinal noticed. ‘My father was the Basel 
Groups’ bookkeeper,’ the cleric solemnly announced. He 
took an audible breath, his chest rising. ‘The man who 
stole the treasure … and the files.’ 
 

Otto straightened, staggered. ‘Mein gott.’ 

  Johno explained, ‘The good cardinal here approached 
me the last time I was on Malta, spilt the beans on Basel 
and gave us an edge. Actually, swam to me when I was in 
the water … in the bay here.’ 
 

‘How?’ Beesely asked. 

background image

273 

  ‘Front crawl,’ Johno offered, getting a stern look back 
from Beesely. 
  The cardinal focused on Beesely, suddenly saddened. 
‘I have been looking for you for forty years.’ 
  Beesely frowned his lack of understanding. ‘You 
were? Why?’ 
  ‘My father was a Nazi during the war, something I 
never knew. Well, never knew till 1963,’ the cleric softly 
explained. ‘And … he was an important figure in the 
Basel Group, close friends with your Gunter, Shue and 
others. But I like to think that my … convictions helped 
turn him away from them. He disappeared after the death 
of my mother in 1962, the treasure and the files 
disappearing a few weeks later.’ 
  The cardinal took in the expectant faces, Johno sat 
looking away and smoking. ‘A year later he sent me a 
letter, telling me that he was dying and begging that I give 
him absolution. I found him here in Malta, in Valetta, 
hiding himself in a squalid apartment. He’s actually buried 
here, you know. Buried by the state as an unknown 
foreigner.’ 
 

The group listened intently, hung on every word. 

 

The cardinal continued, ‘He was in a bad way, but not 

dying. A lack of food, too much alcohol, and a heavy 
burden to bear aided his poor health … but I gave him 
absolution anyway to ease his mind. He kept saying, 
buried next to the Nazi treasure, the Templar treasure, are 
files of great value. The list.
 
  ‘Of course, I had no idea what it meant.’ He lowered 
his head, running a hand over his bald plate. ‘But then … 
then I read the notes he had made, the notes that detailed 
his actions in the war, the Basel Group, the treasure and 
the list. And … what he had done to those who had helped 
him move it.’ 

background image

274 

  He took a deep breath, heaving a loud sigh. ‘I aided 
him on his journey to meet his maker, something I shall 
pay for in the afterlife.’ 
 

Helen, Otto and Beesely exchanged looks. 

  The cardinal added, ‘The last line on his notes said, 
find Beesely.’ 
 

‘Find me?’ Beesely questioned. 

 

‘Or did he mean Robert Beesely?’ Otto queried. 

  ‘I think he meant Morris Beesely,’ the cleric insisted, 
focusing on Beesely. ‘Since my father killed the man, 
Robert Beesely, your brother.’ 
 

They held their gaze on each other for several seconds. 

 

‘How did you know to contact Johno?’ Helen asked. 

 

‘Ten years ago I heard the name Basel Group, which I 

decided was worth investigating. I have spent –’ He 
sighed. ‘- the last … torturous ten, fifteen years doing 
things that I am ashamed of, in order to work my way into 
those areas of the Vatican that had links with the mafia, 
and with Basel. In particular, the facility here. I have been 
… assisting Basel here for five or more years. And, during 
that time, I learnt a great deal. I became quite close to 
Guido Pepi, who was a little loose tongued when drunk 
and in my care.’  
  He forced a weak smile. ‘And two months ago he 
mentioned the name, Beesely. I got to learn of your little 
war, and what was at the heart of it – and who started it all 
off.’ 
  ‘Your father … and your father’s stolen treasure,’ 
Beesely commented, no blame in his voice. 
 

‘And the list,’ the cleric softly added. 

 

‘So you made a choice,’ Helen suggested. 

  ‘I made that choice a long time ago, when I learnt of 
the treasure. I was just waiting for the right time. When 
Johno came here to Malta a few weeks ago we were 
warned to look out for him. Pepi seemed to have a great 
deal of respect, or fear, of Johno – he spoke of him often.’ 

background image

275 

 

‘So you made contact,’ Helen put it. 

  ‘Yes, and … brought to a conclusion sixty years of 
misery, death and destruction.’ 
 

‘We added to that,’ Johno softly admitted. 

  The cardinal studied him. ‘I can’t say I approve of 
what you did, but I also don’t know how else they would 
have been stopped. Groups reform when you remove just a 
few members. They became accustomed to the power and 
money, people always do.’ 
  He reached across and held Beesely’s hand. ‘I am 
sorry about you brother.’ Beesely simply nodded, deep in 
thought. The cardinal added, ‘I think my father wanted me 
to find you, so that you could have found the files. But I 
had no idea who your were, or how to find you, or the 
significance of the list.’ 
  ‘Don’t let it weigh on your mind, Cardinal,’ Beesely 
firmly offered. ‘Seems you’ve carried enough weight 
around.’ 
  The cardinal held his gaze on Beesely for a moment 
then stood. ‘I am off to Africa, to spend my last years 
there, trying to do some good.’ 
  Johno, Otto and Helen stood. Johno said, ‘That 
foundation you’re going to work for will be well funded.’ 
  ‘Thank you. I will try and see that the money is well 
spent.’ With polite, formal smiles at the group the cardinal 
bowed his head and left. 
 

Helen let out a heavy sigh. ‘Jesus.’ 

 

They sat back down. 

  ‘Some other news,’ Johno began. ‘General Sir 
Christopher Rose had a heart attack last night. He was 
found in a hotel room with a prostitute and some cocaine.’ 
 

‘What?’ Helen gasped. 

 

‘Johno?’ Beesely demanded. 

 

Johno made eye contact with Beesely, holding the look 

for several seconds. ‘He said something he shouldn’t 
have.’ 

background image

276 

 

‘He was dirty?’ Otto gasped. 

 

‘Never!’ Helen snapped.  
‘Of a kind,’ Johno informed them, checking his nails. 

‘You see, when he approached me –’ He focused on Otto. 
‘- day you arrived in England, he gave me some hints 
about the big picture, the files and the treasure. Didn’t say 
where it was, didn’t say that much – just lots of hints. But 
the one … odd thing he did say, was about not trusting 
Beesely.’ 
 

‘No surprise there,’ Beesely scoffed. 

  ‘The odd paradox was,’ Johno explained to Helen, 
‘that Beesely’s saving my life in Kosovo made everyone 
trust him even less than they did in the sixties, despite the 
fact that they kept using him for dodgy work. Even made 
me suspect him of being up to no good.’ 
 

‘Which he was,’ Helen put in. ‘With the Lodge.’ 

  ‘So General Rose didn’t trust him,’ Johno repeated. 
‘But I didn’t realise till recently the significance of 
something he said.’ He turned to Beesely. ‘He didn’t just 
tell me I couldn’t trust you, he said I couldn’t trust you… 
on this particular matter for definite.’ 
 

Beesely’s face displayed his lack of understanding. 

  Johno suggested, ‘He knew about your brother, 
Robert.’ 
  Beesely straightened in his wheelchair, but said 
nothing. 
  ‘Christ,’ Helen let out. ‘If we had known the full 
picture at the start –’ 
 

‘We could have won this war four months ago,’ Johno 

adamantly suggested. 
  ‘I went right through Beesely’s record,’ Otto insisted. 
‘Nothing about his brother in MI6.’ 
 

‘So did I,’ Helen added. ‘Nothing about Robert.’ 

  ‘And yet,’ Johno began, ‘with Robert’s connection 
with Gunter, Basel and the list, he should have had a file a 
foot thick!’ 

background image

277 

  ‘They knew,’ Beesely let out, his head lowered. ‘Not 
MI6, but some splinter group of old boys. Possibly the 
director, back in 1962.’ 
  ‘General Rose was more interested in the list than the 
threat to the UK,’ Johno suggested. ‘He could have used it 
around Europe.’ 
  Helen sighed and shook her head. ‘Groups within 
groups, secrets inside secrets, lies on top of lies.’ 
  Johno tipped his head towards her. ‘It’s been said 
before, love!’ 
 
 
 
If you like what you read, please donate a dollar via 
Paypal, to account 

gwresearch@aol.com

. The more the 

writer receives, the more time he can dedicate to writing, 
to produce more for you to read. You could alternatively 
buy a download on lulu.com for $2. Thank you.